Today's Hours: 8:00am - 8:00pm

Books

  • Digital/Print
    Tamás Röszer.
    Summary: Macrophages are core components of the innate immune system. Once activated, they may have either pro- or anti-inflammatory effects that include pathogen killing, safe disposal of apoptotic cells or tissue renewal. The activation state of macrophages is conceptualized by the so-called M1/M2 model of polarization. M2 macrophages are not simply antagonists of M1 macrophages; rather, they represent a network of tissue resident macrophages with roles in tissue development and organ homeostasis. M2 macrophages govern functions at the interfaces of immunity, tissue development and turnover, metabolism, and endocrine signaling. Dysfunction in M2 macrophages can ruin the healthy interplay between the immune system and metabolic processes, and lead to diseases such as insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome, and type 1 and 2 diabetes mellitus. Furthermore, M2 macrophages are essential for healthy tissue development and immunological self-tolerance. Worryingly, these functions of M2 macrophages can also be disrupted, resulting in tumor growth and autoimmunity. This book comprehensively discusses the biology of M2 macrophages, summarizes the current state of knowledge, and highlights key questions that remain unanswered.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction. What is an M2 macrophage? Historical overview of the macrophage polarization model. The Th1/Th2 and M1/M2 paradigms, the arginine fork
    Chapter 2. Evolutionary origin of the M2 macrophage activation: invertebrates
    Chapter 3. Evolution of M2 macrophage functions in chordates
    Chapter 4. Signal mechanisms of M2 macrophage activation
    Chapter 5. Mechanisms which control the size of M2 macrophage-dominated tissue macrophage niches
    Chapter 6.Immune functions of the M2 macrophages: host defense, self-tolerance and autoimmunity
    Chapter 7. M2 macrophages in the integument and in the musculoskeletal system
    Chapter 8. M2 macrophages in the circulatory-, respiratory and excretory organs
    Chapter 9. M2 macrophages in the metabolic organs and in the neuroendocrine system
    Chapter 10. Practical approaches in M2 macrophage biology: analysis, pharmacology and didactical interpretation of M2 macrophage functions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR185.8.M3 R67 2020
    1
  • Digital/Print
    [editors] O. John Ma, James R. Mateer, Robert F. Reardon, Scott A. Joing.
    Contents:
    Training and program development / Timothy Jang, Michael J. Lambert
    Equipment / William Scruggs, J. Christian Fox
    Physics and image artifacts / Corky Hecht, William Manson
    Ultrasound in prehospital and austere environments / William Heegaard
    Trauma / O. John Ma, James R. Mateer, Andrew W. Kirkpatrick
    Cardiac / Robert F. Reardon, Scott A. Joing
    Pulmonary / Lisa Mills, Fernando Silva
    Critical care / Robert Reardon, Gavin Budhram, and David Plummer
    Abdominal aortic aneurysm / Robert F. Reardon, Dave Plummer, Thomas Cook
    Hepatobiliary / Daniel Theodoro, Resa Lewiss
    General surgery / Masaaki Ogata
    Renal / Stuart Swadron, Dina Seif
    Testicular / Srikar Adhikari
    First trimester pregnancy / Robert F. Reardon, Scott A. Joing
    Second and third trimester pregnancy / Barry Knapp, Don Byars
    Gynecologic concepts / Michael J. Lambert, J. Christian Fox
    Deep venous thrombosis / Tom Constantino, Harry Goett, Michael Peterson
    Soft tissue / Andreas Dewitz
    Ocular / Matt Lyon, Dietrich Jehle
    Pediatric applications / Jason Fischer, Adam Sivitz, and Alyssa Abo
    Vascular access / John S. Rose, Aaron E. Bair, Aman K. Parikh
    Additional ultrasound-guided procedures / Andreas Dewitz ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.U4 M32 2014
    1
  • Digital
    [editors], O. John Ma, James R. Mateer, Robert F. Reardon, Donald V. Byars, Barry J. Knapp, Andrew P. Laudenbach.
  • Digital
    Daniel Pedro Cardinali.
    Contents:
    1. Brief history of the stone of madness
    2. The prescientific stage of the pineal gland
    3. The beginnings of the pineal scientific era: from the late nineteenth century of melatonin's discovery
    4. Sleep/wake cycle: history and facts
    5. When this chronicler enters the story: the 1960s
    6. The stone of madness as a neuroendocrine organ and model: the 1970s
    7. Peripheral innervation of neuroendocrine-immune system: the challenges to change of physiological paradigm
    8. Melatonin as a potential therapeutic agent: the 1980s
    9. Melatonin as a chronobiotic that opens the "gates of sleep": the 1990s
    10. Melatonin and the "diseases of the soul": the stone of madness returns
    11. Twenty-first century: the 24/7 society as an environmental mutation
    12. Melatonin as a medicament for the 24/7 society: metabolic syndrome
    13. Melatonin as a medicament for the 24/7 society: normal and pathological aging
    14. Melatonin as a medicament for the 24/7 society: cancer
    15. Melatonin as a nutraceutical
    Epilogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Jayashree Ramasethu, Suna Seo
    Contents:
    Sect. II: Preparation and suport
    Sect. II: Physiologic monitoring
    Sect. III: Blood sampling
    Sect. IV: Miscellaneous sampling
    Sect. V: Vascular access
    Sect. VI: Respiratory care
    Sect. VII: Tube placement and care
    Sect. VIII: Transfusions
    Sect. IX: Miscellaneous procedures
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Issam El Naqa, Martin J. Murphy, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in an extensively revised and updated second edition, provides a comprehensive overview of both machine learning and deep learning and their role in oncology, medical physics, and radiology. Readers will find thorough coverage of basic theory, methods, and demonstrative applications in these fields. An introductory section explains machine and deep learning, reviews learning methods, discusses performance evaluation, and examines software tools and data protection. Detailed individual sections are then devoted to the use of machine and deep learning for medical image analysis, treatment planning and delivery, and outcomes modeling and decision support. Resources for varying applications are provided in each chapter, and software code is embedded as appropriate for illustrative purposes. The book will be invaluable for students and residents in medical physics, radiology, and oncology and will also appeal to more experienced practitioners and researchers and members of applied machine learning communities. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. What are Machine and Deep Learning?
    2. Computational Learning Basics
    3. Overview of Conventional Machine Learning Methods
    4. Overview of Deep Machine Learning Methods
    5. Quantum Computing for Machine Learning
    6. Performance Evaluation
    7. Software Tools for Machine and Deep learning
    8. Data sharing, protection and bioethics
    Part II. Machine Learning for Medical Image Analysis
    9. Detection of Cancer Lesions from Imaging
    10. Diagnosis of Malignant and Benign Tumours
    11. Auto-contouring for image-guidance and treatment planning
    Part III. Machine Learning for Treatment planning & Delivery
    12. Quality Assurance and error prediction
    13. Knowledge-based treatment planning
    14. Intelligent respiratory motion management
    Part IV. Machine Learning for Outcomes Modeling and Decision Support
    15. Prediction of oncology treatment outcomes
    16. Radiomics and radiogenomics
    17. Modelling of Radiotherapy Response (TCP/NTCP)
    18. Smart adaptive treatment strategies
    19. Machine learning in clinical trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Grant R.W. Humphries, Dawn R. Magness, Falk Huettmann, editors.
    Summary: Ecologists and natural resource managers are charged with making complex management decisions in the face of a rapidly changing environment resulting from climate change, energy development, urban sprawl, invasive species and globalization. Advances in Geographic Information System (GIS) technology, digitization, online data availability, historic legacy datasets, remote sensors and the ability to collect data on animal movements via satellite and GPS have given rise to large, highly complex datasets. These datasets could be utilized for making critical management decisions, but are often "messy" and difficult to interpret. Basic artificial intelligence algorithms (i.e., machine learning) are powerful tools that are shaping the world and must be taken advantage of in the life sciences. In ecology, machine learning algorithms are critical to helping resource managers synthesize information to better understand complex ecological systems. Machine Learning has a wide variety of powerful applications, with three general uses that are of particular interest to ecologists: (1) data exploration to gain system knowledge and generate new hypotheses, (2) predicting ecological patterns in space and time, and (3) pattern recognition for ecological sampling. Machine learning can be used to make predictive assessments even when relationships between variables are poorly understood. When traditional techniques fail to capture the relationship between variables, effective use of machine learning can unearth and capture previously unattainable insights into an ecosystem's complexity. Currently, many ecologists do not utilize machine learning as a part of the scientific process. This volume highlights how machine learning techniques can complement the traditional methodologies currently applied in this field.

    Contents:
    1: Introduction to Machine Learning A. Data-intensive science B. Data Issues and Availability
    2: Data-mining in Ecological and Wildlife Research A. Multiple Methods in the Scientific Process B. Data-mining in Ecological and Wildlife Research C. Applications in Ecological Research a. Predicting Patterns in Space and Time b. Data Exploration and Hypothesis Generation c. Pattern Recognition for Sampling D. Bringing It All Together: Leveraging Multiple Methods to Increase Knowledge for Resource Management
    3: Machine Learning and Resource Management A. Web-based Machine Learning Applications for Wildlife Management B. Linking Machine Learning in Management Applications C. Machine Learning and the Cloud for Natural Resource Applications D. The Global View: Hopes and Disappointments E. The Future of Machine Learning.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohd Azraai Mohd Razman, Anwar P.P. Abdul Majeed, Rabiu Muazu Musa, Zahari Taha, Gian-Antonio Susto, Yukinori Mukai.
    Summary: This book highlights the fundamental association between aquaculture and engineering in classifying fish hunger behaviour by means of machine learning techniques. Understanding the underlying factors that affect fish growth is essential, since they have implications for higher productivity in fish farms. Computer vision and machine learning techniques make it possible to quantify the subjective perception of hunger behaviour and so allow food to be provided as necessary. The book analyses the conceptual framework of motion tracking, feeding schedule and prediction classifiers in order to classify the hunger state, and proposes a system comprising an automated feeder system, image-processing module, as well as machine learning classifiers. Furthermore, the system substitutes conventional, complex modelling techniques with a robust, artificial intelligence approach. The findings presented are of interest to researchers, fish farmers, and aquaculture technologist wanting to gain insights into the productivity of fish and fish behaviour.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Monitoring and feeding integration of demand feeder systems
    3 Image processing features extraction on fish behaviour
    4 Time-series identification of fish feeding behaviour.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Victor E. Staartjes, Luca Regli, Carlo Serra, editors.
    Summary: This book bridges the gap between data scientists and clinicians by introducing all relevant aspects of machine learning in an accessible way, and will certainly foster new and serendipitous applications of machine learning in the clinical neurosciences. Building from the ground up by communicating the foundational knowledge and intuitions first before progressing to more advanced and specific topics, the book is well-suited even for clinicians without prior machine learning experience. Authored by a wide array of experienced global machine learning groups, the book is aimed at clinicians who are interested in mastering the basics of machine learning and who wish to get started with their own machine learning research. The volume is structured in two major parts: The first uniquely introduces all major concepts in clinical machine learning from the ground up, and includes step-by-step instructions on how to correctly develop and validate clinical prediction models. It also includes methodological and conceptual foundations of other applications of machine learning in clinical neuroscience, such as applications of machine learning to neuroimaging, natural language processing, and time series analysis. The second part provides an overview of some state-of-the-art applications of these methodologies. The Machine Intelligence in Clinical Neuroscience (MICN) Laboratory at the Department of Neurosurgery of the University Hospital Zurich studies clinical applications of machine intelligence to improve patient care in clinical neuroscience. The group focuses on diagnostic, prognostic and predictive analytics that aid in decision-making by increasing objectivity and transparency to patients. Other major interests of our group members are in medical imaging, and intraoperative applications of machine vision.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
    Part I: Introduction and general principles
    Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
    Part II: Generalization and Overfitting
    Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
    Part III: Evaluation and other points of significance
    Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
    Part IV: A practical approach to binary classification problems
    Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
    Part V: A practical approach to regression problems
    Supervised and unsupervised learning / clustering
    Introduction to Bayesian Modeling
    Introduction to Deep Learning
    Overview of algorithms for machine-learning based clinical prediction modelling
    Foundations of feature selection in clinical prediction modelling
    Dimensionality reduction: Foundations and applications in clinical neuroscience
    Machine learning-based survival modeling: Foundations and Applications
    Making clinical prediction models available: A brief introduction
    Machine Learning-based Clustering Analysis: Foundational Concepts, Methods, and Applications
    Introduction to Machine Learning in Neuroimaging
    Overview of machine learning algorithms in imaging
    Foundations of classification modeling based on neuroimaging
    Foundations of lesion-symptom mapping using machine learning
    Foundations of Machine Learning-Based Segmentation in Cranial Imaging
    Foundations of lesion detection using machine learning in clinical neuroimaging
    Foundations of multiparametric brain tumor imaging characterization
    Radiomics in clinical neuroscience
    Overview
    Radiomic feature extraction: Methodological Foundations
    Complexity and interpretability in machine vision
    Foundations of intraoperative anatomical recognition using machine vision
    Machine Vision Foundations
    Natural Language Processing: Foundations and Applications in Clinical Neuroscience
    Foundations of Time Series Analysis
    Overview of algorithms for natural language processing and time series analysis
    History of machine learning in neurosurgery
    The AI doctor
    considerations for AI-based medicine
    Ethics of Machine Learning-Based Predictive Analytics
    Predictive analytics in clinical practice: Pro and contra
    Review of machine vision applications in neuroophtalmology
    Prediction Model
    Prediction Model
    Prediction Model
    Topical Review of machine learning in intracranial aneurysm surgery
    Review of applications of machine learning in neuroimaging
    Prediction Model
    An overview of machine learning applications in the Neurointensive Care Unit
    Prediction Model
    Review of natural language processing in the clinical neurosciences
    Review of big data applications in the clinical neurosciences
    Radiomic features associated with extent of resection in glioma surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ching-Chang Ko, Dinggang Shen, Li Wang, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews all aspects of the use of machine learning in contemporary dentistry, clearly explaining its significance for dental imaging, oral diagnosis and treatment, dental designs, and dental research. Machine learning is an emerging field of artificial intelligence research and practice in which computer agents are employed to improve perception, cognition, and action based on their ability to learn for example through use of big data techniques. Its application within dentistry is designed to promote personalized and precision patient care, with enhancement of diagnosis and treatment planning. In this book, readers will find up-to-date information on different machine learning tools and their applicability in various dental specialties. The selected examples amply illustrate the opportunities to employ a machine learning approach within dentistry while also serving to highlight the associated challenges. Machine Learning in Dentistry will be of value for all dental practitioners and researchers who wish to learn more about the potential benefits of using machine learning techniques in their work.

    Contents:
    Machine Learning for Dental Imaging: Machine Learning for CBCT Segmentation of Craniofacial 3D Image
    Machine Learning for Automatic Landmark Detection of 3D Imaging
    Machine Learning for Generating Dental CT from Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Machine Learning for 2D Dynamic Facial Photographs. Machine Learning for Oral Diagnosis and Treatment: Machine Learning for Orthodontic Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
    Machine Learning for Diagnosis of Periodontal Diseases
    Machine Learning for Oral Microbiome
    Machine Learning for Characterization of Craniofacial Anomaly
    Machine Learning for Orthognathic Surgery
    Machine Learning for Bone Tissue Engineering. Machine Learning and Dental Designs: Machine Learning for Orthodontic CAD/CAM Technologies
    Machine Learning for Design of Dental Implants
    Machine Learning for Optimization of Dental Material Processing. Machine Learning Supporting Dental Research: Machine Learning for Data Mining in Teledentistry
    Machine Learning for Evidence-Based Literature Search
    Machine Learning in Genetics and Genomics
    Machine Learning and Finite Element Modeling.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ton J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.
    Summary: Adequate health and health care is no longer possible without proper data supervision from modern machine learning methodologies like cluster models, neural networks, and other data mining methodologies. The current book is the first publication of a complete overview of machine learning methodologies for the medical and health sector, and it was written as a training companion, and as a must-read, not only for physicians and students, but also for any one involved in the process and progress of health and health care. In this second edition the authors have removed the textual errors from the first edition. Also, the improved tables from the first edition, have been replaced with the original tables from the software programs as applied. This is, because, unlike the former, the latter were without error, and readers were better familiar with them. The main purpose of the first edition was, to provide stepwise analyses of the novel methods from data examples, but background information and clinical relevance information may have been somewhat lacking. Therefore, each chapter now contains a section entitled "Background Information". Machine learning may be more informative, and may provide better sensitivity of testing than traditional analytic methods may do. In the second edition a place has been given for the use of machine learning not only to the analysis of observational clinical data, but also to that of controlled clinical trials. Unlike the first edition, the second edition has drawings in full color providing a helpful extra dimension to the data analysis. Several machine learning methodologies not yet covered in the first edition, but increasingly important today, have been included in this updated edition, for example, negative binomial and Poisson regressions, sparse canonical analysis, Firth's bias adjusted logistic analysis, omics research, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Section I Cluster and Classification Models
    Hierarchical Clustering and K-means Clustering to Identify Subgroups in Surveys (50 Patients)
    Density-based Clustering to Identify Outlier Groups in Otherwise Homogeneous Data (50 Patients)
    Two Step Clustering to Identify Subgroups and Predict Subgroup Memberships in Individual Future Patients (120 Patients)
    Nearest Neighbors for Classifying New Medicines (2 New and 25 Old Opioids)
    Predicting High-Risk-Bin Memberships (1445 Families)
    Predicting Outlier Memberships (2000 Patients)
    Data Mining for Visualization of Health Processes (150 Patients)
    Trained Decision Trees for a More Meaningful Accuracy (150 Patients)
    Typology of Medical Data (51 Patients)
    Predictions from Nominal Clinical Data (450 Patients)
    Predictions from Ordinal Clinical Data (450 Patients)
    Assessing Relative Health Risks (3000 Subjects)
    Measurement Agreements (30 Patients)
    ^Column Proportions for Testing Differences between Outcome Scores (450 Patients)
    Pivoting Trays and Tables for Improved Analysis of Multidimensional Data (450 Patients)
    Online Analytical Procedure Cubes for a More Rapid Approach to Analyzing Frequencies (450 Patients)
    Restructure Data Wizard for Data Classified the Wrong Way (20 Patients)
    Control Charts for Quality Control of Medicines (164 Tablet Desintegration Times)
    Section II (Log) Linear Models
    Linear, Logistic, and Cox Regression for Outcome Prediction with Unpaired Data (20, 55, and 60 Patients)
    Generalized Linear Models for Outcome Prediction with Paired Data (100 Patients and 139 Physicians)
    Generalized Linear Models for Predicting Event-Rates (50 Patients)
    Factor Analysis and Partial Least Squares (PLS) for Complex-Data Reduction (250 Patients)
    Optimal Scaling of High-sensitivity Analysis of Health Predictors (250 Patients)
    ^Discriminant Analysis for Making a Diagnosis from Multiple Outcomes (45 Patients)
    Weighted Least Squares for Adjusting Efficacy Data with Inconsistent Spread (78 Patients)
    Partial Correlations for Removing Interaction Effects from Efficacy Data (64 Patients)
    Canonical Regression for Overall Statistics of Multivariate Data (250 Patients)
    Multinomial Regression for Outcome Categories (55 Patients)
    Various Methods for Analyzing Predictor Categories (60 and 30 Patients)
    Random Intercept Models for Both Outcome and Predictor Categories (55 Patients)
    Automatic Regression for Maximizing Linear Relationships (55 Patients)
    Simulation Models for Varying Predictors (9000 Patients)
    Generalized Linear Mixed Models for Outcome Prediction from Mixed Data (20 Patients)
    Two Stage Least Squares for Linear Models with Problematic Predictors (35 Patients)
    Autoregressive Models for Longitudinal Data (120 Monthly Population Records)
    ^Variance Components for Assessing the Magnitude of Random Effects (40 Patients)
    Ordinal Scaling for Clinical Scores with Inconsistent Intervals (900 Patients)
    Loglinear Models for Assessing Incident Rates with Varying Incident Risks (12 Populations)
    Loglinear Models for Outcome Categories (445 Patients)
    More on Polytomous Outcome Regressions (450 Patients)
    Heterogeneity in Clinical Research: Mechanisms Responsible (20 Studies)
    Performance Evaluation of Novel Diagnostic Tests (650 and 588 Patients)
    Quantile
    Quantile Plots, a Good Start for Looking at Your Medical Data (50 Cholesterol Measurements and 52 Patients)
    Rate Analysis of Medical Data Better than Risk Analysis (52 Patients)
    Trend Tests Will Be Statistically Significant if Traditional Tests Are not (30 and 106 Patients)
    Doubly Multivariate Analysis of Variance for Multiple Observations from Multiple Outcome Variables (16 Patients)
    ^Probit Models for Estimating Effective Pharmacological Treatment Dosages (14 Tests)
    Interval Censored Data Analysis for Assessing Mean Time to Cancer Relapse (51 Patients)
    Structural Equation Modeling with SPSS Analysis of Moment Structures (Amos) for Cause Effect Relationships I (35 Patients)
    Structural Equation Modeling with SPSS Analysis of Moment Structures (Amos) for Cause Effect Relationships II (35 Patients)
    Firth's Bias-adjusted Estimates for Biased Logistic Data Models (23 Challenger launchings)
    Omics Research (125 Patients, 24 Predictor Variables)
    Sparse Canonical Correlation Analysis (12209 Genes in 45 Glioblastoma Carriers)
    Eigenvalues, Eigenvectors and Eigenfunctions (45 and 250 Patients)
    Section III Rules Models
    Neural Networks for Assessing Relationships that are Typically Nonlinear (90 Patients)
    Complex Samples Methodologies for Unbiased Sampling (9,678 Persons)
    ^Correspondence Analysis for Identifying the Best of Multiple Treatments in Multiple Groups (217 Patients)
    Decision Trees for Decision Analysis (1004 and 953 Patients)
    Multidimensional Scaling for Visualizing Experienced Drug Efficacies (14 Pain-killers and 42 Patients)
    Stochastic Processes for Long Term Predictions from Short Term Observations
    Optimal Binning for Finding High Risk Cut-offs (1445 Families)
    Conjoint Analysis for Determining the Most Appreciated Properties of Medicines to Be Developed (15 Physicians)
    Item Response Modeling for Analyzing Quality of Life with Better Precision (1000 Patients)
    Survival Studies with Varying Risks of Dying (50 and 60 Patients)
    Fuzzy Logic for Improved Precision of Pharmacological Data Analysis (9 Induction Dosages)
    Automatic Data Mining for the Best Treatment of a Disease (90 Patients)
    Pareto Charts for Identifying the Main Factors of Multifactorial Outcomes (2000 Admissions to Hospital)
    ^Radial Basis Neural Networks for Multidimensional Gaussian Data (90 persons)
    Automatic Modeling for Drug Efficacy Prediction (250 Patients)
    Automatic Modeling for Clinical Event Prediction (200 Patients)
    Automatic Newton Modeling in Clinical Pharmacology (15 Alfentanil dosages, 15 Quinidine time-concentration relationships)
    Spectral Plots for High Sensitivity Assessment of Periodicity (6 Years' Monthly C Reactive Protein Levels)
    Runs Test for Identifying Best Analysis Models (21 Estimates of Quantity and Quality of Patient Care)
    Evolutionary Operations for Health Process Improvement (8 Operation Room Settings)
    Bayesian Networks for Cause Effect Modeling (600 Patients)
    Support Vector Machines for Imperfect Nonlinear Data (200 Patients)
    Multiple Response Sets for Visualizing Clinical Data Trends (811 Patient Visits)
    Protein and DNA Sequence Mining
    Iteration Methods for Crossvalidation (150 Patients)
    ^Testing Parallel-groups with Different Sample Sizes and Variances (5 Parallel-group Studies)
    Association Rules between Exposure and Outcome (50 and 60 Patients)
    Confidence Intervals for Proportions and Differences in Proportions (100 and 75 Patients)
    Ratio Statistics for Efficacy Analysis of New Drugs 50 Patients)
    Fifth Order Polynomes of Circadian Rhythms (1 Patient)
    Gamma Distribution for Estimating the Predictors of Medical Outcomes (110 Patients)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Issam El Naqa, Ruijiang Li, Martin J. Murphy, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a complete overview of the role of machine learning in radiation oncology and medical physics, covering basic theory, methods, and a variety of applications in medical physics and radiotherapy. An introductory section explains machine learning, reviews supervised and unsupervised learning methods, discusses performance evaluation, and summarizes potential applications in radiation oncology. Detailed individual sections are then devoted to the use of machine learning in quality assurance; computer-aided detection, including treatment planning and contouring; image-guided radiotherapy; respiratory motion management; and treatment response modeling and outcome prediction. The book will be invaluable for students and residents in medical physics and radiation oncology and will also appeal to more experienced practitioners and researchers and members of applied machine learning communities.

    Contents:
    Introduction: What is Machine Learning
    Computational Learning Theory
    Overview of Supervised Learning Methods
    Overview of Unsupervised Learning Methods
    Performance Evaluation
    Variety of Applications in Radiation Oncology
    Machine Learning for Quality Assurance: Quality Assurance as a Learning Problem
    Detection of Radiotherapy Errors Using Unsupervised Learning
    Prediction of Radiotherapy Errors Using Supervised Learning
    Machine Learning for Computer-Aided Detection: Detection of Cancer Lesions from Imaging
    Classification of Malignant and Benign Tumours
    Machine Learning for Treatment Planning and Delivery
    Image-guided Radiotherapy with Machine Learning: IMRT Optimization Using Machine Learning
    Treatment Assessment Tools
    Machine Learning for Motion Management: Prediction of Respiratory Motion
    Motion-Correction Using Learning Methods
    Machine Learning Application in 4D-CT
    Machine Learning Application in Dynamic Delivery
    Machine Learning for Outcomes Modeling: Bioinformatics of Treatment Response
    Modelling of Norma Tissue Complication Probabilities (NTCP)
    Modelling of Tumour Control Probability (TCP).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Anna R. Dover, J. Alastair Innes, Karen Fairhurst.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Regine Klinger, Monika Hasenbring, Michael Pfingsten.
    Summary: This book offers a diagnostic tool for physicians and psychologists who want to systematically document pain within a multimodal structure. MACPainP (multiaxial classification of pain-psychosocial dimension) is a systematic, comprehensive and clinically oriented diagnostic instrument for evaluating pain-related disorders, and includes differentiated descriptions to enable syndromes to be systematized and diagnoses compared. MACPainP can be used as a professional add-on for the International Classification of Diseases ICD-10 as well as the upcoming pain classification ICD-11, released by WHO. This clearly structured book provides an easy introduction to the biopsychological aspects of pain disorders, to allow a nuanced approach to the psychological diagnosis of pain patients. It discusses possible comorbidities (e.g. depressive disorders, anxiety disorders) as well as concrete behavior-related steps for pain-related psychological and medical treatments. An essential reference for physicians and psychologists in the field of pain therapy, it is part of the learning European Pain Federation Curriculum (EFIC) of pain therapists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; 1: Introduction; 1.1 Describing Current Approaches in the Classification of Chronic Pain; 1.1.1 Diagnostic Options Within the Internationally Recognized Diagnostic Codification System ICD (c.f.
    Chapter V (F)) and DSM; 1.1.1.1 ICD-10; 1.1.1.2 DSM 5; 1.1.2 IASP Taxonomy; 1.1.3 Headache Classification of the IHS (ICHD-3); 2: The Multiaxial Classification of Pain: Psychosocial Dimension (MACPainP); 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 MACPainP: Overall Structure and Structure of the Axes; 2.3 MACPainP: Theoretical Background 2.3.1 Behavioral Theory in MACPainP2.3.2 Psychodynamic Psychology in MACPainP; 2.3.3 Systemic Theories in MACPainP; 2.4 General Guidelines; 2.4.1 Distinguishing MACPainP Codes from Psychopathological Disorders of the ICD/DSM; 2.4.2 Operationalization and Administration of Codes; 2.4.3 Axis Supplementary Code; 2.4.4 Time Supplementary Code; 2.4.5 MACPainP: Rating Sheet; 2.4.6 Diagnostic Axis 11: MACPainP Diagnosis; 2.4.7 Training Applications for Specific Pain Therapy; 2.4.8 Deriving Therapeutic Indications; 2.5 Combining MACPainP with ICD and DSM/Application Examples 3: MACPainP Operationalization3.1 Axis 1: Motor-Behavioral Pain Processing; 3.1.1 Distinct Nonverbal Pain Behavior; 3.1.2 Distinct Verbal Pain Behavior; 3.1.3 Discrepancies Between Verbal and Nonverbal Pain Behavior; 3.1.4 Deficits in Asking for Social Support; 3.1.5 Distinct Avoidance of Physical Activities; 3.1.6 Distinct Avoidance of Social Activities; 3.1.7 Distinct Endurance Behavior; 3.1.8 Non-compliance with Health-Promoting Behavior; 3.2 Axis 2: Emotional Pain Processing; 3.2.1 Depressed Mood; 3.2.2 Irritated Mood; 3.2.3 Anxious Mood; 3.2.4 Easy Internal Excitability 3.2.5 Restricted Emotional Experience3.2.6 Restricted Emotional Expression; 3.2.7 Excessive Expression of Positive Emotions; 3.3 Axis 3: Cognitive Pain Processing; 3.3.1 Helplessness/Catastrophizing; 3.3.2 Resignation/Despair; 3.3.3 Suicidal Ideations; 3.3.4 Low Awareness of Physical Processes; 3.3.5 Distinct Trivialization of Physical Processes; 3.3.6 Hypervigilance of Physical Processes; 3.3.7 Distinct Pain Thought Suppression; 3.4 Axis 4: Illness-Related Metacognitions; 3.4.1 Distinct Somatic Model of Disease; 3.4.2 Distinct Stable Causal Attribution 3.4.3 Distinct External Locus of Control3.4.4 Distinct Internal Locus of Control; 3.4.5 Attribution of Blame; 3.4.6 Distinct Fear-Avoidance Beliefs; 3.4.7 Distinct Endurance Beliefs; 3.5 Axis 5: Current Stressors; 3.5.1 Physical Stress at Work; 3.5.2 Psychosocial Stress at Work; 3.5.3 Unclear Occupational Status; 3.5.4 Considerable Financial Stress; 3.5.5 Problems Within the Family and/or Circle of Friends; 3.5.6 Marriage/Relationship Problems; 3.5.7 Stress Because of Additional Health Problems; 3.5.8 Critical Life Events; 3.5.9 Stress During Leisure Time
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gregor Anderluh, Robert Gilbert, editors.
    Summary: Introduction: brief historical overview -- Distribution of MACPF/CDC proteins -- Evolution of the complement system -- Structural features of cholesterol dependent cytolysins and comparison to other MACPF-domain containing proteins -- Perfringolysin O structure and mechanism of pore formation as a paradigm for cholesterol-dependent cytolysins -- Structural biology of the membrane attack complex -- Membrane interactions and cellular effects of MACPF/CDC proteins -- The biology of pneumolysin -- Multifaceted activity of listeriolysin O, the cholesterol -dependent cytolysin of Listeria monocytogenes -- Perforin: a key pore-forming protein for immune control of viruses and cancer -- Perforin and human diseases -- The role of MACPF proteins in the biology of malaria and other apicomplexan parasites -- Chlamydial MACPF protien CT153 -- Fungal MACPF-like proteins and aegerolysins: bi-component pore-forming proteins? -- Fluorescence imaging of MACPF/CDC proteins: new techniques and their application.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mahendra Rai, Anatoly Reshetilov, Yulia Plekhanova, Avinash P. Ingle, editors.
    Summary: This book includes an international group of researchers who present the latest achievements in the field of enzyme, immune system, and microbial and nano-biosensors. It highlights the experimental evidence for formation of biological fuel cells (BFCs)-which has a dual purpose - as a device that produces electricity and the systems which produce it simultaneously cleaning up the environment from polluting organic compounds. Considering the work in the field of macro, micro and nano-biosensors, considerable attention is paid to the use of nanomaterials for the modification of working electrodes. Nanomaterials in some cases can significantly improve the parameters of analytical systems. Readers will be interested in the projection of the presented theoretical and experimental materials in the field of practical application of modern analytical developments. The presented results in many cases imply the possibility of using the created models of macro, micro and nano-biosensors, and biofuel elements in the field of health, and protection/restoration of the environment. It includes information about all existing types of transducers of signals in biosensors - electrochemical, optical and quantum-optics, thermoelectric, data of atomic force microscopy, piezoelectric, and more. On the basis of these principles, descriptions are given about the functioning of macro, micro and nano- biosensors for the detection of compounds used in medicine, detection of compounds that clog the environment, and thus affect human health, for compounds that are potentially the basis for the production of drugs, for the selection of compounds that have medicinal activity, for immunodetection, and to assess the quality of food. These questions form the basis of research carried out in the field of biosensors in the world. Since the described models of biosensors have high sensitivity, high measurement speed and selectivity, the described results attract the attention of both the ordinary reader and business class specialists who create and implement analytical technologies. This book is very useful for researchers in life sciences, chemical sciences, physics, and engineering. In addition, it will be useful for the persons working in industry. Advanced technologies specialists will be attracted by the novelty of the proposed solutions and their relevance and ease of implementation. Since the studies contain sections describing the parameters of different biosensors, BFCs, they are easily navigated into assessing the effectiveness of the practical use of the proposed device. The relevant sections indicate such characteristics as detection ranges, life span, type of biological material used, the method of formation of the bio-receptor part. These parameters are of interest to both developers of new models of biosensors and BFC, and their manufacturers.

    Contents:
    Macro-, micro- and nanosensors based on biological / chemical materials
    Bactericidal, fungicidal and immunomodulating activity of nano-surfaces
    Enzymatic Tissue Biotests (MAO and AChE biotests) and Bioindicators
    Is it possible to detect less than one bacterial cell?
    SERS for bacterial, virus and protein bio-sensing
    Biosensors for virus detection
    Specific immobilization of rotaviruses for atomic force microscopy with using Langmuir antibody films based on amphiphilic polyelectrolytes
    Fluorimetric and SERS sensor systems for diagnostics and monitoring of catecholamines-dependent diseases
    Enhanced sensitivity rapid tests for the detection of sepsis marker procalcitonin
    Analytical capabilities of some biosensors for the determination of drugs
    Electrochemical DNA sensors based on nanostructured polymeric materials for determination of antitumor drugs
    Variants of amperometric biosensors in the determination of some micotoxins: analytical capabilities
    New class of diagnostic systems based on polyelectrolyte microcapsules for urea detection
    Bioluminescent nano- and micro-biosensing elements for detection of organophosphorous compounds
    Nano- and microelectrochemical biosensors for determining blood glucose
    Micro-Electrochemical SMBG Biosensor Chip Design Development for Sustainable Mass Production based on the Strategic Platform Patent Map
    Biological Fuel Cells: Applications in Health Service and Ecology
    Recent Trends in Fabrication and Applications of Wearable Bioelectronics for Early-Stage Disease Monitoring and Diagnosis
    Self-powered biosensors in medicine and ecology
    Self-powered implantable biosensors - a review of recent advancements and future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Xue-Long Sun.
    Contents:
    Synthesis of chain-end functionalized glycopolymers via cyanoxyl-mediated free radical polymerization (CMFRP) / Valentinas Gruzdys ... [et al.]
    Protecting-group-free synthesis of well-defined glycopolymers featuring negatively charged oligosaccharides / Luca Albertin
    Glycopolymers prepared by ring-opening metathesis polymerization followed by glycoconjugation using a triazole-forming "click" reaction / Ronald Okoth and Amit Basu
    Protecting-group-free synthesis of glycopolymers and their binding assay with lectin and influenza virus / Tomonari Tanaka, Tadanobu Takahashi, and Takashi Suzuki
    Carbohydrate-based initiators for the cationic ring-opening polymerization of 2-Ethyl-2-Oxazoline / Christine Weber ... [et al.]
    Heterofunctional glycopolypeptides by combination of Thiol-Ene chemistry and NCA polymerization / Kai-Steffen Krannig and Helmut Schlaad
    Preparation of proteoglycan mimetic graft copolymers / Matt J. Kipper and Laura W. Place
    Galactosylated polymer nano-objects by polymerization-induced self-assembly, potential drug nanocarriers / Mona Semsarilar, Irene Canton, and Vincent Ladmiral
    Synthetic approach to biotinylated glyco-functionalized quantum dots : a new fluorescent probes for biomedical applications / Christian K. Adokoh, James Darkwa, and Ravin Narain
    Surface modification of polydivinylbenzene microspheres with a fluorinated glycopolymer using Thiol-Halogen click chemistry / Wentao Song and Anthony M. Granville
    Glycopolymer-grafted polymer particles for lectin recognition / Michinari Kohri, Tatsuo Taniguchi, and Keiki Kishikawa
    Synthesis of non-spherical glycopolymer-decorated nanoparticles : combing Thiol-ene with catecholic chemistry / Xiao Li, Weidong Zhang, and Gaojian Chen
    Synthetic approach to glycopolymer base nanoparticle gold(I) conjugate : a new generation of therapeutic agents / Christian K. Adokoh, James Darkwa, and Ravin Narain
    Multivalent glycopolymer-coated gold nanoparticles / Sarah-Jane Richards ... [et al.]
    Modulation of multivalent protein binding on surfaces by glycopolymer brush chemistry / Kai Yu ... [et al.]
    Oriented immobilized sialyloligo-macroligand microarray / Satya Nandana Narla and Xue-Long Sun
    Glycocalyx remodeling with glycopolymer-based proteoglycan mimetics / Mia L. Huang ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    J. Robin Harris, Jon Marles-Wright, editors.
    Contents:
    Structure and function of the stressosome signalling hub / Jan Pané-Farré, Maureen B. Quin, Richard J. Lewis, Jon Marles-Wright
    The canonical inflammasome: a macromolecular complex driving inflammation / Tom P. Monie
    The Ferritin Superfamily / Alejandro Yévenes
    Antibody recognition of immunodominant vaccinia virus envelope proteins / Dirk M. Zajonc
    The peroxiredoxin family: an unfolding story / Zhenbo Cao, John Gordon Lindsay
    [alpha]2-Macroglobulins: structure and function / Irene Garcia-Ferrer, Aniebrys Marrero, F. Xavier Gomis-Rüth, Theodoros Goulas
    The Structure and Function of the PRMT5:MEP50 complex / Stephen Antonysamy
    Symmetry-directed design of protein cages and protein lattices and their applications / Aaron Sciore, E. Neil G. Marsh
    Structure and function of RNA polymerases and the transcription machineries / Joachim Griesenbeck, Herbert Tschochner, Dina Grohmann
    Dihydrodipicolinate synthase: structure, dynamics, function, and evolution / F. Grant Pearce, André O. Hudson, Kerry Loomes, Renwick C. J. Dobson
    Pyruvate carboxylase, structure and function / Mikel Valle
    Cullin-RING E3 ubiquitin ligases: bridges to destruction / Henry C. Nguyen, Wei Wang, Yong Xiong
    The Ccr4-Not complex: architecture and structural insights / Martine A. Collart, Olesya O. Panasenko
    Higher-order structure in bacterial VapBC toxin-antitoxin complexes / Kirstine L. Bendtsen, Ditlev E. Brodersen
    D-glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase structure and function / Michael R. White, Elsa D. Garcin
    Protein complexes in the nucleus: the control of chromosome segregation / Victor M. Bolanos-Garcia
    GroEL and the GroEL-GroES complex / Noriyuki Ishii
    The aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase complex / Marc Mirande
    The pyruvate dehydrogenase complex and related assemblies in health and disease / Olwyn Byron, John Gordon Lindsay
    Structure and assembly of clathrin cages / Mary Halebian, Kyle Morris, Corinne Smith.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    J. Robin Harris, Jon Marles-Wright, editors.
    Summary: This book follows on from Volume 83 in the SCBI series ("Macromolecular Protein Complexes"), and addresses several important topics (such as the Proteasome, Anaphase Promoting Complex, Ribosome and Apoptosome) that were not previously included, together with a number of additional exciting topics in this rapidly expanding field of study. Although the first SCBI Protein Complex book focused on soluble protein complexes, the second (Vol. 87)addressed Membrane Complexes, and the third (Vol. 88) put the spotlight on Viral Protein and Nucleoprotein Complexes, a number of membrane, virus and even fibrillar protein complexes have been be considered for inclusion in the present book. A further book is also under preparation that follows the same pattern, in an attempt to provide a thorough coverage of the subject. Chapter "Structure and Function of Roundabout Receptors" is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Protein Oligomerization and the Formation of Macromolecular Assemblies,- Chapter 2. Antibody complexes
    Chapter 3. Unravelling ribosome function through structural studies
    Chapter 4. Competence Functions and mechanisms of the human ribosome-translocon complex
    Chapter 5. The Structures of Eukaryotic Transcription Pre-Initiation Complexes and Their Functional Implications
    Chapter 6. Regulation of Antiviral Innate Immunity Through APOBEC Ribonucleoprotein Complexes
    Chapter 7. Structure and Function of the AAA+ ATPase p97, a Key Player in Protein Homeostasis
    Chapter 8. Penicillin-Binding Proteins (PBPs) and bacterial cell wall elongation complexes
    Chapter 9. Structure and function of Roundabout receptors
    Chapter 10. Structure and function of molecular chaperones that govern immune peptide loading
    Chapter 11. Biology and Biochemistry of Bacterial Proteasomes
    Chapter 12. The Kai-protein clock
    keeping track of cyanobacteria's daily life
    Chapter 13. Frataxin Structure and Function
    Chapter 14. Crystallins and their complexes
    Chapter 15. Structure and Function of the TREX-2 Complex
    Chapter 16. Amyloid Oligomers, Protofibrils and Fibrils
    Chapter 17. CAD, a multienzymatic protein at the head of de novo pyrimidine biosynthesis
    Chapter 18. The Anaphase Promoting Complex/Cyclosome (APC/C): a versatile E3 ubiquitin ligase
    Chapter 19. TRiC/CCT Chaperonin: Structure and Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    J. Robin Harris, Jon Marles-Wright (editors).
    Summary: This book covers important topics such as the dynamic structure and function of the 26S proteasome, the DNA replication machine: structure and dynamic function and the structural organization and protein-protein interactions in the human adenovirus capsid, to mention but a few. The 18 chapters included here, written by experts in their specific field, are at the forefront of scientific knowledge. The impressive integration of structural data from X-ray crystallography with that from cryo-electron microscopy is apparent throughout the book. In addition, functional aspects are also given a high priority. Chapter 1 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License vialink.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Structure, Dynamics and Function of the 26S Proteasome
    Chapter 2. Factor VIII and Factor V Membrane Bound Complexes
    Chapter 3. An Overview of DPS: Dual Acting Nanovehicles in Prokaryotes with DNA Binding and Ferroxidation Properties
    Chapter 4. Structure and Function of the Separase-Securin Complex
    Chapter 5. The DNA Replication Machine: Structure and Dynamic Function
    Chapter 6. Recent Progress in Structural Studies on the GT-C Superfamily of Protein Glycosyltransferases
    Chapter 7. How Structures of Complement Complexes Guide Therapeutic Design
    Chapter 8. Architecture and Assembly of the Bacterial Flagellar Motor Complex
    Chapter 9. Cellulosomes: Highly Efficient Cellulolytic Complexes
    Chapter 10. Leucine Dehydrogenase: Structure and Thermostability
    Chapter 11. Structure, Function and Physiology of 5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptors Subtype 3
    Chapter 12. The SF3b Complex Is an Integral Component of the Spliceosome and Targeted by Natural Product-based Inhibitors
    Chapter 13. Interaction Networks of Ribosomal Expansion Segments in Kinetoplastids
    Chapter 14. Hepatitis B Core Protein Capsids
    Chapter 15. Fibrinogen and Fibrin
    Chapter 16. Structural Organization and Protein-protein Interactions in Human Adenovirus Capsid
    Chapter 17. A Structural Perspective on Gene Repression by Polycomb Repressive Complex 2
    Chapter 18. Assembly and Function of the Anthrax Toxin Protein Translocation Complex.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Malgorzata Kloc, editor.
    Contents:
    Evolutionary Aspects of Macrophages Polarization / Eva-Stina Edholm, Kun Hyoe Rhoo, and Jacques Robert
    Development and Functional Differentiation of Tissue-Resident Versus Monocyte-Derived Macrophages in Inflammatory Reactions Paola Italiani and Diana Boraschi
    Hofbauer Cells: Placental Macrophages of Fetal Origin / Leticia Reyes, Bryce Wolfe, and Thaddeus Golos
    Mesenchymal Stem Cells Direct the Immunological Fate of Macrophages / Patricia Luz-Crawford, Christian Jorgensen, and Farida Djouad
    Monocyte/Macrophage: NK Cell Cooperation--Old Tools for New Functions / Elżbieta Wałajtys-Rode and Jolanta M. Dzik
    Macrophages in Invertebrates: From Insects and Crustaceans to Marine Bivalves / Prasad Abnave, Xavier Muracciole, and Eric Ghigo
    F4/80 as a Major Macrophage Marker: The Case of the Peritoneum and Spleen / Alexandra dos Anjos Cassado
    Immunobiology of Nitric Oxide and Regulation of Inducible Nitric Oxide Synthase / Martin Lee [and others]
    Role for Mechanotransduction in Macrophage and Dendritic Cell Immunobiology / Svenja F. B. Mennens, Koen van den Dries, and Alessandra Cambi
    Macrophages' Role in Tissue Disease and Regeneration / Lewis Gaffney [and others]
    Macrophages and Their Contribution to the Development of Atherosclerosis / Yuri V. Bobryshev [and others]
    Macrophage Dysfunction in Respiratory Disease / Kylie B. R. Belchamber and Louise E. Donnelly
    Activation of Macrophages in Response to Biomaterials / Jamie E. Rayahin and Richard A. Gemeinhart
    Macrophage Differentiation in Normal and Accelerated Wound Healing / Girish J. Kotwal and Sufan Chien
    Macrophages and RhoA Pathway in Transplanted Organs / Yianzhu Liu [and others].
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alastair D. Burt, Linda D. Ferrell, Stefan G. Hübscher.
    Contents:
    Structure, function, and responses to injury / James Crawford, Prodromos Hytiroglou, and Paulette Bioulac-Sage
    Cellular and molecular techniques / Pierre Bedossa, Valerie Paradis, and Jessica Zucman Rossi
    Developmental and inherited liver disease / Alberto Quaglia, Eve A. Roberts, and Michael Torbenson
    Disorders of iron overload / Antonello Pietrangelo and Michael Torbenson
    Fatty liver disease / Dina G. Tiniakos, Alastair Burt, and Quentin M. Anstee
    Viral hepatitis / Henry Charles Bodenheimer Jr., Maria Guido, and Neil D. Theise
    Other viral and infectious diseases / Sherif Zaki, Venancio Alves, and Gillian Leigh Hale
    Autoimmune hepatitis / Kay Washington and Michael P. Manns
    Bile duct diseases / Yoh Zen, Stefan Hubscher, and Yasuni Nakanuma
    Diseases of the gallbladder / Brian C. Quigley and N. Volkan Adsay
    Vascular disorders / Pierre Bedossa, Prodromos Hytiroglou, and Matthew M. Yeh
    Drugs and toxins / David Kleiner
    Tumours and tumourlike lesions / Linda D. Ferrell, Sanjay Kakar, Aileen Wee, and Luigi M. Terracciano
    Transplantation pathology / Stefan Hübscher, Andrew Clouston, and Anthony J. Demetris
    Liver in systemic disease / Alastair Burt and Chris Bellamy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alastair D. Burt, Linda D. Ferrell, Stefan G. Hübscher.
    Summary: Written and edited by an international team of renowned authorities, MacSween's Pathology of the Liver, 8th Edition, remains the field's definitive reference on liver pathology. This must-have text is ideal for surgical pathologists in practice and in training who examine liver specimens on a day-to-day basis. It provides invaluable assistance in recognizing the huge variety of appearances of the liver that result from infections, tumors, and tumor-like lesions, as well as organ damage caused by drugs and toxins. With expert, comprehensive coverage of all malignant and benign hepatobiliary disorders, MacSween's is a convenient, one-stop resource for use in the reporting room as well as in personal study. Shares the knowledge and experience of a "who's who" list of experts in the field of hepatobiliary pathology, led by editors Alastair D. Burt, Linda D. Ferrell, and Stefan G. Hübscher. Features more than 1,000 high-quality, full color illustrations, providing a complete visual guide to each tumor or tumor-like lesion. Discusses advances in molecular diagnostic testing, its capabilities, and its limitations, including targeted/personalized medicine. Incorporates the latest TNM staging and WHO classification systems, as well as new diagnostic biomarkers and their utility in differential diagnosis, newly described variants, and new histologic entities. Includes relevant data from ancillary techniques (immunohistochemistry, cytogenetics, and molecular genetics), giving you the necessary tools required to master the latest breakthroughs in diagnostic technology. Provides you with all of the necessary diagnostic tools to make a complete and accurate pathologic report, including clinicopathologic background throughout. Directs you to the most recent and authoritative sources for further reading with a comprehensive reference list that highlights key articles and up-to-date citations. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.

    Contents:
    Structure, Function and Responses to Injury
    Cellular and Molecular Techniques
    Developmental and Inherited Liver Disease
    Disorders of Iron Overload
    Fatty Liver Disease
    Hepatitis Due to Hepatotropic Viruses
    Non-Hepatotropic Viral, Bacterial and Parasitic Infections of the Liver
    Autoimmune Hepatitis
    Bile Duct Diseases
    Diseases of the Gallbladder
    Vascular Disorders
    Hepatic Injury due to Drugs, Dietary and Herbal Supplements, Chemicals and Toxins
    Tumours and Tumour-Like Lesions
    Transplantation Pathology
    Liver in Systemic Disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Ivana K. Kim, editor.
    Summary: This atlas presents chapters on common and rare macular diseases including variants of age-related macular degeneration (dry, neovascular, polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy), cystoid macular edema, macular telangiectasia, central serous retinopathy and pachychoroid disease, photic retinopathy, presumed ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, myopic degeneration, angioid streaks, and a recently described entity: perifoveal exudative vascular anomalous complex. It provides a wealth of representative images, using various modalities to help the reader recognize the respective conditions. Importantly, it also includes images acquired using techniques more recently adopted in clinical practice such as autofluoresence, optical coherence tomography (OCT), and OCT angiography. The concise text reviews the basic concepts of etiology, diagnosis, and management in a highly accessible format. In contributions prepared by internationally respected experts, the atlas provides a cutting-edge analysis of each condition, as well as excellent summaries of recent work in the field. Macular Disorders is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas. The series offers a global perspective on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, ocular inflammatory disease, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, macular disorders, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma. In nine volumes and over 100 chapters, Retina Atlas offers comprehensive and validated information on retinal disorders.

    Contents:
    Dry age-related macular degeneration (AMD)
    Neovascular age-related macular degeneration
    Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy
    Angioid streaks
    Ocular histoplasmosis
    Central serous chorioretinopathy/pachychoroid eye diseases
    Postsurgical cytoid macular edema
    Myopic macular degeneration and choroidal neovascularization
    Photic retinopathy
    Macular telangiectasis
    Perifoveal exudative vascular anomalous complex (PEVAC).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Querques, Eric H. Souied, editors.
    Contents:
    Stargardt's disease (STGD)
    Macular Abnormalities in Panretinal Dystrophies
    Best Disease
    Pattern Dystrophy.- Autosomal Dominant Drusen
    North Carolina Makular Dystrophy (NCMD, MCDR1) and NCMD-like Disorders
    Sorsby Fundus Dystrophy
    Central Areolar Choroidal Dystrophy
    Maternally Inherited Diabetes and Deafness (MIDD)
    X-linked Retinoschisis (XLRS)
    Miscellaneous Very Rare Macular Dystrophies
    Management and Interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editor, Gabriel Coscas ; co-editors, Anat Loewenstein, José Cunha-Vaz, Gisèle Soubrane.
    Contents:
    Macular edema : definition and basic concepts / Coscas, Gabriel; Cunha-Vaz, José; Soubrane, Gisèle
    Mechanisms of retinal fluid accumulation and blood-retinal barrier breakdown / Cunha-Vaz, José
    Intracellular edema / Narayanan, Raja; Kuppermann, Baruch D
    Central serous chorioretinopathy / Daruich, Alejandra; Matet, Alexandre; Behar-Cohen, Francine
    Diagnosis and detection / Staurenghi, Giovanni; Pellegrini, Marco; Invernizzi, Alessandro; Preziosa, Chiara
    Optical coherence tomography angiography in macular edema / Lupidi, Marco; Coscas, Florence; Cagini, Carlo; Coscas, Gabriel
    Macular edema : rationale for therapy / Wolfensberger, Thomas J
    Drug delivery to the posterior segment of the eye / Moisseiev, Elad; Loewenstein, Anat
    Diabetic macular edema / Bandello, Francesco; Battaglia Parodi, Maurizio; Lanzetta, Paolo; Loewenstein, Anat; Massin, Pascale; Menchini, Francesca; Veritti, Daniele Retinal Vein Occlusions / Jonas, Jost; Monés, Jordi; Glacet-Bernard, Agnès; Coscas, Gabriel
    Insights into the physiopathology of inflammatory macular edema / de Smet, Marc D.
    Postsurgical cystoid macular edema / Zur, Dinah; Loewenstein, Anat
    Retinitis pigmentosa and other dystrophies / Mrejen, Sarah; Audo, Isabelle; Bonnel, Sébastien; Sahel, José-Alain
    Macular edema of choroidal origin / Soubrane, Gisèle
    Miscellaneous / Creuzot-Garcher, Catherine.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Andrew Chang, William F. Mieler, Masahito Ohji, editors.
    Summary: Recent technological advances in the diagnosis of macular disorders have enhanced our understanding of these diseases. At the same time, advances in small-gauge vitrectomy instrumentation and techniques have improved the safety and efficiency of surgery, allowing macular conditions that would have otherwise resulted in blindness to be treated effectively, preserving patients' sight. Macular surgery continues to evolve rapidly, thanks to exciting future technology trends. This book provides a detailed and up-to-date overview of the field. It begins with essential information on macular anatomy and pathophysiology, examination techniques, and surgical instrumentation. In turn, it discusses a broad range of disease processes, including macular holes, epiretinal membrane, vitreomacular traction and myopic maculopathy. The role and benefits of advanced vitrectomy techniques including submacular surgery, prosthetic vision, robotic surgery, and stem cell and gene therapy are addressed in detail. A review of perioperative care and potential complications rounds out the coverage.

    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Pathophysiology of macula
    Techniques for examination of the macula
    Surgical instrumentation and forceps
    Disease processes
    Follow-up of patients undergoing macula surgery
    New advances in vitrectomy
    Postoperative care of the patient undergoing macular surgery
    Submacular surgery
    Macular translocation
    Combined cataract surgery and vitrectomy for maculopathy
    Complications of macula surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stephen J. Divers, Scott J. Stahl.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Practice Management & Development. 1. Reptile Practice Management 2. Reference Resources for the Reptile Clinician 3. Understanding the Human-Reptile Relationship 4. Veterinary Specialization 5. The Importance of Herpetological Publication by Clinicians and Academics 6. Statistics for the Clinician
    Section 2: Biology (Taxonomy, Anatomy, Physiology and Behavior). 7. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Tortoises, Turtles and Terrapins 8. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Snakes 9. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Lizards 10. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology or Crocodilians 11. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Tuataras 12. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Amphibians 13. Natural Behaviors 14. Conditioning and Behavioral Training 15. Stress and Welfare of Reptiles and Amphibians
    Section 3: Husbandry and Management. 16. General Husbandry and Management of Reptiles 17. Environmental Lighting 18. Disinfection 19. Quarantine 20. Snakes 21. Lizards 22. Management of Venomous Species 23. Tortoises, Freshwater Aquatic Turtles and Terrapins 24. Sea Turtles 25. Crocodilians 26. Tuatara 27. Nutrition 28. General Husbandry and Management of Amphibians
    Section 4: Infectious Diseases and Laboratory Sciences. 29. Bacteriology 30. Virology 31. Mycology 32. Parasitology Including Hemoparasites 33. Hematology 34. Clinical Chemistry 35. Hematology and Biochemistry Tables 36. Molecular Diagnostics 37. Immunopathology 38. Cytology 39. Biopsy 40. Necropsy 41. Commercial and Analytical Labs
    Section 5: Techniques and Procedures. 42. Handling and Physical Examination 43. Diagnostic Techniques and Sample Collection 44. Catheter Placement 45. Esophogastric Feeding Tube Placement 46. Hospitilization 47. Euthanasia
    Section 6: Anesthesia. 48. Sedation 49. General Anestheisa 50. Analgesia 51. Regional Anesthesia and Analgesia 52. Amphibian Anesthesia
    Section 7: Diagnostic Imaging. 53. Radiography
    General Principles 54. Radiography
    Lizards 55. Radiography
    Snakes 56. Radiography
    Chelonians 57. Radiography
    Crocodilians 58. Ultrasonography 59. Computed Tomography 60. Magnetic Resonance Imaging 61. Scintigraphy
    Section 8: Endoscopy. 62. Diagnostic and Surgical Endoscopy Equipment 63. Endoscopy practice management and marketing 64. Diagnostic Endoscopy 65. Endoscope-Assisted and Endoscopic Surgery
    Section 9: Medicine. 66. Urology 67. Hepatology 68. Cardiology 69. Dermatology I (Skin) 70. Dermatology II (Shell) 71. Ophthalmology 72. Otorhinolaryngology 73. Gastroenterology I (Oral cavity, esophagus, stomach) 74. Gastroenterology II (Small and large intestines) 75. Gastroenterology III (Cloaca) 76. Pulmonology 77. Neurology 78. Oncology 79. Endocrinology 80. Theriogenology 81. Musculoskeletal 82. Vascular, Hematopoietic Immunology 83. Clinical Behavioral Medicine 84. Nutritional Diseases 85. Perinatology 86. Geriatrics 87. Emergency and Critical Care 88. Toxicology 89. Amphibian Medicine Overview
    Section 10: Surgery. 90. Surgical Equipment, Instrumentation and General Principles 91. Eye 92. Ear 93. Rhinarium 94. Oral Cavity 95. Venemoid surgery 96. Integument
    Skin 97. Coeliotomy
    Snake 98. Coeliotomy
    Lizard 99. Prefemoral Coeliotomy
    Chelonian 100. Transplastron Coeliotomy
    Chelonian 101. Coeliotomy
    Crocodilian 102. Respiratory Tract 103. Gastro-Intestinal Surgery 104. Urinary Tract 105. Reproductive Tract 106. Cloacal Surgery 107. Amphibian Soft Tissue Surgery 108. External Coaptation 109. Fracture Fixation 110. Spinal Surgery 111. Limb Amputation 112. Tail Amputation 113. Shell Surgery and Repair
    Section 11: Therapy. 114. Therapeutic Overview and General Approach 115. Routes of Administration 116. Antibiotic Therapy 117. Antifungal Therapy 118. Antiviral Therapy 119. Anti-Inflammatory Therapy 120. Anti-Parasitic Therapy 121. Mental Health Treatment 122. Nutritional Therapy 123. Chemotherapy 124. Radiation Therapy 125. Miscellaneous Drug Therapy 126. Allometric Scaling 127. Reptile Formulary 128. Amphibian Formulary 129. Low Level LASER Therapy 130. Wound Management 131. Rehabilitation and Physical Therapy 132. Alternative and Complimentary Therapies
    Section 12: Differential Diagnosis by Clinical Signs. 133. Snakes 134. Lizards 135. Chelonians 136. Crocodilians 137. Amphibians
    Section 13: Specific Disease/ Case Summary. 138. Abscesses 139. Acariasis 140. Regurgitiation and Vomiting 141. Aural Abscess 142. Bites and Prey-Induced Trauma 143. Cloacal Prolapse 144. Cryptosporidiosis (Lizards) 145. Cryptosporidiosis (Snakes) 146. Urolithiasis (cystic calculi, cloacal uroliths) 147. Diarrhea 148. Digit Abnormalities 149. Dysecdysis 150. Dystocia 151. Gout 152. Hemoparasites 153. Hepatic Lipidosis 154. Herpesviruses of Tortoises 155. Hyperglycemia 156. Hyper and Hypovitaminosis A 157. Inclusion Body Disease 158. Secondary Nutritional Hyperparathyroidism 159. Neurologic Disorders 160. Paramyxoviruses 161. Periodontal Disease 162. Pneumonia 163. Pseudogout 164. Renal Disease 165. Shell Damage 166. Salmonellosis 167. Spinal Osteopathy 168. Tail Damage 169. Thermal Burns 170. Stomatitis 171. Scent Gland Adenitis 172. Mycoplasmosis and Upper Respiratory Tract Disease 173. Chytridiomycosis
    Section 14: Population and Public Health. 174. Zoonoses and Public Health 175. Working With Free-Ranging Reptiles 176. Medical Management and Rehabilitation of Sea Turtles 177. Commercial Reptile Farming 178. Large Zoo and Private Collection Management 179. Breeders, Wholesale and Retail 180. Laboratory Reptile and Amphibian Management 181. Conservation Issues 182. Herpetofauna and Ecosystem Health
    Section 15: Legal Topics. 183. International Legislation 184. European Legislation 185. US Federal Legislation 186. Forensics 187. Jurisprudence, Expert Reports, Testimony and Court Appearance.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Print
    Stanley B. Prusiner.
    Contents:
    Growing up
    The beginning of an odyssey
    A plethora of theories
    The scrapie race
    Dr. America and the trembling cannibals
    The battle for tenure
    What's in a name?
    Lost in the Pacific fog
    The amyloid story
    Finding the gene
    Jousting with the press
    Deciphering human prion diseases
    What's in a shape?
    Turf battles
    Mad cow and other prion strains
    Stockholm
    The third judgment of Paris
    Epilogue : the quest for therapeutics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R690 .P78 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Kamel A. Abd-Elsalam, Mohamed A. Mohamed, Ram Prasad, editors.
    Summary: Recently, magnetic nanostructures have gained a remarkable interest for basic research and applied studies. Because of their low cost and ease of manufacture and modification, they have great potential for agricultural and environmental applications. The use of magnetic nanostructures has been proven in a wide range of fields including catalysis, biotechnology, biomedicine, magnetic resonance imaging, agriculture, biosensors, and removal of environmental pollutants, among others. This book includes 16 chapters of collected knowledge, discoveries, and applications in agriculture, soil remediation, and water treatment. It describes the role of nano-agriculture with regard to food security and discusses environmental and agricultural protection concerns. It further offers potential applications of magnetic nanomaterials in the agriculture and food sectors, such as the development of sensors, environment monitoring for wastewater treatment and the remediation of contaminated soils. Increasing crop yield through the use of nanopesticides or nanofertilizers and biosecurity using sensors for detecting pathogens along the entire food chain are discussed as well. This book also brings together various sources of expertise on different aspects magnetic nanostructure application in the agri-food sector and environment remediation. Magnetic nanostructures also have great potential in biotechnological processes, as they can be utilized as a carrier for enzymes during different biocatalytic transformations. Novel magnetic nanomaterials can be used for detection and separation of pesticides from environmental and biological samples. The excellent adsorption capacity of the modified magnetic nanoadsorbents together with other advantages such as reusability, easy separation, environmentally friendly composition, and freedom of interferences of alkaline earth metal ions make them suitable adsorbents for removal of heavy metal ions from environmental and industrial wastes. One of the most important environmental applications of magnetic nanostructures has been in the treatment of water, whether in the remediation of groundwater or through the magnetic separation and/or sensing of contaminants present in various aqueous systems. The integrated combination of these 16 chapters, written by experts with considerable experience in their area of research, provides a comprehensive overview on the synthesis, characterization, application, environmental processing, and agriculture of engineered magnetic nanostructures. Its comprehensive coverage discusses how nanostructure materials interact in plants as well as their potential and useful applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Nanoparticles: Magnetism and applications
    Bio-based synthesis of magnetic nanoparticles and their applications
    Plant mediated synthesis, applications and challenges of magnetic nanostructures
    Microbially synthesized biomagnetic nanomaterials
    Nanotechnology and Nano-biotechnology for Environmental Remediation
    Magnetic nanoparticles: a unique gene delivery system in plant science
    Magnetic Nanoparticles: Eco-friendly Application in Biofuel Production
    An overview of magnetic material: preparation and adsorption removal of heavy metals from waste water
    Water Purification using Magnetic Nanomaterials: An Overview
    Metal ferrites and their graphene-based nanocomposites: Synthesis, characterization and applications in wastewater treatment
    Magnetic Nanostructures: Environmental and Agricultural Applications
    Magnetic nanoparticles in plant protection: Promises and Risks
    Application of magnetic nanoparticles for removal of pesticides from environmental samples prior to instrumental analysis
    Iron-based nanomaterials: Effect on soil microbes and soil health
    Magnetic nanoparticle interface and the antimicrobial propensity
    Antimicrobial activity of magnetic nanoparticles
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sudhakar K. Venkatesh, Richard L. Ehman, editors.
    Summary: This innovative book presents the development and clinical applications of magnetic resonance elastography (MRE), a new MRI-based imaging technology for quantitatively assessing the mechanical properties of tissue. Many disease processes cause profound changes in mechanical characteristics of tissue, but these changes can be completely invisible in examinations with conventional imaging technologies. MRE provides unique tissue information and powerful new diagnostic capabilities. The book begins with an accessible overview of the basic technology underlying MRE. Successive chapters provide coverage of the use of MRE to assess organ systems, including liver, skeletal muscle, brain, lungs, heart, breast, spleen, and kidney. The book is edited by Sudhakar Venkatesh, MD, a leader in the clinical use of this technology, and Richard Ehman, MD, the inventor of MRE. Magnetic Resonance Elastography is a valuable resource for radiologists, residents, fellows, technologists, hepatologists and scientists.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robert W. Brown, Yu-Chung N. Cheng, E. Mark Haacke, Michael R. Thompson, Ramesh Venkatesan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    31
  • Digital
    Alexandre Boutet, Andres M. Lozano, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the roles magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can play in deep brain stimulation (DBS). DBS therapeutically modulates aberrant neural circuits implicated in a broad range of neurological disorders. Following surgical insertion, an electrode placed into the desired brain target generates constant electricity, analogous to a cardiac pacemaker. Most commonly employed in movement disorders such as Parkinsons disease, dystonia, and tremor, DBS is also being investigated for use in psychiatric and cognitive disorders, including depression and Alzheimers disease. It is estimated that 200,000 patients have undergone DBS surgery worldwide. Imaging techniques, specifically MRI, have played key roles in the preoperative and postoperative aspects of DBS. This book focuses on the established as well as the innovative roles of MRI in DBS. MRI and DBS are first introduced from an historical perspective and a review of the clinical aspects of DBS is performed. Then, the preoperative and postoperative applications of MRI in DBS are covered. The crucial aspect of MRI safety in these patients is also discussed. Finally, possible upcoming MRI applications for patients with DBS are discussed in a future directions chapter. Chapters are written by experts from the University of Toronto, a world leader in the field of DBS, alongside international co-authors to ensure a thorough review of the topics. This is an ideal guide for both clinicians (neurosurgeons, neurologists, psychiatrists, and neuroradiologists) and researchers as well as trainees interested in neuroimaging for DBS.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mrignayani Kotecha, Richard L. Magin, and Jeremy J. Mao.
    Contents:
    1. Stem cell tissue engineering and regeneratvie medicine: role of imaging
    2. Principles and applications of quantitative parametric MRI in tissue engineeering
    3. High field sodium MRS/MRI: application to cartilage tissue engineering
    4. SPIO-labeled cellular MRI in tissue engineering: a case study in growing valvular tissues
    5. Magnetic resonance elastography applications in tissue engineering
    6. Finite-element method in MR elastography: application in tissue engineering
    7. In vivo EPR oxygen imaging: a case for tissue engineering
    8. Tissue-engineered grafts for bone and meniscus regeneration and their assessment using MRI
    9. MRI assessment of engineered cartilage tissue growth
    10. Emerging techniques for tendon and ligament MRI
    11. MRI of engineered dental and crandiofacial tissues
    12. Osteochondral tissue engineering: noninvasive assessment of tissue regeneration
    13. Advanced liver tissue engineering approaches and their measure of success using NMR/MRI
    14. MRI of vascularized tissue-engineered organs
    15. MRI tools for assessment of cardiovascular tissue engineering
    16. Peripheral nerve tissue engineering and regeneration ovserved using MRI.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Scott W. Atlas.
    Contents:
    Instrumentation : magnets, coils, and hardware
    From image formation to image contrast : understanding contrast mechanisms, acquisition strategies, and artifacts
    Contrast agents and relaxation effects
    Disorders of brain development
    Central nervous system manifestations of the phakomatoses
    White matter diseases and inherited metabolic disorders
    Epilepsy
    Adult brain tumors
    Pediatric brain tumors
    Intracranial hemorrhage
    Intracranial vascular malformations and aneurysms
    Cerebral ischemia and infarction
    Head trauma
    Intracranial infection
    Normal aging, dementia, and neurodegenerative disease
    Skull base
    The sella turcica and parasellar region
    Eye and orbit
    Congenital anomalies of the spine and spinal cord : embryology and malformations
    Degenerative disease of the spine
    Neoplastic disease of the spine and spinal cord
    MRI of spinal trauma
    Vascular disorders of the spine and spinal cord
    Spinal infection and inflammatory disorders
    MR angiography : techniques and clinical applications
    MR of fetal brain and spine
    Diffusion and diffusion tensor MR imaging : fundamentals
    Perfusion magnetic resonance imaging
    Psychiatric disorders
    MR spectroscopy and the biochemical basis of neurologic disease
    Functional MRI.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Marc-André Weber.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Role of MRI in imaging the skeletal musculature: Value of Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Skeletal Musculature from a clinical point of view
    Correlation of skeletal muscle anatomical to MRI and US findings
    Imaging the skeletal muscle {u2013} when to use MRI and when to use ultrasound
    Part 2: Modern MRI techniques for assessment of the skeletal musculature: Whole-body MRI for evaluation of the entire skeletal system
    Diffusion-weighted and diffusion-tensor imaging: Applications in skeletal muscles
    Assessment of skeletal muscle perfusion using MRI (DCE, ASL, BOLD)
    Skeletal muscle MR imaging beyond protons
    MR spectroscopy and spectroscopic imaging for evaluation of skeletal muscle metabolism: Basics and applications in metabolic myopathies
    Part 3: MRI in the diagnostic work-up of the skeletal musculature: MRI of muscle injuries, such as muscle strains
    MRI in neurogenic myopathies and muscle denervation
    MRI in muscle dystrophies and other myogenic myopathies
    MRI in inflammatory myopathies and autoimmune-mediated myositis
    MRI in muscular channelopathies and myotonias
    MRI in muscle tumours and tumours of the muscle sheaths.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michel Gagner, editor.
    Summary: The book encompasses the different concepts and designs using magnets for surgical purposes. It provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts. The text reviews new data about interventions in all medical and surgical fields. Written by experts in their fields, topics focus on endoluminal and laparoscopic operations, techniques from vascular and GI anastomosis. The book demonstrates the use of magnets to treat a variety of diseases such as reflux, back pain, and fecal incontinence. The reader will learn how to retract and gain exposure, dissect tissue planes, achieve hemostasis, and create anastomosis in a totally different way. Physical properties of external surface and internal magnets are discussed. The authors emphasize the importance of partnering with industry leaders to develop novel surgical tools. By harnessing the power of attraction, the energy and might of magnets, Magnetic Surgery serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers in biomedical engineering interested in this form of energy and physical metal properties. In utilizing these properties, the book seeks to improve surgical outcomes of patients worldwide.

    Contents:
    Introduction : Ideas and People Leading to Successful Products for Patient Care Leading to Magnetic Surgery- Physical Properties, Toxicity, and Physiological Effects of Magnets
    History of Magnets Used in Surgery
    Magnetic Interventions for Gastro-Esophageal Reflux
    Use of Magnets for Double-J Ureteral Stents
    Magnets for Colorectal Anastomosis
    Magnets for Fecal Incontinence
    Magnets for Urinary Incontinence
    The Use of Magnets in the Treatment of Congenital Disorders
    Use of Magnets in Flexible Endoscopy
    Magnetic Retraction for Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy and Other General Surgical Interventions
    Magnetic Retraction for Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy and Other Bariatric Procedures
    Magnetic Vascular Anastomosis
    Laparoendoscopic Magnetic Gastrointestinal Anastomosis
    Endoscopic Magnetic Bowel Anastomosis
    Magnetic Compression Anastomosis and Magnetic Compression Revision for Stenosis
    Use of Magnetically Controlled Growing Rod Implants for the Spine
    Magnetic Anal Sphincter for Fecal Incontinence
    Magnetic Satiety System: The Use of Magnets to Assist in Combating Obesity
    Future / Research in Magnetic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Selma Supek, Cheryl J. Aine, editors.
    Summary: This book surveys MEG basics and covers the latest methodological, empirical and clinical research. Includes tutorials on instrumentation, measurement, modeling and experimental design, discussion of open issues, future developments and new applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [editors] Michael J. Zinner, Stanley W. Ashley, O. Joe Hines.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2019
  • Digital
    Yong-Ku Kim, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews all aspects of major depressive disorder (MDD), casting light on its neurobiological underpinnings and describing the most recent advances in management. The book is divided into four sections, the first of which discusses MDD from a network science perspective, highlighting the alterations in functional and structural connectivity and presenting insights achieved through resting state functional MRI and the development of neuroimaging-based biomarkers. The second section examines important diagnostic and neurobiological issues, while the third considers the currently available specific treatments for MDD, including biofeedback, neurofeedback, cognitive behavioral therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy, neuromodulation therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and complementary and alternative medicine. A concluding section is devoted to promising emerging treatments, from novel psychopharmacological therapies through to virtual reality treatment, immunotherapy, biomarker-guided tailored therapy, and more. Written by leading experts from across the world, the book will be an excellent source of information for both researchers and practitioners.

    Contents:
    Section I. Re-thinking depression from a network perspective
    Chapter 1. Phenotype network and brain structural covariance network of major depression
    Chapter 2. Task MRI-based functional brain network of major depression
    Chapter 3. White matter-based structural brain network of major depression
    Chapter 4. The application of a machine learning-based brain MRI approach in major depression
    Chapter 5. Resting state functional MRI in major depression
    Chapter 6. Development of neuroimaging-based biomarkers in depressive disorder
    Section II. Current diagnostic and neurobiological issues
    Chapter 7. Challenges and strategies for current classifications of depressive disorders: proposal for future diagnostic standards
    Chapter 8. Epigenetics: a missing link between early life stress and depression
    Chapter 9. Glia- neuron communications and gut-brain axis in depression
    Chapter 10. Apoptosis and proliferation markers in major depression
    Chapter 11. A load to find clinically useful biomarkers for depression
    Chapter 12. Pharmacogenomic tests for diagnosis and treatment prediction in depression
    Section III. Current specific treatments for depression
    Chapter 13. Biofeedback and neurofeedback for depression: a critical review
    Chapter 14. Cognitive behavioral therapy and mindfulness based cognitive therapy for depressive disorders
    Chapter 15. Acceptance Commitment Therapy (ACT) for major depressive disorder
    Chapter 16. Neurostimulation therapies in depressive disorders
    Chapter 17. Ketamine in major depression : New rapid antidepressant
    Chapter 18. Psychodynamic therapy in depressive disorders
    Chapter 19. Well-being therapy in depressive disorders
    Chapter 20. Complementary and alternative medicine in the treatments of depressive disorders
    Chapter 21. Current psychopharmacology algorithm for major depressive disorder
    Section IV. Promising future treatments for depression
    Chapter 22. Novel psychopharmacology for depressive disorders
    Chapter 23. Cannabinoid agents for depressive disorders
    Chapter 24. Virtual Reality for the treatment of depressive disorders
    Chapter 25. Epigenetic Therapy in depressive disorders
    Chapter 26. Induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells technology: potential therapeutic targets for depression
    Chapter 27. Vaccination and immunotherapy for major depression
    Chapter 28. Psychedelic Medicines in major depression: progress and future challenges
    Chapter 29. Precision Psychiatry: Biomarker guided Tailored Therapy for Effective Treatment and Prevention in major depression. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    M.S. Swaminathan, S.L. Kochhar ; assisted by Monica Manchanda.
    Summary: This comprehensive text on flowering trees of tropical gardens discusses some new species of trees, including Adansonia digitata, Monodora myristica, Flacourtia montana, Balanites aegyptiaca, Bursera serrata, Commiphora wightii and Semecarpus anacardium. The text covers more than 200 of the most striking and widespread trees alongside closely related genera and species (both native and exotic) commonly encountered in the tropical climate. It includes more than 700 high resolution coloured photographs, depicting different facets including growth habit, morphological details of stem, leaves, flowers and fruits. The different tree species are organized according to Bentham and Hooker's system of classification of seed plants. The book discusses many aspects of trees including common and botanical names together with synonyms, taxonomic families, etymology (how trees have derived their names), phenology, their native place, geographical distribution, mythological notes, religious significance and economic importance. The text is useful for graduate students and academic researchers in the field of life sciences.

    Contents:
    Introduction; Western Himalayas; Eastern Himalayas; North West Dry Zone; Indo-Gangetic Plains; West Coast or Malabar Zone; Central Indian Region; Deccan Plateau; North Eastern Hills; Andaman and Nicobar Islands; Magnolia, Laurel Magnolia, Southern Magnolia, Bull Bay, Lily Tree; Golden Champa, Yellow Champa, Orange Champak, Fragrant Champak, Golden Champa; Sugar Apple, True Custard Apple, Sweet Sop; Climbing Ylang-Ylang, Tail Grape, Hari Champa; Indian Fir, Mast Tree, Cemetery TreeCham-Khirni; Calabash Nutmeg, Jamaican Nutmeg, African Nutmeg; Elephant Apple, Indian Dillenia, Chalta; Annatto Tree, Lipstick Tree or Urucu, Arnotto Tree; Yellow Silk Cotton Tree, Torchwood Tree, Buttercup Tree; The Sacred Barna, Garlic Pear, Caper Tree, Bengal Quince; Mountain Sweet Thorn; Sal Tree, Sakhua, Shala Tree; Changeable Rose, Changeable Hibiscus, Cotton Rose, Chinese Rose, Confederate Rose; Coast Cotton Tree, Yellow Mallow Tree, Corkwood, Lime Tree-leaved Hibiscus, Mahoe, Sea Hibiscus; Pula, Roxburgh's Kydia Portia Tree, Indian Tulip Tree, Umbrella Tree, Bhendi Tree or Paras PipalPhalsa; Jamaica Cherry, Singapore Cherry, West Indian Cherry, Capulin, Calabur Tree, Panama Cherry, Strawberry Cherry; Lignum-Vitae, Tree of Life, Gum Guaiacum, Poke Wood Tree; Alexandrian Laurel, Balltree, Beauty Leaf, Borneo-Mahogany, Mast Wood, Indian Laurel, Tamanu, Delo Oil Tree, Oil-nut-tree, Beach Touriga; Iron-wood Tree, Ceylon Ironwood, Indian Rose Chestnut; Baobab, Monkey-Bread Tree, Upside-Down Tree, African Calabash Tree; Red Silk Cotton Tree, Red Kapok; True Kapok, White Silk Cotton Tree, Silk Cotton Tree; Mexican Silk Cotton Tree, Floss-Silk TreeUtrasum Bead Tree, Rudraksh Tree, Blue Quandong, Blue Fig, Silver Quandong; Devil's Cotton; Bastard Cedar, Honey-Fruit Tree, Musket Tree, Pigeon-Wood, West Indian Elm; East Indian Screw Tree or Nut-leaved Screw Tree; Tree Antigonan, Guest Tree, Timanga Tree; Bonfire Tree, The Coloured Sterculia; Maple Twist, Muchkunda, Kanak Champa, Dinnerplate Tree; Buddha's Coconut, Narikel; Wild Almond, Poon Tree, Foetid Sterculia, Hill Coconut, Dung Tree; Indian Tragacanth, Gum Karaya, Indian Gum Tragacanth, Kateera Gum Hairy Sterculia, Elephant Rope Tree, Woolly Ordure TreeBael Tree, Golden Apple, Bilpatre or Vilva, Bengal Quince; Wood-Apple, Elephant-Apple; Orange Jasmine, Chinese Box, Satin Wood, Sumatra Box; Indian Frankincense Tree, Indian Olibanum or Salai Guggul, Frankincense Tree; Garuga, Grey Downy Balsam; Tree of Heaven, Maharuk, Mahanimb, Ullu; Desert Date, Egyptian Myrobalan, Soapberry Tree, Egyptian Balsam, Thorn Tree, Heglig Berries; Bitterwood, Surinam Bitterwood, Amargo, Bitter-ash; Bird's Eye Bush, Golden Champak; Neem Tree or Margosa Tree
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Yoshiaki Toyama, Atsushi Miyawaki, Masaya Nakamura, Masahiro Jinzaki, editors.
    Summary: This open access book describes marked advances in imaging technology that have enabled the visualization of phenomena in ways formerly believed to be completely impossible. These technologies have made major contributions to the elucidation of the pathology of diseases as well as to their diagnosis and therapy. The volume presents various studies from molecular imaging to clinical imaging. It also focuses on innovative, creative, advanced research that gives full play to imaging technology in the broad sense, while exploring cross-disciplinary areas in which individual research fields interact and pursuing the development of new techniques where they fuse together. The book is separated into three parts, the first of which addresses the topic of visualizing and controlling molecules for life. The second part is devoted to imaging of disease mechanisms, while the final part comprises studies on the application of imaging technologies to diagnosis and therapy. The book contains the proceedings of the 12th Uehara International Symposium 2017, "Make Life Visible" sponsored by the Uehara Memorial Foundation and held from June 12 to 14, 2017. It is written by leading scientists in the field and is an open access publication under a CC BY 4.0 license.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Visualizing and Controlling Molecules for Life
    Chapter 1. Photoacoustic Tomography: Deep Tissue Imaging by Ultrasonically Beating Optical Diffusion
    Chapter 2. Regulatory Mechanism of Neural Stem Cells Revealed by Optical Manipulation of Gene Expressions
    Chapter 3. Eavesdropping on Biological Processes with Multi-Dimensional Molecular Imaging
    Chapter 4. Apical microtubules define the function of epithelial cell sheets consisting of non-ciliated or multi-ciliated cells
    Chapter 5. Illuminating the brain
    Chapter 6. Optogenetic assemblies of cortical force-generating complexes during mitosis
    Chapter 7. In vivo Imaging Probes with Tunable Chemical Switches
    Chapter 8. Circuit-dependent striatal PKA and ERK signaling underlying action selection
    Chapter 9. Electrophysiology, Unplugged: New Chemical Tools to Image Voltage
    Chapter 10. Molecular dynamics revealed by single-molecule FRET measurement
    Chapter 11. Comprehensive approaches using luminescence to studies of cellular functions
    Part II: Imaging Disease Mechanisms
    Chapter 12. Make Chronic Pain Visible
    Chapter 13. Cortical plasticity after spinal cord injury using resting-state functional magnetic resonance imaging
    Chapter 14. Multimodal Label-free imaging to assess compositional and morphological changes in cells during immune activation
    Chapter 15. Investigating in vivo myocardial and coronary molecular pathophysiology in mice with X-ray radiation imaging approaches
    Chapter 16. Visualizing the Immune Response to Infections
    Chapter 17. Imaging Sleep and Wakefulness
    Chapter 18. Abnormal local translation in dendrites impairs cognitive functions in neuropsychiatric disorders
    Chapter 19. Imaging synapse formation and remodeling in vitro and in vivo
    Part III: Imaging-based Diagnosis and Therapy
    Chapter 20. How MRI makes the Brain Visible
    Chapter 21. Intravital multiphoton imaging revealing cellular dynamics in vivo
    Chapter 22. Theranostic Near Infrared Photoimmunotherapy for Cancer
    Chapter 23. Novel and integrated imaging on Chronic Fatigue
    Chapter 24. Novel fluorescent probes for rapid tumor imaging and fast glutathione dynamics
    Chapter 25. Coronary Heart Disease Diagnosis: Engineering Triumphs, Economic Barriers
    Chapter 26. Live imaging of the skin immune responses
    Chapter 27. Development of a horizontal CT and its application to musculoskeletal disease
    Chapter 28. The Future of Precision Health & Integrated Diagnostics
    Chapter 29. Imaging and therapy against hypoxic tumors with 64Cu-ATSM.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Maureen Mackintosh, Geoffrey Banda, Paula Tibandebage, Watu Wamae.
    Contents:
    Making medicines in Africa : an historical political economy overview / Geoffrey Banda, Samuel Wangwe, Maureen Mackintosh
    Pharmaceuticals in Kenya : the evolution of technological capabilities / Roberto Simonetti, Norman Clark
    Pharmaceutical manufacturing decline in Tanzania : how possible is a turnaround to growth? / Paula Tibandebage, Samuel Wangwe, Maureen Mackintosh
    Bringing industrial and health policies closer : reviving pharmaceutical production in Ethiopia / Tsige Gebre-Mariam, Kedir Tahir, Solomon Gebre-Amanuel
    South-south collaboration in pharmaceuticals : manufacturing antiretroviral medicines in Mozambique / Giuliano Russo, Lâicia de Oliveira
    Can foreign firms promote local production of pharmaceuticals in Africa? / Sudip Chaudhuri
    Raising the technological level : the scope for API, excipients, additives and biologicals manufacture in Africa / Joseph Fortunak, Skhumbuzo Ngozwana, Tsige Gebre-Mariam, Tiffany Ellison, Paul Watts
    Health systems as industrial policy : building collaborative capabilities in the Tanzanian and Kenyan health sectors and their local suppliers / Maureen Mackintosh, Paula Tibandebage, Joan Kariuki Kungu, Mercy Karimi Njeru, Caroline Israel
    The dissemination of local health innovations : political economy issues in Brazil / Erika Aragäao, Jane Mary Guimaräaes, Sebastiäao Loureiro
    Healthy industries and unhealthy populations : lessons from Indian problem-solving / Smita Srinivas
    Policies to control medicines prices : does the South African experience have lessons for other African countries? / Skhumbuzo Ngozwana
    African pharmaceutical standards : the road to improvement and their role in technological capability upgrading / Geoffrey Banda, Julius Mugwagwa, Dinar Kale, Margareth Ndomondo-Sigonda
    Innovative procurement for health and industrial development / Joanna Chataway, Geoffrey Banda, Gavin Cochrane and Catriona Manville
    Industry associations and the changing politics of making medicines in South Africa / Theo Papaioannou, Andrew Watkins, Julius Mugwagwa, Dinar Kale
    Finance and incentives to support the development of national pharmaceutical industries / Alastair West, Geoffrey Banda.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    by Evan R. Ragland.
    Summary: "How did medical students become Galenic physicians in the early modern era? Making Physicians guides the reader through the ancient sources, textbooks, lecture halls, gardens, dissecting rooms, and patient bedsides in the early decades of an important medical school. Standard pedagogy combined book learning and hands-on experience. Professors and students embraced Galen's models for integrating reason and experience, and cultivated humanist scholarship and argumentation, which shaped their study of chymistry, medical botany, and clinical practice at patients' bedsides, in private homes and in the city hospital. Following Galen's emphasis on finding and treating the sick parts, professors correlated symptoms and the evidence from post-mortems to produce new pathological knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Ian J. Dempsey and Mark D. Miller.
    Summary: "This book covers key areas of orthopedic surgery having multiple anatomic sections like: the knee, hip, elbow, hand and wrist, foot and ankle, the pediatric patient, and the spine. Each section is subdivided into specific pathologic conditions eg, the knee section is divided into the major pathologies: the anterior cruciate ligament injuries, posterior cruciate ligament injuries, posterolateral corner injuries, medial-sided injuries, meniscal injuries, patellar instability and osteochondral injuries. As one dissects the anatomy of each topic in a bullet-formatted presentation the classic history, appropriate physical examination tests and pertinent imaging studies are presented, along with evaluation flowcharts, appropriate images (physical examination, radiographic, MRI, CT, and intraoperative findings). For those less familiar with musculoskeletal medicine, we have included algorithms, key references and original videos in each chapter to help the clinician focus on the appropriate areas. Finally, we have outlined what imaging should be obtained, how and when to order it, and how to interpret the results. Our goal was to create a stand-alone reference for all providers from the beginning medical student, technician, physician assistant, or resident to the most senior orthopedic surgeon who may need a quick refresher on the particulars of an examination that he does not routinely perform. We hope that it will be used to solve arguments in clinic and conference regarding the exact maneuvers involved for a particular examination and most importantly, we hope it improves the care that we offer our patients, leading to their correct diagnoses and, ultimately, their best treatment and outcome"--Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Print
    Vignes, Henri.
    Contents:
    Contents
    1. Affections du tube digestif, avec la collaboration de G. Lauret et P. Olivier-Pallud
    2. Affections du foie, du pancréas, maladies de la nutrition, parois abdominales, péritoine, avec la collaboration de G. Lauret, Jean Olivier et P. Olivier-Pallud
    3. Affections de la peau, avec la collaboration de F. Hanoun et G. Vail
    4. Afections des muqueuses génitales
    5. Coeur, par H. Vignes et J. Dugas
    6. Maladies des vaisseaux, avec la collaboration de J. Dugas
    [7.] Eclampsie et eclampsime.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O171 .V68 1942
    2
  • Digital
    editors, Giampietro Corradin, Howard Engers.
    Contents:
    Malaria vaccine development : over 40 years of trials and tribulations / Giampietro Corradin & Howard Engers
    Malaria vaccines : reflections on 40 years of basic research and translation applications / Giampietro Corradin
    Challenges for the stakeholders / Howard Engers
    Plasmodium vivax vaccine surrogate markers of protection : dawning of a new era / Mary R. Galinski, Rabindra M. Tirouvanziam & Alberto Moreno
    Plasmodium vivax vaccine development in Colombia : advances and challenges / Myriam Arevalo-Herrera & Sócrates Herrera-Valencia
    Progress towards development of a vaccine for Plasmodium vivax malaria / Ahmad Rushdi Shakri & Chetan E. Chitnis
    Correlates of protection for Plasmodium falciparum malaria vaccine development : current knowledge and future research / James G. Beeson, Freya J.I. Fowkes, Linda Reiling, Faith H. Osier, Damien R. Drew & Graham V. Brown
    Plasmodium falciparum RTS,S vaccines and future development / Tom Egwang
    Plasmodium falciparum pre-erythrocytic vaccines : previous experience and the challenge of selecting new candidates / Thomas L. Richie & Joanne M. Lumsden
    Plasmodium falciparum whole-parasite malaria vaccines / Else M. Bijker & Robert W. Sauerwein
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Haroun N. Shah, Saheer E. Gharbia.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Douglas S. Steinbrech
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Ralph M. Trüeb, Woo-Soo Lee.
    Summary: This monograph provides specialists and primary care physicians who are interested in hair with the practical know-how needed to achieve successful management of male alopecia. Guidance is first provided on the examination of hair loss in men, covering such aspects as clinical examination, the role of trichoscopy and the trichogram, laboratory work-up, and scalp biopsy. Diagnosis and treatment are then described in depth for a diverse range of conditions involving alopecia. Expert opinion is combined with the results of evidence-based medicine to provide the best current advice, highlighting the synergistic action of combination regimens and adjuvant treatments and explaining the concept of multitargeted treatment. All aspects of follow-up are covered, including compliance issues and expectation management. The role of hair care and cosmetics is also considered, with identification of potential adverse effects as well as benefits.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Examining Hair Loss in Men
    Diagnosis and Treatment
    Follow-Up
    Patient Expectation Management
    Hair Care and Cosmetics
    Epilogue: Male Hair in the Bible.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by R. John Aitken, David Mortimer, Gabor T. Kovacs.
    Summary: "This chapter describes techniques for the preparation of human spermatozoa for assisted conception. Traditional swim-up techniques depend on the intrinsic motility of human spermatozoa and have been used as the basis for new microfluidics devices that exploit the capacity of these cells for chemotaxis, rheotaxis or thermotaxis. Unfortunately, such self-migration strategies tend to lose effectiveness with pathological samples exhibiting poor levels of motility and/or diminished counts. With such compromised starting material, active selection of spermatozoa can be achieved by exploiting differences between sperm populations in their density or charge. Density gradient centrifugation selects spermatozoa with minimal residual cytoplasm that are highly motile and have good morphology, even though the induction of sperm DNA damage in certain patients may be problematical. Alternatively, methodologies based on differences in sperm charge, appear to hold promise for the rapid, efficient isolation of highly motile human spermatozoa that consistently exhibit low levels of DNA damage"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Sperm Selection for ART Success Sperm Selection for ART Success / R. John Aitken
    New Horizons in Male Subfertility and Infertility / Brett Nixon and Elizabeth G. Bromfield
    Chromosome Abnormalities and the Infertile Male / Csilla Krausz and Viktoria Rosta
    The Effect of Endocrine Disruptors and Environmental and Lifestyle Factors on the Sperm Epigenome / Viviane Santana, Albert Salas-Huetos, Emma R. James and Douglas T. Carrel
    Lifestyle Factors and Sperm Quality / Ciara Wright
    The Effect of Age on Male Fertility and the Health of Offspring / Allan Pacey and Sarah Martins da Silva
    The Assessment and Role of Anti-Sperm Antibodies / Gary N. Clarke
    FSH Treatment in Male Infertility / Csilla Krausz, Viktoria Rosta and Alberto Ferlin
    Antioxidants to Improve Sperm Quality / Elena Martínez Holguín, Enrique Lledó García, Ángel Rebollo Román, Javier González
    García, José Jara Rascón and Carlos Hernández Fernández
    The History of Utilization of IVF For Male Factor Subfertility / Gabor T. Kovacs
    The Case Against Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection For All / David Mortimer and Sharon T. Mortimer
    Perinatal Outcomes From IVF and ICSI / Michael Davies
    Artificial Insemination With Partner's Sperm, For Male Subfertility / Willem Ombelet
    Obstructive Azoospermia : Is There a Place For Microsurgical Testicular Sperm surgical Testicular Sperm Extraction / Ahmad Aboukhshaba, Russell P. Hayden and Peter N. Schlegel
    Should Varicocele Be Operated On Before IVF? / Shannon H.K. Kim and Victoria Nisenblat
    Donor Insemination -Past, Present and Future Perspectives / Christopher LR Barratt, Rachel Agnew and Eleanor Heighton
    DNA Damage in Spermatozoa / Russell P. Hayden, Ahmad Aboukhshaba and Peter N. Schlegel
    Prevention of Male Infertility : From Childhood to Adulthood / Alberto Ferlin.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Ian Fentiman.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of the risk factors and genetics influencing the development of this rare disease. This volume presents clinical features and recent advances in histopathology and molecular profiling are analysed, providing a valuable aid to clinicians in tailoring treatment to both the patient and the tumour. Readers will find important insights into the most effective strategies for making or negating a diagnosis of male breast cancer. Within this timely volume, consideration is also given to the psychological needs of men with breast cancer alongside a discussion of the most effective support methods. The surgical management of the disease is examined, together with algorithms for local and systemic therapy. Owing to the problem of late diagnosis in male breast cancer, many men have advanced or disseminated disease at diagnosis and, as such, the evidence-based management of these cases is reviewed. This book will be of interest to breast surgeons, oncologists, breast radiologists, breast histopathologists and breast care nurses worldwide.

    Contents:
    Risk factors
    Genetics
    Clinical features
    Histopathology
    Molecular profile
    Diagnosis
    Psychosocial
    Surgical treatment
    Adjuvant treatment
    Treatment of advanced disease
    Prognosis
    The future.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Stephen J. Winters, Ilpo T. Huhtaniemi, editors.
    Summary: Now in a revised second edition, this comprehensive text covers all aspects of male hypogonadism from the basic science to clinical management, comprehensively explaining and applying new insights to the treatment of hypogonadal men. Chapters covering neuroendocrine control of testicular function, Leydig cell function, spermatogenesis, and normal and delayed puberty open the book. The focus then turns to the pathophysiology and treatment of hypogonadism and other forms of testicular dysfunction, such as Klinefelter syndrome, cryptorchidism, and disorders of the pituitary, as well as reproductive and endocrine consequences of cancer treatment, environmental factors, obesity and aging. Next are chapters that describe the available options for androgen replacement therapy, and the outcomes when men with hypogonadism of various causes are treated with testosterone, as well as a chapter devoted to current approaches to stimulating spermatogenesis in gonadotropin-deficient men. < Highly practical and updated with the latest available data, this second edition of Male Hypogonadism: Basic, Clinical and Therapeutic Principles cogently presents a large body of scientific information on male reproductive endocrinology to provide a thorough understanding of the pathophysiology, clinical characteristics, and treatments for disorders that adversely affect testicular function.

    Contents:
    Neuroendocrine Control of Human Testicular Function
    The Human Leydig Cell
    Human Spermatogenesis and its Regulation
    Normal and Delayed Puberty
    Congenital Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism in Males: Clinical Features and Pathophysiology
    Male Hypogonadism Resulting From Mutations in the Genes for the Gonadotropin Subunits and their Receptors
    Hypogonadism in Males with Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Male Hypogonadism Due to Disorders of the Pituitary and Suprasellar Region
    Klinefelter Syndrome and Other Forms of Primary Testicular Failure
    The Undescended Testis
    Male Hypogonadism and Liver Disease
    Male Hypogonadism Due to Cancer and Cancer Treatments
    Exercise and Male Hypogonadism: Testosterone, the Hypothalamic-Pituitary- Testicular Axis, and Exercise Training
    Environmental Causes of Testicular Dysfunction
    Sex Hormone-binding Globulin and the Metabolic Syndrome
    An Ensemble Perspective of Aging-Related Hypoandrogenemia in Men
    Obesity and Aging in Late-onset Hypogonadism
    Androgen Replacement Therapy in Hypogonadal Men
    Androgen Therapy for Hypogonadism in Men with Chronic Illnesses
    Stimulation of Spermatogenesis in Hypogonadotropic Men.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Karthik Gunasekaran, N Pandiyan, editors.
    Summary: The book aims to bring into focus the current understanding of male reproduction and the pathological basis of failure to reproduce in men. Infertility in men is a common disorder. However, attempts at scientific study of male infertility are of very recent origin. Many questions about the physiology and pathophysiology of male reproduction are still not clear. The chapters are written by authorities in the field with great clinical experience. The primary focus would be on clinical perspective; however emphasis would also be placed on basic research and molecular biology. .

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anatomy
    Physiology and endocrinology
    Development
    Clinical approach to male infertility
    Semen analysis
    Abnormal semen analysis
    Sperm preparation techniques
    Sperm freezing
    Medical management of male infertility
    Surgical management of male infertility
    Counseling for male infertility
    Ethics of treating infertility in men
    Sexual dysfunction and male infertility
    Genetics of male infertility
    Sperm retrieval techniques
    Male infertility and ART
    Imaging in male infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Stefan S. du Plessis, Ashok Agarwal, Edmund S. Sabanegh, Jr, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sijo J. Parekattil, Sandro C. Esteves, Ashok Agarwal, editors.
    Summary: A groundbreaking contribution to the literature now in its revised and expanded second edition, this textbook offers a comprehensive review of diagnostic and treatment techniques for male infertility. This state-of-the-art, evidence-based textbook incorporates new multidisciplinary and complementary medicine approaches to create a first-of-its-kind guide to treatment strategies for male infertility and beyond. While this new edition is primarily designed as a reference for students and residents in reproductive medicine and andrology, it will be equally useful as well for professionals in urology, reproductive endocrinology, embryology, and research fields who are interested in the role that antioxidants play in male infertility. World-renowned experts in these areas have been selected to participate in this work. Careful selection of the highest quality content will span the whole range of topics in the area of male infertility, providing a complete review of well-established and current diagnostic and treatment techniques for male infertility. The incorporation of 20 new chapters will enhance the books appeal by including the most recent advances brought to the male infertility arena. Additionally, this edition incorporates new features, including bulleted key points, review criteria and select video clips demonstrating some of the most fascinating male infertility treatment modalities. A dedicated new section on current guidelines on male infertility will enlighten readers on how to most optimally manage male infertility clinical scenarios. Covering all aspects of diagnosis and management, ART, lifestyle factors and associated conditions for male infertility, Male Infertility: Contemporary Clinical Approaches, Andrology, ART and Antioxidants will be a readily accessible, high quality reference for medical students and residents, and will be of significant value to professionals working in the various fields treating this condition as well.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    About the Editors
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Male Infertility Diagnosis and Management
    1: Causes of Male Infertility
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Causes of Male Infertility
    1.2.1 Pre-testicular
    1.2.1.1 Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism
    1.2.1.2 Elevated Prolactin
    1.2.1.3 Pharmacologic
    1.2.1.4 Idiopathic Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism and Kallmann Syndrome
    1.2.1.5 Testicular
    Varicocele
    Cryptorchidism
    Testicular Cancer
    1.2.1.6 Ionizing Radiation
    1.2.1.7 Chemotherapy
    1.2.1.8 Genetic Azoospermia/Oligospermia 1.2.1.9 Lifestyle Factors
    1.2.1.10 Testicular Injury
    1.2.1.11 Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia
    1.2.1.12 Antisperm Antibodies
    1.2.2 Post-testicular
    1.2.2.1 Absence of the Vas Deferens
    1.2.2.2 Young's Syndrome
    1.2.2.3 EjDO/Seminal Vesicle Dysfunction
    1.2.2.4 Nerve Injury
    1.2.2.5 Medications
    1.2.2.6 Coital
    1.3 Conclusion
    1.4 Review Criteria
    References
    Notable Suggested Readings from the Last 5 Years
    2: Epidemiologic Considerations in Male Infertility
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology of Infertility 2.2.1 Incidence and Prevalence of Infertility in Developed Countries
    2.2.2 Infertility in the Developing World
    2.2.3 Reproduction-a Matter of Chance: The Natural History of Infertility
    2.3 Diagnostic Accuracy and Utility of Semen Studies
    2.3.1 Relationship Between Semen Parameters and Male Infertility
    2.3.2 Do Semen Parameters Prospectively Predict Fertility and Assisted Reproductive Technique Outcomes?
    2.3.3 Novel Assays for Diagnosis of Male Infertility
    2.4 Are Sperm Counts Declining?
    2.5 Health-Care Resource Utilization for Male Infertility 2.5.1 Office Visits and Ambulatory Surgery Cases
    2.5.2 Assisted Reproductive Technology
    2.5.3 Cost of Treatment for Male Infertility
    2.6 Cost Analysis Models for Management of Male Infertility
    2.7 Conclusion
    2.8 Review Criteria
    References
    3: Laboratory Evidence for Male Infertility
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 WHO Guidelines for Assessment of Semen Specimen
    3.3 Laboratory Evaluation of Male Factor Infertility
    3.3.1 Basic Semen Analysis
    3.3.1.1 Collection
    3.3.1.2 Volume
    3.3.1.3 Liquefaction and Viscosity
    3.3.1.4 pH [normal > 7.2] 3.3.1.5 Concentration
    3.3.1.6 Motility
    3.3.1.7 Morphology
    3.3.1.8 Agglutination
    3.3.1.9 Leukocytospermia
    3.4 Retrograde or Post-Ejaculatory Urinalysis (PEUA)
    3.5 Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Testing
    3.6 Acrosome Reaction Testing
    3.7 Antisperm Antibody (ASA) Testing
    3.8 Sperm Viability Testing
    3.9 Advanced Semen Testing
    3.9.1 Sperm DNA Fragmentation (SDF)
    3.9.2 Sperm Chromatin Structure Assay (SCSA)
    3.9.3 Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase dUTP Nick End Labeling (TUNEL)
    3.9.4 Single-Cell Gel Electrophoresis Assay (Comet)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Steven A. Kaplan, Kevin T. McVary.
    Contents:
    Etiology and pathogenesis / Robert H. Getzenberg and Prakash Kulkarni
    Lower urinary tract symptoms and benign prostatic hyperplasia : epidemiology, correlates, and risk factors / Raymond C. Rosen and Benjamin N. Breyer
    Clinical assessment and diagnosis of lower urinary tract dysfunction (LUTD) : United States / Christopher P. Filson and John T. Wei
    Clinical assessment and diagnosis of LUTS/BPH : Europe / Stavros Gravas and Jean J.M.C.H. de la Rosette
    Clinical assessment and diagnosis of LUTS/BPH : primary care / Matt T. Rosenberg, John Riley, and Marty M. Miner
    Watchful waiting / Reginald Bruskewitz
    Alpha-adrenergic antagonists for lower urinary symptoms secondary to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Nathaly Francois, Raunak D. Patel, Kevin T. McVary
    5-Alpha reductase inhibitors (5-ARIs) / Claudius, Füllhase, and Roberto Soler
    Anti-muscarinics / Nadir I. Osman and Christopher R. Chapple
    The use of PDE-5 inhibitors in the treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms due to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Casey Lythgoe and Kevin T. McVary
    Combination medical therapy for male LUTS / Claus G. Roehrborn
    Complementary therapy / Aaron E Katz and Anne Darves-Bornoz
    Open simple prostatectomy / Annika Herlemann, Matthias Oelke, and Christian Gratzke
    Minimally invasive therapies / Mauro Gacci, Matteo Salvi, and Arcangelo Sebastianelli
    Holmium laser therapy / Peter Gilling
    Greenlight laser therapy / Alexis E. Te and Bilal Chughtai
    Monopolar and bipolar transurethral resection of the prostate / Aaron M. Bernie and Richard Lee.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher R. Chapple, Andrea Tubaro, editors.
    Summary: Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy is an up-to-date comprehensive reference on the management of Lower Urinary Tract Symptoms (LUTS) due to Benign Prostatic Enlargement (BPE), which incorporates all of the key issues in the field of management of male lower urinary tract symptoms and benign prostatic disease. Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy aims to update the reader on the most current treatments and assist in clinical decision making based on the latest evidence.

    Contents:
    1. History of LUTS/BPO and Evolution of Concepts and Terminology
    2. Epidemiology and Pathophysiology of LUTS/BPO
    3. Assessing LUTS/BPO: What Is The Evidence?
    4. Treatment Algorithms: When to Treat and Whom?
    5.?Medical Treatment of LUTS/BPH
    6. Open Prostatectomy and Standard Endosurgery
    7. Surgical Treatment: Lasers and Techniques
    8. Emerging Treatments of BPH
    9. Managing the Complex/Difficult Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alberto Ferlin, Silvia Migliaccio, editors.
    Summary: This book represents a comprehensive, clinically oriented text covering all aspects of male osteoporosis, from the basic concepts of bone physiology and regulation of bone remodeling in men, the causes and pathophysiological mechanisms responsible for the most frequent causes of osteoporosis, to diagnostic and screening protocols, as well as prevention and treatment approaches. It offers a broad overview of male osteoporosis by specialists involved in research and clinical practice and discusses the practical issues encountered. Filling a gap in the literature, this volume is a valuable resource for general practitioners, clinical endocrinologists, geriatricians and experts in osteoporosis. .

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Introductory remarks: Gender differences in osteoporosis: from research to treatment
    Anatomy and histology of male skeletal tissue: gender differences
    Physiology of bone mass acquisition and pathophysiology of bone mass loss: gender differences Epidemiology of male osteoporosis and fractures
    Economic and social impact of male osteoporosis and fractures
    Diagnosis of osteoporosis and fracture risk assessment: gender differences (anamnesis, algorithms, blood tests, DXA)
    Male osteoporosis and imaging (QUS, CT, RM, xray)
    Causes and pathophysiology of osteoporosis in men: Introduction: causes and risk factors for male osteoporosis
    Genetics of osteoporosis: gender differences
    Aging and bone loss
    Androgens and bone
    Estrogens and male osteoporosis
    Vitamin D and male osteoporosis
    Testicular function and skeletal alterations
    Endocrinological causes of male osteoporosis
    Osteoporosis in Klinefelter syndrome
    Nutritional disturbances and osteoporosis during puberty (anorexia, bulimia)
    Lifestyle and osteoporosis risk in men (physical activity, diet, alcohol abuse)
    Drug induced male osteoporosis
    Obesity and male osteoporosis: protective factor?
    HIV and osteoporosis
    Cardiovascular risk and osteoporosis: is there a link?
    Osteoporosis and hormonal therapy in prostate cancer
    Doping and skeletal alterations
    Sarcopenia-osteoporosis: the fragile man
    Prevention, screening and treatment: Prevention of male osteoporosis in the different ages
    Screening foroporosis in men: critical summary of international guidelines
    Androgen therapy
    Vitamin D supplementation
    Pharmacological therapy
    Femur fragility fracture in men and surgical therapy risks
    Rehabilitation therapy after surgery in osteoporotic patients
    Future research and clinical issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Richard Bronson editor.
    Summary: Novel topics compiled in this one-of-a-kind volume provide tantalizing hints for clinical application through future translational research. Only recently have we come to ask what role the male might play in pregnancy loss and embryo implantation failure, beyond contributing an abnormal set of paternal chromosomes at fertilization. This volume explores the recent evidence that these conditions might also be related to the transmission of previously unrecognized chromosomal micro-deletions and duplications, or via the epigenetic dysregulation of early embryonic gene function by spermatozoal microRNAs or alterations in sperm DNA methylation patterning, or by DNA damage secondary to either reactive oxygen species or environmental toxicants. In addition, the composition of seminal plasma has been found to be highly complex, containing many factors that play important roles in altering the uterine environment and the female immune system permissive of embryo implantation and trophectoderm outgrowth leading to successful pregnancy. Coverage includes an examination of both spermatozoa and seminal fluid component factors.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Meiotic Non-disjunction
    Insights into the Origin and Significance of Aneuploidy in Human Spermatozoa
    Damage to Sperm DNA Mediated by Reactive Oxygen Species: Its Impact on Human Reproduction and the Health Trajectory of Offspring
    Small RNAs: Their Possible Roles in Reproductive Failure
    The Sperm Epigenome, Male Aging and Potential Effects on the Embryo
    The Role of Uterine NK Cells in Normal Reproduction and Reproductive Disorders
    Seminal fluid Signaling in the Female Reproductive Tract: Implications for Reproductive Success and Offspring Health
    Role of Seminal Plasma in Human Female Reproductive Failure: Immunomodulation, Inflammation and Infections
    Human Leukocyte Antigen-G Within the Male Reproductive System
    Implications for Reproduction
    Prostasomes
    Their Characterization: Implications for Human Reproduction
    The Paternal Contribution to Fetal Tolerance
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Suks Minhas, John Mulhall.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Giulio Del Popolo, Donatella Pistolesi, Vincenzo Li Marzi, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to offer a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of male stress urinary incontinence that will serve as a useful tool and reference for urologists, andrologists, physiotherapists, general practitioners, and nurses. Detailed information is provided on diagnostic workup, including clinical assessment and the role of urodynamic evaluations and other instrumental examinations, and on the full range of potential treatments, from conservative and pharmacological interventions to surgical options. In addition to careful descriptions of the surgical procedures themselves, clear advice is given on the management of iatrogenic complications of incontinence surgery. Helpful treatment algorithms and recommendations offer further practical support. Relevant background knowledge is provided in expert reviews of topics such as the functional anatomy of the male pelvis and the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and classification of male urinary incontinence.

    Contents:
    Morphological and functional anatomy of male pelvis
    Continence physiology and male stress incontinence pathophysiology.- Incontinence definition and classification
    From many type of surgical damage (open/endoscopic/laparoscopic/robot assisted surgery) to different treatments
    Diagnostic workup
    Treatment algorithm and recommendations
    Rehabilitative and pharmacological treatment
    Surgical treatment
    Surgery complications and their management.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vinayak K. Prasad.
    Summary: "In this critical study of current cancer therapies, Dr. Prasad, an oncologist and hematologist, examines oncology practice and policy in the United States. His book is organized into four sections: (1) an overview of cancer drugs, (2) forces that distort cancer medicine and practice, (3) details about cancer research and practice, (4) recommended solutions on multiple levels (policy, practitioners, medical education, and pharmacology)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Basics of Cancer Drugs : Cost, Benefit, Value
    Surrogate Endpoints in Cancer : What Are They and Where Are They Used?
    Use and Misuse of Surrogates for Drug Approvals
    How High Prices Harm Patients and Society
    Hype, Spin, and the Unbridled Enthusiasm That Distorts Cancer Medicine
    Financial Conflict of Interest
    The Harms of Financial Conflicts and How to Rehabilitate Medicine
    Will Precision Oncology Save Us?
    Study Design
    Principles of Oncology Practice
    Important Trials in Oncology
    Global Oncology
    How Should Cancer Drug Development Proceed?
    What Can the US Food and Drug Administration and the Centers for Medicare and
    Medicaid Services Do Tomorrow?
    What Can People with Cancer Do?
    What Can Students, Residents, and Fellows Do?
  • Digital
    Jennifer Moliterno Gunel, Joseph M Piepmeier, Joachim M. Baehring, editors.
    Summary: This text addresses all aspects of patient evaluation and care. This includes new findings in imaging that provide a better understanding of the extent of the lesion as well as its relationship with critical neuroanatomic function. The evolution of intraoperative imaging, functional brain mapping,and technology to identify tumor from brain is covered. This has significantly improved the ability of surgeons to more safely and aggressively remove tumors.More importantly, a better understanding of tumor biology and genomics has created an opportunity to significantly revise tumor classification and better select optimal therapy for individual patients. The text covers novel and innovative treatment options including immunotherapy, tumor vaccines, antiangiogenic agents,and personalized cancer treatment. In addition, novel agent delivery techniques are covered to offer the potential for increasing the effectiveness of treatment by delivering active agents directly where they are needed most. Malignant Brain Tumors: State-of-the-Art Treatment provides a comprehensive overview of treatment for malignant gliomas, and will prove useful by updating physicians on new therapeutic paradigms and what is on the horizon for the near future. This text will be informative for surgeons, oncologists, neurologists, residents and students who treat these patients,as well as those who are training for a career in managing patients with these challenging tumors. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mikhail V. Kiselevskiy, Amir G. Abdulaev, Mikhail M. Davydov, editors.
    Summary: This book covers different aspects of the rare neoplasms - malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei. The monograph includes up-to-date information on etiology, pathogenesis and diagnostics of malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei, as well as detailed description of surgical and combined treatment of patients with these diseases. The book comprises a large illustrative material presented by schemes and original micrographs that represent pathological and immunohistochemical specific features of these malignancies, demonstrate the stages of surgical operations and hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy, and show the results of experimental studies. The book includes validated discussion on etiology and pathogenesis of malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei, differential diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. The scope is really extensive and involves, for instance, a description of the technique of cytoreductive surgeries and regimens of intraperitoneal hyperthermic chemoperfusion, whereas a particular section discusses experimental ground for optimal regimens of hyperthermia, local chemotherapy and adoptive immunotherapy by cytokine induced killers. The final section presents the most recent data about perspective approaches for immunotherapy of malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei with cell based technologies and target drugs including inhibitors of immune checkpoints. The co-authors of the book are leading specialists in this area, surgeons and scientists who present the results of their research along with the analysis of the state-of-the-art of this problem. The book is designed for a wide audience of students and professors of medical universities and schools, specialists of research and diagnostic centers, practical oncologists and immunologists, as well as doctors of different medical areas. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Mesothelioma and Pseudomyxoma peritonei: Incidence, Etiology, Diagnosis; 1.1 Pseudomyxoma peritonei; 1.1.1 Immuno-pathologic and Molecular-Genetic Diagnosis of Pseudomyxoma peritonei; 1.2 Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1.2.1 Etiology and Pathogenesis of Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1.2.2 Immuno-pathologic and Molecular-Genetic Diagnostics of Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1.2.3 Differential Diagnosis of Peritoneal Mesothelioma by Molecular Methods; 1.3 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 2: Pathology of Selected Primary and Metastatic Tumors of Peritoneum2.1 Primary Mesothelial Lesions of the Peritoneum; 2.1.1 Pathobiology of Mesothelial Tumor and Tumor-Like Lesions of the Peritoneum; 2.1.1.1 Adenomatoid Tumor; 2.1.1.2 Well-Differentiated Papillary Mesothelioma; 2.1.1.3 Diffuse Malignant Mesothelioma; 2.1.1.4 Prognostic Parameters of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma.; 2.2 Non-neoplastic Mesothelial Lesions; 2.2.1 Reactive Mesothelial Hyperplasia; 2.2.2 Multicystic Mesothelioma; 2.3 Selected Metastatic Peritoneal Lesions; 2.3.1 Peritoneal Pseudomyxoma; References
    Chapter 3: Up to Date Approaches to Treatment of Patients with Pseudomyxoma Peritonei and Peritoneal Mesothelioma3.1 Patient Examination; 3.1.1 Assessment of Functional Status; 3.2 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy; 3.3 Cytoreductive Surgery; 3.3.1 Complications of Surgical Treatment; 3.4 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy; 3.4.1 Parameters of HIPEC; 3.4.2 Chemotherapy Drugs for Intraperitoneal Infusion; 3.5 Combined Treatment of Patients with Pseudomixoma Peritonei; 3.6 Combined Treatment of Patients with Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 3.7 Prognostic Factors for Peritoneal Pseudomyxoma and Mesothelioma 3.8 Complications of Combined Treatment - Cytoreductive Surgery, Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy3.9 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Standardizing of Mesothelioma and Pseudomyxoma Care; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Histological Aspects; 4.1.2 Patient Selection; 4.1.3 Perioperative Oncological Management; 4.1.4 Technical Aspects; 4.1.5 Right Colectomy During CRS-HIPEC Procedures; 4.1.6 Perforated Mucocele: What to Do?; 4.1.7 Mesothelioma Peritoneal; 4.1.7.1 General Aspects; 4.1.7.2 Treatment; 4.1.8 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy Schedules for DMPM and PMP; 4.2 Conclusions; References
    Chapter 5: Experimental Basis for Optimal Regimnes of Hyperthermic Peritoneal Chemotherapy5.1 Impact of Hyperthermia on Physiological Activity of Tumor and Non-Transformed Cells In Vitro; 5.2 Impact of Hyperthermia on Proliferative Activity of Tumor Cells In Vivo; 5.3 Effects of Anticancer Drugs and Their Combination with Hyperthermia on the Viability of Tumor Cells In Vitro; 5.4 Effect of Hyperthermia on the Effectors of Antitumor Immunity; 5.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 6: Immunotherapy of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma and Pseudomyxoma Peritonei; 6.1 Adoptive Immunotherapy
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Timothy P. Cripe, Nicholas D. Yeager, editors.
    Contents:
    Signs and symptoms
    Diagnostic Studies of Pediatric Bone Tumors: Pathology and Imaging
    Basic Principles of Biopsy
    The evaluation of lung nodules in pediatric bone tumors
    Fertility Preservation and Reproductive Health in Pediatric Bone Tumor Patients
    Chemotherapy Regimens for Patients with Newly Diagnosed Malignant Bone Tumors
    Radiation Management
    Histologic Response and Biologic Markers
    Surgical Approach: Limb Salvage Versus Amputation
    Rehabilitation following Orthopaedic Surgery in Children with Bone Tumors
    Patient Navigation of the Pediatric Bone Tumor Patient Across the Continuum of Care
    Psychosocial Effects of Pediatric Bone Tumors and Recommendations for Supportive Care
    Post-therapy surveillance of bone tumors
    Recurrent Bone Tumors
    Novel Therapies on the Horizon
    Survivorship.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Takashi Nakano, Takashi Kijim, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on recent advances in molecular genetics, epidemiology, translational research, and the latest results of clinical trials on mesothelioma. Significant progress has been made in understanding mesothelioma biology, and in developing new therapies for this refractory tumor, malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM). Not only does this volume summarize the latest research-based data on the disease; it also shares insights into future research directions. The book consists of 5 themed sections on: epidemiology, pathogenesis, screening and early detection, molecular genetics, and clinical aspects and management. Several chapters focus on new trends in the field, e.g. immune therapy and identification of biomarkers, molecular oncogenesis including genetic susceptibility, and molecular diagnostic pathology. The book also highlights new cancer treatment approaches, such as immunotherapy based on immune checkpoint inhibitors, which has meant a paradigm shift in other types of cancer, and given some hope to MPM patients. In turn, it discusses recent molecular pathological studies on mesothelioma, which claim to offer more accurate classifications than traditional morphology and immunohistochemistry-based approaches. All of these cutting-edge analyses provide the basis for a closing discussion on future developments and research directions. Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma -- Advances in Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Treatments has been edited and authored by respected researchers and will be of interest to medical, surgical and radiation oncologists; pulmonologists; pathologists and basic researchers alike. Since the disease represents a significant diagnostic and therapeutic challenge, scientists and clinicians from learners to experts, as well as fellows in training in these subspecialties, will value this book.

    Contents:
    Part I Epidemiology
    1. Recent Trends in the Global Incidence of Mesothelioma: What is the Relationship with an Asbestos Ban?
    Part II Pathogenesis
    2. Asbestos and mesothelioma: What is recent advance in research on asbestos-induced molecular carcinogenesis?
    3. Asbestos fiber and immunological effects: Do immunological effects play any role in asbestos-related diseases?
    4. Biomolecular pathways in mesothelioma: What is new perspective on biomolecular research for mesothelioma?
    Part III Screening and early detection
    5. Biomarkers for mesothelioma screening: How can we identify subjects developing mesothelioma in asbestos-exposed high-risk group?
    6. Pleural Plaques as a predictive imaging marker for cancer screening in asbestos-exposed subjects: Can pleural plaques be a tool beyond estimating past asbestos inhalation?
    Part IV Pathology
    7. Anatomical structure of the pleura and mesothelial cells: What are the characteristic features?
    8. Histologic classification of tumors of the pleura: Advances after WHO 2015 classification
    9. Pathology of mesothelioma, subtypes and rare variants: What is the role of immunohistochemical markers in differential diagnosis?
    10. Cytopathologic diagnosis of mesothelioma: Can we diagnose mesothelioma based on fluid cytological materials without biopsy?
    11. Circulating tumor cells in malignant pleural mesothelioma: What is the role of liquid biopsy in clinical practice of malignant pleural mesothelioma?
    Part V Molecular Genetics
    12. Recent advances on the pathogenesis of mesothelioma in genetics and genomics: What are novel insights into mesothelioma biology?
    13. Genetic predisposition to mesothelioma: What are the biological mechanisms and what are the clinical characteristics of these mesotheliomas?
    14. Frequent NF2 inactivation in mesothelioma: How can we treat mesothelioma with targeted therapies for molecular aberrations?
    Part VI Clinical Features and Management
    15. Use of Tunneled Catheters versus Pleurodesis for Mesothelioma: When should we use one or the other, or both?
    16. Advanced minimally invasive approach with medical thoracoscopy for mesothelioma: What are the roles in diagnosis?
    17. Imaging evaluation of local tumor growth in malignant pleural mesothelioma: What is the role of imaging modalities in curative intent surgery for mesothelioma?
    18. 18F-Fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography/computed tomography in malignant pleural mesothelioma: What is the role in mesothelioma detection and treatment response assessment?
    19. Palliation in malignant pleural mesothelioma: How to manage clinical symptoms in mesothelioma
    20. Supportive care for advanced mesothelioma: What is the role of mesothelioma nurses in clinical practice?
    Part VII Treatment; Current standard and future perspective
    21. Antiangiogenic therapies for mesothelioma: What is the role in mesothelioma treatment?
    22. Systemic chemotherapy for unresectable pleural mesothelioma from frontline to salvage treatment : How can we treat the patients failed to PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors?
    23. Biomarkers for Immune checkpoint inhibitors in mesothelioma: What are the roles of biomarkers for optimal immune therapy?
    24. Promising investigational new drugs for mesothelioma: What is the next stage of the treatment for advanced mesothelioma?
    25. Viral immune therapy and other virotherapies for advanced mesothelioma: Are we ready for clinical trials of viral immune therapy?
    Part VIII Radiotherapy
    26. Impact of Radiation Therapy on Malignant Mesothelioma: Are we ready for use in clinical practice, combined with surgery or alone?
    Part IX. Surgical Intervention; Current status and future perspectives
    27. TNM classification and the role of curative intent surgery for mesothelioma: Is the debate on extra-pleural pneumonectomy versus lung-sparing macroscopic resection over?
    28. Surgery and adjuvant or neoadjuvant setting of radiotherapy: What is the role of radiotherapy in combination with lung-sparing surgery?
    29. Loco-regional treatment with surgical intervention in mesothelioma: What is the role of enhancing local control approaches?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gerald Young.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive analysis of the definitions, concepts, and recent research on malingering, feigning, and other response biases in psychological injury/ forensic disability populations. It presents a new model of malingering and related biases, and develops a "diagnostic" system based on it that is applicable to PTSD, chronic pain, and TBI. Included are suggestions for effective practice and future research based on the literature reviews and the new systems, which are useful also because they can be used readily by psychiatrists as much as psychologists.

    Contents:
    Monograph Part A: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Law, Assessment
    Section I: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Definitions, Gold Standards, Models
    1. Introduction: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, and Law
    2. Malingering: Definitional and Conceptual Ambiguities and Prevalence or Base Rates
    3. Toward a Gold Standard in Malingering and Related Determinations
    4. The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory in Psychological Injury Cases
    5. New Models of Malingering and Related Biases, Presentations, and Performances
    6. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD and Related Response Biases: Details in Tabular Format
    Section II: Malingering Detection, Law, Causality
    7. Deconstructing Favorable and Unfavorable Malingering-Attribution Perspectives
    8. Other Contrasting Approaches to Malingering Detection
    9. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Controversies, Diagnosis, and Malingering
    10. Psychological Injury: Law and Causality
    11. Leading the Field in Understanding and Testing Malingering and Related Response Styles: The Work of Richard Rogers
    Section III: Psychological Injury, Assessment, Most Recent Literature
    12. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Evaluator Considerations
    13. Assessing Psychological and Malingering: PTSD and Evaluee Considerations
    14. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Disability and Report Writing
    15. Slick-Sherman?s 2012-2013 Revision of the 1999 Slick et al. MND System
    16. Symptom Validity Assessment, MTBI, and Malingering in Carone and Bush (2013)
    17. Most Recent Journal Article Review
    Monograph Part B: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, Therapy
    Section IV: Psychological Injuries, Therapy, Ethics
    18. MTBI and Pain
    19. An Instrument to Detect Pain Feigning: The Pain Feigning Detection Test (PFDT)
    20. Confusions and Confounds in Conversion Disorder
    21. Therapy in Psychological Injury
    22. Ethics in Psychological Injury and Law
    23. A Transdiagnostic Therapeutic Module on Free Will and Change
    24. A Model of Ethical Thought and Ethical Decision-Making
    Section V: Supplements :Testing, Systems
    25. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations I
    26. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations II
    27. Table 1. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases: User Version and Worksheet
    28. Table 2. Diagnostic System for Malingered Neurocognitive Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases
    29. Table 3. Diagnostic System for Malingered Pain Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases
    Section VI: Terms, Education, Study
    30. Glossary and Discussion of Terms
    31. Education
    32. Study Guide Questions, Teaching Objectives, and Learning Outcomes
    33. PTSD and Malingering: Tests, Diagnostics, Cut-Scores, Cautions
    34. Book Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Peter Ash, Richard L. Frierson, Susan Hatters Friedman, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively educates psychiatrists about malpractice and other liability. It is written to also specifically assist psychiatrists who are sued or are involved in other complaints. The first two sections discuss malpractice law and the litigation process; the litigation section mainly addresses some of the more emotionally charged issues, including do's and don'ts, how an attorney will be looking at the case, the defendant doctor's testifying at deposition and trial, and the stress of being sued. The subsequent three sections address specific topics that give rise to liability, with each section taking a different perspective such as risks in particular clinical, by practice site, and special issues, including practice in special situations such as the current pandemic. The final section discusses other forms of liability, such as complaints to medical boards or professional association ethics committees. An exceptional work, Malpractice and Liability in Psychiatry, functions as both a go-to handbook and all-encompassing read on the aforementioned topics.

    Contents:
    Section I: Malpractice Law
    Principles of Malpractice Law in Psychiatry
    History of Malpractice
    Liability of the Acts of Others
    Professional Liability Insurance
    Section II: Litigation
    Risk Management after an Adverse Event
    The Litigation Process
    Do's and Dont's if You Are Sued
    The Plaintiff Attorney's Perspective
    The Defense Attorney's Perspective
    Expert Witness
    The Defendant Psychiatrist as Witness
    The Stress of Being Sued
    Section III: Malpractice Allegations
    Suicide
    Patient Violence
    Boundary Violations
    Breach of Confidentiality
    Negligent Psychopharmacology
    Abandonment and Unnecessary Commitment
    Negligent Psychotherapy
    Section VI: Practice Areas
    Inpatient General Psychiatry
    Outpatient General Psychiatry
    Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
    Consult Liaison Psychiatry
    Emergency Room Psychiatry
    Reproductive Psychiatry
    Addition Psychiatry
    Geriatric Psychiatry
    Correctional Psychiatry
    Forensic Psychiatry
    Psychiatric Research
    Section V: Special Topics
    Telepsychiatry
    Malpractice and the Internet
    Patients and Guns
    Practicing During a Pandemic or Disaster
    Section VI: Complaints
    Medical Board Complaints
    Ethics Complaints
    Granting Agencies
    Negative Reviews on the Internet
    Impaired Psychiatrists.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Animesh Agarwal.
    Summary: Providing a comprehensive presentation of the diagnosis, evaluation and management of malunions, this generously illustrated text details the current principles, surgical techniques and approaches with these challenging clinical situations. Since each malunion can be fairly specific, the treatment regimens provide guidelines to effectively approach such problems. Opening with a brief overview of the principles of malunions, the remainder of the book is divided by anatomical area and provides evidence-based recommendations, case examples, and preferred treatment/algorithms for both the upper and lower extremities, including the clavicle, proximal and distal humerus, hand and wrist, proximal and distal femur, and tibia and ankle, as well as the pelvis and acetabulum. Specialized circumstances are also discussed, including periprosthetics and joint replacement. Although not every single treatment option is described for every single anatomical area and type of injury, Malunions is an excellent resource for orthopedic trauma surgeons, residents and students, not only for managing these common yet complex problems but also in preventing malunions from occurring by avoiding surgical causes and mitigating patient risk factors.

    Contents:
    Malunions: Introduction and Brief Overview
    Malunions of the Clavicle. Malunions of the Proximal Humerus. Malunions of the Humeral Shaft. Malunions of the Distal Humerus. Malunions of the Forearm. Malunions of the Hand and Wrist. Malunions of the Acetabulum and Pelvis. Malunions of the Proximal Femur. Malunions of the Femoral Shaft
    Malunions of the Distal Femur
    Malunions of the Proximal Tibia and Tibial Plateau
    Malunions of the Tibial Shaft
    Malunions of the Distal Tibia and Ankle.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bernd Nilius, Veit Flockerzi, editors.
    Contents:
    v. 1. TRPs: truly remarkable proteins
    The TRCP subfamily
    TRPC1
    TRPC2
    TRPC3: a multifunctional signaling molecule
    TRPC4 and TRPC4-containing channels
    TRPC5
    TRPC6: physiological function and pathophysiological relevance
    Transient receptor potential canonical 7 (TRPC7)
    The TRPV subfamily
    TRPV1
    TRPV2
    TRPV3
    The TRPV4 channel
    TRPV5, a Ca2+ channel for the fine tuning of Ca2+ reabsorption
    TRPV6 channels
    The TRPM subfamily
    TRPM1
    TRPM2
    TRPM3
    TRPM4
    TRPM5
    TRPM6
    TRPM7
    TRPM8
    The TRPA1, TRPML and TRPP subfamily
    TRPA1
    TRPML1: an ion channel in the lysosome
    TRPML2 and mucolipin evolution
    TRPML3
    TRPP subfamily and polycystin-1 proteins
    v. 2. TRPs as special cell sensors
    Temperature sensing with TRPs
    TRPs in mechano-sensing and volume regulation
    TRPs as chemosensors (ROS, RNS, RCS, gasotransmitters)
    Photosensitive TRPs
    TRPs in taste and chemesthesis
    TRPs and Pain
    TRPs in hearing
    TRPs in olfaction
    General topics
    Evolutionary conserved, multitasking TRP channels-lessons from worms and flies
    Structural biology of TRP channels
    High-resolution views of TRPV1 and their implications for the TRP channel superfamily
    Physiological functions and regulation of TRPC channels
    The TRPCs-STIM1-orai interaction
    The TRPC family of TRP channels: roles inferred (mostly) from knockout mice and relationship to ORAI proteins
    TRPs: modulation by drug-like compounds
    TRP channels in reproductive (neuro)endocrinology
    Modulation of TRP ion channels by venomous toxins
    Phosphoinositide regulation of TRP channels
    TRP modulation by natural compounds
    What do we really know and what do we need to know: some controversies, perspectives, and surprises.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital/Print
    by Maria Böhmer.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    The man who crucified himself
    The storia della crocifissione as an epistemic genre
    Making the case travel, translation, media, reading
    Professional readings: religion
    Professional readings: madness
    Professional readings: suicide
    Popular readings: moral education through literary
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access 2019
  • Digital
    Sanjay Patole, editor.
    Summary: "This book contains a series of chapters on various aspects of management and leadership in a health care organisation, written by some of the most experienced authors from around the world. It provides an understanding of basic management and leadership skills that are essential for clinical as well as non-clinical staff in a health care organisation, in a simple and clear fashion. The topics covered in this book range from preparing for an interview, the art of negotiation and handling difficult behaviour, to clinical leadership, evidence based management, mentorship, and conflict resolution. With its simple and reader friendly approach this unique and concise book will be useful for all staff working in a health care organisation irrespective of their faculty, position, and stage in career in becoming successful consultants, managers, supervisors, and leaders."--From the publisher.

    Contents:
    Succeeding in Your Consultant Interview / Matt Green
    Clinical Leadership and Engagement: No Longer an Optional Extra / John Clark
    Art of Negotiation, Handling Difficult Behaviour, and Facing the Media / Lucky Jain, Sanjay Patole and Sarah Sloan
    Handling Complaints, Meetings, and Presentations / Haribalakrishna Balasubramanian and Sanjay Patole
    Performance Appraisal and Assessment / Paul Craven
    Quality Improvement / Brendan Paul Murphy
    Risk Management / Bronwyn Shumack
    Root Cause Analysis / Aarti Raghavan
    Occupational Health and Safety / Paul Rothmore and Rose Boucaut
    Coping with Stress at Work / Christopher Griffin
    The Nature of Conflict in Health-Care / Catherine Campbell and Corinne Reid
    Evidence Based Management / Ravi Madhavan and Ajay Niranjan
    Clinical Handovers / Sachin Amin
    Educational Role of Senior Hospital Staff / Fiona Lake
    Mentoring / Deepika Wagh and Sanjay Patole
    Expert or Impostor: Understanding the Role of the Expert Witness / Denise Bowen
    How to Dress at Work / Rajkishore Nayak, Rajiv Padhye and Lijing Wang
    Managing Ethically Complex Issues in Critically Ill Patients: A Neonatal Perspective / Paul Byrne and Brendan Leier
    Communicating Bad News in the Health Care Organization / Olachi J. Mezu-Ndubuisi
    Managing Grief and its Consequences at the Workplace / Robert Anderson and Marie-Louise Collins.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Linda Roussel, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, CNL, Professor, University of Alabama, Birmingham, Birmingham, Alabama, James Harris, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, ACNS-BC, CNL, FACHE, Vice President of Clinical Quality & Transformation, Chief Nursing Officer, Trinity Home Health Services, Livonia, Michigan, and Tricia Thomas, PhD, APRN-BC, MBA, CNL, FAAN, Professor, University of South Alabama, Mobile, Alabama.
    Summary: Management and Leadership for Nurse Administrators, Seventh Edition provides professional administrators and nursing students with a comprehensive overview of management concepts and theories. This text provides a foundation for nurse managers and executives as well as nursing students with a focus on management and administration. This current edition includes 15 chapters, framed around the Scope and Standards for Nurse Administrators, American Organization of Nurse Executive competencies, and current trends in healthcare management. The American Nurses Credentialing Center.s focus on magnetism is also integrated into this edition, specifically on transformational leadership, structural empowerment, exemplary professional practice, innovation and improvement, and quality. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Forces influencing nursing leadership
    Leadership theory and application for nurse leaders
    Professional practice : a prototype linking nursing in interprofessional teams
    Professional development: an imperative for leadership in nursing and healthcare organizations
    Transformational leadership in an era of healthcare reform
    Organizational structure and accountability
    Strategic planning and change leadership : foundations for organizational
    Effectiveness
    Procuring and sustaining resources
    Maximizing human capital
    Managing performance
    Information management and knowledge development as action for leaders
    Laws, regulation, and health policy shaping administrative practice
    Anticipating and managing risk in a culture of quality, safety, and value
    Leaders achieving sustainable outcomes
    Messaging and disseminating excellence in leadership.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Linda Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas, James L. Harris.
    Summary: "Management and Leadership for Nurse Administrators, Eighth Edition provides professional administrators and nursing students with a comprehensive overview of management concepts and theories. This text serves as a solid foundation for nurse managers, executives and students focused on management and administration. The Eighth Edition will address a number of new topics such as financial management as it relates to reimbursement as well as updates to the Affordable Care Act as they become known. In addition, the text will also include new content on population health, the IHI quadruple aim, and translational science. Other topic areas that will be addressed in-depth include: strategic planning, communication, relationship-building, work force diversity, team building and joy in the workplace. New to the Eighth Edition New content on management strategies for mentoring and coaching a diverse nursing staff Coverage of conflict resolution, risk mitigation and leadership skill developmentDiscussion of the business of health care, resource procurement and financial viabilityEthics as it relates to patient care delivery, research and quality improvement Retention strategies Updated chapter references Crosswalks for major content areas and competencies from AONE, ACHE and other professional organizationsInstructor Resources: Test bankPowerPoint Slides Discussion questionsSyllabusTransition guideCase ExemplarsCase Studies"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Forces influencing nursing leadership
    Leadership theory and application for nurse leaders
    Professional practice : a prototype linking nursing in interpersonal teams
    Executive coaching as a lever for professional development and leadership in healthcare organizations
    Leading in an era of change and uncertainty : driving excellence in practice while developing leaders of the future
    Organizational structure and accountability in healthcare systems
    Strategic practices in achieving organizational effectiveness
    Procuring and sustaining resources : the budgeting process
    Maximizing human capital
    Managing performance
    Information management and knowledge development as actions for leaders
    Laws, regulations, and healthcare policy shaping administrative practice
    Risk anticipation and management : creating a culture of quality, safety, and value
    Leaders achieving sustainable outcomes
    Messaging and disseminating excellence in leadership and ethical implications
    Leading implementation for sustainable improvement
    Polarity thinking : a lens for embracing wicked problems, conflict, and resistance in healthcare
    Future considerations : leading and managing population health.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Anthony J. Viera, Rob Kramer, editors.
    Summary: Recognizing that medical faculty face different questions or issues in different stages of their careers, this handy, practical title offers a comprehensive roadmap and range of solutions to common challenges in the complex and changing Academic Medical Center (AMC). With critical insights and strategies for both aspiring and seasoned academicians, this handbook offers a concise guide for personal career development, executive skill acquisition, and leadership principles, providing actionable, targeted advice for faculty seeking help on a myriad of new issues and situations. Pressures in today's Academic Medical Center include significant changes to the healthcare system, competition for research funding, transformation of medical education, and recruitment and retention of the ever-evolving workforce. This dynamic environment calls for razor-sharp leadership and management effectiveness to stay competitive. AMC faculty aspire to formal leadership roles for a variety of reasons: to set a new vision, to create change, or to affect policy and resource decisions. For others, weariness of past leadership styles or mistakes may catalyze wanting a chance to set a different tone. Management and Leadership Skills for Medical Faculty: A Practical Handbook is a must-have resource for faculty in AMCs and anyone with a role in healthcare leadership. .

    Contents:
    Section I Tools of the Trade
    Developing Yourself
    Communicating Effectively
    Giving and Receiving Feedback
    Navigating Conflict
    Managing Your Time
    Developing Resilience
    Section II Management
    Principles of Management
    Running Effective Meetings
    Conducting Faculty Retreats
    Changing the Faces of AMC Leadership: Gender and Ethnicity
    Managing Managers
    Promoting Professionalism and Professional Accountability
    Medical-Legal Challenges
    Section III Leadership
    The Leadership Stance
    Coaching and Mentoring
    Leading Up
    Political Savvy
    Moral Courage
    Leading Change
    Thinking Strategically
    Section IV Advancing Your Career
    Growing in Your Current Role
    Promotion in Academic Medicine
    Executive Physician Development
    Moving Out to Move Up
    Afterword: The Changing Healthcare Landscape.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hyun-Yoon Ko.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the rehabilitation care of persons with spinal cord injuries and disorders draws on the ever-expanding scientific and clinical evidence base to provide clinicians with all the knowledge needed in order to make optimal management decisions during the acute, subacute, and chronic phases. A wealth of information is presented on the diverse medical consequences and complications encountered in these patients and on the appropriate rehabilitative measures in each circumstance. The coverage encompasses all forms of spinal cord injury and all affected organ systems. Readers will also find chapters on the basics of functional anatomy, neurological classification and evaluation, injuries specifically in children and the elderly, and psychological issues. The book will be an invaluable aid to assessment and medical care for physicians and other professional personnel in multiple specialties, including physiatrists, neurosurgeons, orthopedic surgeons, internists, critical care physicians, urologists, neurologists, psychologists, and social workers.

    Contents:
    1. Development and functional anatomy of spine and spinal cord
    2. Neurological classification and evaluation of spinal cord injury
    3. Epidemiology of spinal cord injury
    4. Spinal shock
    5. Acute management of spinal cord injury
    6. Incomplete spinal cord injuries: syndromes
    7. Nontraumatic spinal cord injuries
    8. Syringomyelia
    9. Cauda equina injury
    10. Autonomic dysfunction
    11. Cardiovascular dysfunction
    12. Respiratory dysfunction
    13. Orthostatic hypotension
    14. Autonomic dysreflexia
    15. Electrolytes and metabolic dysfunction
    16. Deep vein thrombosis
    17. Dysfunction in thermal regulation
    18. Neurogenic bladder dysfunction
    19. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction
    20 Sexual dysfunction
    21. Pressure ulcer
    22. Heterotopic ossification
    23. Spasticity
    24. Pain dysfunction
    25. Spinal cord injury in children
    26. Spinal cord injury in elderly
    27. Neurological deterioration after spinal cord injury
    28. Associated brain injury in spinal cord injury
    29. Function evaluation and functional goals
    30. Upper extremity in tetraplegic
    31. Psychological responses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hyun-Yoon Ko.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the rehabilitation care of persons with spinal cord injuries and disorders draws on the ever-expanding scientific and clinical evidence base to provide clinicians with the knowledge needed in order to make optimal management decisions during the acute, subacute, and chronic phases. The second edition re-organized contents as more clinically practical use, consisting of 48 chapters. Also, new chapters such as kinesiology and kinematics of functional anatomy of the extremities are added as well. Readers will also find chapters on the basics of functional anatomy, neurological classification and evaluation, injuries specifically in children and the elderly, and psychological issues. The book will be an invaluable aid to assessment and medical care for physicians and other professional personnel in multiple specialties, including physiatrists, neurosurgeons, orthopedic surgeons, internists, critical care physicians, urologists, neurologists, psychologists, and social workers.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Development and functional anatomy of the spinal cord
    3. Kinesiology and kinematics of extremities for functional retraining
    4. Functional goals according to the level of injury
    5. Biomechanics of the spinal cord
    6. Fractures of the spine
    7. Imaging of spinal cord injuries
    8. Pharmacotherapy in spinal cord medicine
    9. Physical and neurolgocial examination of spinal cord injuries
    10. Epidemiology of spinal cord injuries
    11. Standards for neurological classification of spinal cord injuries
    12. Spinal shock and its clinical implications. 13. Acute phase management of spinal cord injuries
    14. Nontraumatic spinal cord injuries
    15. Incomplete syndromes
    16. Cauda equina and conus medullaris injuries
    17. Posttraumatic syringomyelia
    18. Automonic nervous system in spinal cord injuries
    19. Cardiovascular dysfunctions
    20. Respiratory dysfunction and care
    21. Autonomic dysreflexia
    22. Orthostatic hypotension and supine hypertension
    23. Venous thromboembolism: prevention and treatment
    24. Electrolyte disorder
    25. Metabolic syndrome
    26. Voiding dysfunction and genitourinary complications
    27. Bowel dysfunction and gastrointestinal complications
    28. Sexuality changes
    29. Pressure injuries
    30. Thermoregulatory dysfunction
    31. Spasticity
    32. Heterotopic ossification
    33. Pain types and taxonomy
    34. Child spinal cord injuries/lesions
    35. Elderly spinal cord injuries
    36. Dual injury
    37. Sleep disorders
    38. Neurodeterioration
    39. Psychological intervention
    40. Upper extremity intervention
    41. Walking dysfunction
    42. Wheelchairs and wheelchair mobility
    43. Follow-up care of spinal cord injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Antonio Malvasi, Andrea Tinelli, Gian Carlo Di Renzo, editors.
    Contents:
    1. A brief history of obstetric complications
    2. Spontaneous abortion complications
    3. Pathological diagnosis of abortions
    4. Tubal pregnancy
    5. Non-tubal ectopic pregnancies: diagnosis and management
    6. Adnexal pathology in pregnancy
    7. Fibroid complications in pregnancy
    8. Cervical pregnancy
    9. Molar and trophoblastic disease
    10. Assisted reproductive technique complications in pregnancy
    11. Spontaneous uterine rupture prior to twenty weeks of gestation
    12. Cervicoisthmic incompetence
    13. Thrombophilia and pregnancy
    14. Diabetes in pregnancy
    15. Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Antonio Malvasi, Andrea Tinelli, Gian Carlo Di Renzo, editors.
    Summary: This book draws on recently acquired knowledge to provide the reader with comprehensive, up-to-date information on the full range of obstetric complications that may be encountered during the third trimester of pregnancy and puerperium. For each complication, risk factors and clinical presentation are described and detailed guidance is provided on the appropriate treatment. The lucid text is complemented by a wealth of images, diagrams, flow charts, and drawings. The volume has been compiled in collaboration with a large group of gynecologists, obstetricians and internationally renowned scientists to provide an essential guide. Accordingly, the book is of interest to practitioners across the world, enabling them to deepen their knowledge and to refine their approach to complications in daily clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    The Placenta as the Mirror of the Fetu
    Placental Vascular Pathology
    Abruptio Placenta
    Twin Pregnancies
    Fetal Distress And Labor Management
    Preterm Delivery
    Eclampsia
    Cord Disease And Fetal Asphyxia
    Operative Vaginal Delivery
    Shoulder Distocia
    Placenta Previa
    Placenta Accreta
    Cesarean Section
    Post-Partum Hemorrage (Pph)
    Anesthesiological And Analgesic Complications During Labor And Post-Delivery
    Puerperal Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Karl A. LeBlanc, Andrew Kingsnorth, David L. Sanders, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Electron Kebebew, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to the management of adrenal neoplasms that provides a resource to the broad group of providers that will encounter such a patient. Sections address issues that are faced by providers who encounter a patient with an adrenal neoplasm. These areas include an overview of the genetic basis and familial cancer syndrome-associated with adrenal neoplasms, pathobiology, advanced and tumor specific imaging approaches and technologies, biochemical analysis, standard medical and surgical therapies, and emerging technology and treatment approaches to benign and malignant adrenal neoplasms. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections address level of clinical evidence and provide recommendations and treatment algorithms. Extensive illustrations make this an interactive text. Management of Adrenal Masses in Children and Adults will serve as a very useful resource for all providers dealing with, and interested in this common but challenging tumor. It will provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Adrenal Neoplasms
    The Pathology of Adrenal Masses
    Genetics of Benign Adrenocortical Tumors
    Genetics of Adrenocortical Cancers
    Genetics of Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    Imaging Modalities for Adrenocortical Tumors
    Imaging Modalities for Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    Primary Hyperaldosteronism
    Cushing Syndrome: Presentation, Diagnosis, and Treatment, Including Subclinical Cushing Syndrome
    Management of Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    Operative Techniques for Adrenal Neoplasms
    Therapies for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Choung Soo Kim, editor.
    Summary: This textbook summarizes the state of the art in the management of locally advanced and metastatic prostate cancer with the aim of providing the knowledge required for optimal treatment decision making in individual cases. Readers will find comprehensive coverage of the latest developments in surgery, radiotherapy, androgen deprivation therapy (ADT), chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. The role of the hormonal therapies abiraterone and enzalutamide and docetaxel-based chemotherapy in castration-resistant prostate cancer and hormone-sensitive metastatic disease is carefully evaluated. Among the other therapies discussed are LHRH agonists and antagonists, cabazitaxel, radium-223, and various novel agents still under clinical trials. The section on surgical approaches addresses, among other topics, the use of robot-assisted radical prostatectomy, pelvic lymphadenectomy, and the benefits of adjuvant and neoadjuvant therapy. The current role of external beam radiotherapy, alone or in combination with ADT and brachytherapy, for locally advanced disease is reviewed. Management of Advanced Prostate Cancer will be a valuable resource for practitioners at all levels of expertise.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Surgery for Advanced Prostate Cancer; 1: Natural History of High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Definition of High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.3 Risk Factors for High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.4 Natural History of High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.4.1 Localized or Locally Advanced High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.4.2 Hormone-Naïve Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 1.4.3 Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer; 1.5 Summary; References; 2: Identifying the Best Candidate for Radical Prostatectomy in High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 2.1 Introduction 2.2 RP for High-Grade Cancer2.3 RP for T3/4 N0 M0 Disease; 2.4 RP for Node-Positive Disease; 2.5 The Efficacy of RP over External Beam Radiation Therapy (EBRT) with or Without ADT (Androgen Deprivation Therapy); 2.6 Safety of RP Compare to EBRT (with or Without ADT); 2.7 RP in Elderly Patients; 2.8 Recent Efforts for Identifying the Better Candidate for RP Among Patients with High-­Risk Prostate Cancer; 2.9 Summary; References; 3: Neoadjuvant Therapy Prior to Radical Prostatectomy; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Neoadjuvant Hormonal Therapy; 3.3 Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy with or Without ADT 3.4 Neoadjuvant Therapy Using Novel Medicines3.5 Summary; References; 4: Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy for High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is High-Risk PCa?; 4.3 RARP for High-Risk PCa; 4.3.1 Nerve Sparing in High-Risk PCa During RARP; 4.3.2 Lymph Node Dis
    section in High-Risk PCa During RARP; 4.3.3 Perioperative Morbidity During RARP; 4.4 Outcomes of RARP for High-­Risk PCa; 4.4.1 Oncologic Outcomes of RARP for High-Risk PCa; 4.4.2 Functional Outcomes of RARP for High-Risk PCa; References; 5: Pelvic Lymphadenectomy for High-Risk Prostate Cancer 5.1 Current Indication of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy in High-­Risk Prostate Cancer5.2 Extent of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy (Limited Vs. Extended); 5.3 Robotic Surgery and Pelvic Lymphadenectomy; 5.4 Clinical Outcome of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy; 5.5 Complication of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy; 5.6 Summary; References; 6: Adjuvant Therapy in Locally Advanced Prostate Cancer; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Definition; 6.3 General Guidelines by NCCN; 6.4 RP for Locally Advanced PCa; 6.5 RT in Locally Advanced PCa; 6.6 Multimodality Treatment in Locally Advanced PCa; 6.7 Adjuvant Postoperative RT 6.8 Adjuvant HT6.9 Adjuvant Chemotherapy; 6.10 Summary; References; 7: Role of Radical Prostatectomy in the Management of Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 7.1 Classic Role of Radical Prostatectomy for Palliative Local Symptom Control; 7.2 Feasibility of Radical Prostatectomy in Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 7.3 Possible Rationale for Cytoreductive Radical Prostatectomy in Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 7.4 Indirect Evidence Supporting the Effectiveness of Cytoreductive Radical Prostatectomy
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert Provenzano, Edgar V. Lerma, Lynda Szczech, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Erica A. Fortson, Steven R. Feldman, Lindsay C. Strowd, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to provide a foundation of knowledge regarding the epidemiology, pathogenesis, and clinical presentation of atopic dermatitis in both pediatric and adult patients. It provides an overview of the mechanism and presentation of atopic dermatitis and focuses on the management methods experienced dermatologists have used to successfully manage atopic dermatitis. This book provides physicians with insights into the management of atopic dermatitis, such as alternative treatments for pruritus, psychosocial impact on patients and families, assessing patient compliance, and patient resources. This book also: Provides proven strategies for treating atopic dermatitis Helps providers create a treatment plan for their atopic patients Aids physicians in developing techniques for assessing patient compliance Thoroughly addresses the significant economic and psychosocial impact of atopic dermatitis.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Atopic dermatitis: disease background and risk factors
    3. Atopic dermatitis: pathophysiology
    4. Clinical presentation of atopic dermatitis
    5. Atopic dermatitis disease complications
    6. The psychosocial impact of atopic dermatitis
    7. Stressors in atopic dermatitis
    8. The economics burden of atopic dermatitis
    9. Defining and measuring the scope of atopic dermatitis
    10. Prescription treatment options
    11. Non-prescription treatment options
    12. Adherence in atopic dermatitis
    13. Atopic dermatitis: managing the itch
    14. Atopic dermatitis disease education
    15. The future of atopic dermatitis treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Elijah Dixon, Charles M. Vollmer Jr., Gary R. May, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Biliary system anatomy, physiology, and embryology
    2. Primary sclerosing cholangitis
    3. Commentary: primary sclerosing cholangitis
    4. Biliary manifestations of chronic pancreatitis
    5. Commentary: biliary manifestations of chronic pancreatitis, critical uncertainties, controversies, and future considerations
    6. Autoimmune pancreatitis
    7. Counterpoint: biliary manifestations in autoimmune pancreatitis
    8. Recurrent pyogenic cholangitis
    9. Commentary: recurrent pyogenic cholangitis
    10. Proximal biliary stricutres mimicking hilar cholangiocarcinoma
    11. Counterpoint: proximal biliary strictures mimicking hilar cholangiocarcinoma
    12. Traumatic biliary stricutres
    13. Commentary: traumatic biliary strictures, comprehensive management of benign biliary stenosis and injury
    14. Perceptual errors leading to bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    15. Commentary: perceptual errors leading to bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    16. The heuristics and psychology of bile duct injuries
    17. Commentary: the heuristics and psychology of bile duct injuries
    18. The classification and injury patterns of iatrogenic bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    19. Commentary: the classification and injury patterns of iatrogenic bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    20. Bile duct injuries and the law
    21. Commentary: bile duct injuries and the law
    22. Intraoperative management of bile duct injuries by the non-biliary surgeon
    23. commentary: intraoperative management of bile duct injuries by non-biliary surgeon
    24. Management of bile duct injuries within the first forty-eight hours
    25. Commentary :Management of bile duct injuries within the first forty-eight hours
    26. Endoscopic management of bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    27. Role of intervational radiology in managing bile duct injuries
    28. Operative repair of common bile duct injury
    29. Commentary: Operative repair of common bile duct injury
    30. Management of isolated sectoral duct injury
    31. Commentary: Management of isolated sectoral duct injury
    32. Liver resection for bile duct injury
    33. Commentary: Liver resection for bile duct injury
    34. Liver transplantation for common bile duct injury
    35. Commentary: Liver transplantation for common bile duct injury
    36. Biliary stricutres from liver transplantation
    37. Commentary: Biliary strictures from liver transplantation
    38. Recurrent biliary strictures after initial biliary reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Anthony A. Romeo, Brandon J. Erickson, Justin W. Griffin, editors.
    Summary: The biceps tendon is one of the most challenging anatomic structures to completely understand. Its precise role for shoulder function has yet to be completely defined, and pathologic conditions exist at both its proximal and distal ends. In recent years, the biceps labral complex has been recognized as a common cause of shoulder pain among patients. Accurate diagnosis, utilizing both physical examination and imaging, is crucial to decision-making regarding the most effective treatment. Many controversies exist surrounding the management of biceps pathology with a myriad of potential solutions to consider. This practical text breaks down the biceps into succinct, digestible portions with expert tips and tricks to help manage bicipital problems in a wide array of patients. Sensibly divided into three thematic sections, it encompasses all aspects of the biceps tendon, including relevant anatomy, diagnosis, imaging, and non-operative management (including rehabilitation and biologic treatments). Surgical management strategies as they pertain to both proximal and distal biceps tendon pathologies will be covered, including both arthroscopic and open tenodesis, transfer, and inlay and onlay fixation methods. A review of associated complications and how to avoid them is likewise described in detail, along with post-surgical rehabilitation techniques to maximize return to play. Ideal for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists at all levels, The Management of Biceps Pathology will be a unique resource for all clinicians facing challenges treating the active patient with shoulder and elbow pain.

    Contents:
    Anatomy, Imaging and Function of the Biceps Tendon
    Proximal Biceps Tendon Conditions
    Distal Biceps Tendon Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Badrinath R. Konety, Sam S. Chang, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a single, comprehensive reference source that incorporates the epidemiology, natural history, and the latest genetic and molecular biological findings of bladder cancer. This book discusses the diagnostic and staging evaluation of both non-muscle invasive and invasive bladder cancer and incorporates the new findings on markers for the diagnosis of bladder cancer. Risk stratified treatment of non-muscle invasive bladder cancer including various approaches to intravesical therapy are reviewed. Current guideline-based approaches to management and new data regarding diagnosis and prognostication of muscle invasive bladder cancer is analyzed and summarized. This book covers the application of chemotherapy for muscle invasive and advanced disease. The evidence-based application of multimodality therapy is highlighted. Gaps in current knowledge and important areas for clinical research are highlighted. Authored by experts in their respective fields, Management of Bladder Cancer: A Comprehensive Text with Clinical Scenarios serves as an easy and complete reference source for clinicians, researchers, individuals in training, allied health professionals and medical students in the fields of Urology, Medical Oncology, Radiation Oncology, Basic and Translational Science and Epidemiology.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and natural history
    Screening for Bladder Cancer
    Pathology and Staging: Histopathology and Cytopathology
    Pathology and Staging: Genetics and Molecular Biology
    Imaging in Localized and Advanced Bladder Cancer
    New Imaging Techniques in Staging of Urothelial Carcinoma of the Bladder
    Socioeconomic issues and improved quality of care
    Quality of life measures
    Prognostication and risk assessment
    Clinical trials and emerging therapeutic strategies in bladder cancer
    Improved diagnostic techniques
    Clinical scenario: Microscopic hematuria and atypical cytology in a 68 year old man with normal upper tract imaging
    Localized surgical therapy and surveillance
    Clinical Scenario: Initial high grade Ta tumor
    Clinical Scenario: Recurrent Ta tumor
    Clinical Scenario: Rapidly growing, high volume, low grade Ta tumor
    Clinical Scenario: Low grade T1 tumor
    Intravesical therapy
    Clinical Scenario: Initial CIS
    Management of BCG Recurrent Bladder Cancer
    Clinical Scenario: Persistent CIS and HIGH Grade Ta Bladder Cancer after BCG
    Maurizio Brausi
    Clinical Scenario: Presentation and Management of Significant Side Effects from Bacillus Calmette-Guérin Bladder Instillation
    Guideline-based management of non-muscle invasive bladder cancer: comparison of the AUA, EAU, ICUD and NCCN guidelines
    Open Radical Cystectomy
    Robotic cystectomy
    Clinical Scenario: T2 bladder tumor
    Urinary Diversion: Open and robotic techniques
    Chemoradiotherapy
    Clinical Scenario: 53 year-old man with a solitary, 2 cm, high-grade T2 tumor and focal CIS in the bladder dome who wants bladder preservation
    Management of Bladder Cancer, role of chemotherapy and controversies surrounding its application
    Clinical Scenario: Large volume, non metastatic T2 bladder tumor
    The role of pelvic lymphadenectomy at the time of radical cystectomy for bladder cancer
    Clinical Scenario: Unexpected positive nodes at radical cystectomy
    Surveillance and monitoring
    Clinical Scenario: The Role of Perioperative Chemotherapy
    Management of Bladder Cancer with Pelvic Nodal Metastases After Complete Response to Chemotherapy
    Guideline based management muscle-invasive bladder cancer: NCCN, ICUD and EAU.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jun Teruya, editor.
    Summary: This latest edition provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to managing bleeding patients. Like the previous edition, the sections of this new edition have been structured to review the overall scope of issues, among them bleeding associated with disease condition, bleeding from specific organs, bleeding associated with medication, and bleeding associated with procedures. In addition to thoroughly revised and updated chapters from the previous edition, the latest edition features new chapters on such topics as the basics of hemostasis, bleeding due to rare coagulation factor deficiencies, bleeding associated with connective tissue disorders, massive transfusion protocol, bleeding associated with ventricular assist device, and evaluation of bleeding risk prior to invasive procedures. The volume also includes brief etiology and a practical reference guide regarding type of blood components, medication, dose, and duration. Written by authors from a variety of integrated disciplines, Management of Bleeding Patients, Second Edition is a valuable resource for clinicians working in the area of bleeding management.

    Contents:
    Hemostasis Basics: Figures and Facts
    Screening Coagulation Assays, FXIII and D-dimer
    Platelets
    Von Willebrand Disease Laboratory Workup
    Hyperfibrinolysis
    Whole Blood Assay: Thromboelastometry
    Basics
    Whole Blood Assay: Thromboelastometry
    Bleeding Management Algorithms
    Known Bleeding Disorders for Surgery
    Hemophilia A, Hemophilia B, Congenital von Willebrand Disease, and Acquired von Willebrand Syndrome
    Bleeding Associated with Coagulation Factor Inhibitors
    Bleeding Due to Rare Coagulation Factor Deficiencies
    Pregnancy-Associated Bleeding
    Bleeding Associated with Thrombocytopenia
    Bleeding in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Bleeding and Hyperfibrinolysis
    Bleeding of Unknown Etiology
    Bleeding Associated with Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
    Bleeding and Vitamin K Deficiency
    Bleeding in Uremia
    Bleeding Associated with Connective Tissue Disorder
    Bleeding Associated with Trauma
    Massive Transfusion Protocol
    Lupus Anticoagulant Hypoprothrombinemia Syndrome (LAHPS)
    BLEEDING FROM SPECIFIC ORGANS
    Intracerebral Hemorrhage: An Overview of Etiology, Pathophysiology, Clinical Presentation, and Advanced Treatment Strategies
    Epistaxis
    Bleeding Disorders Related to Lung Disease
    Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Gross Hematuria
    Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    BLEEDING ASSOCIATED WITH MEDICATION
    Antiplatelet and Anticoagulant Agents
    Thrombolytic Therapy: tPA-Induced Bleeding
    Bleeding Associated with ECMO
    Management of Bleeding Associated with Durable Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Bleeding Related to Cardiac Surgery
    Bleeding Related to Liver Transplant
    Percutaneous Image-Guided Interventions Including Solid Organ Biopsies
    Dental Extractions in Patients with Congenital and Acquired Bleeding Disorders
    Neonatal Thrombocytopenia
    Bleeding in the Neonate
    Evaluation of Bleeding Risk Prior to Pediatric Invasive Procedures
    Evaluation of Bleeding Risk Prior to Invasive Procedures
    Hemostatic Agents and Blood Components Used to Stop Bleeding
    Blood Components.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Elena Zamagni, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This pocket guide provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of the two most prominent clinical features of multiple myeloma (MM), bone disease and renal failure. The first half of the text reviews critical aspects of bone disease in MM, including pathophysiology, the use of imaging modalities and drugs in treatment, and the role of orthopedic surgery in MM. The latter half of the book reviews major components of kidney disease in MM, from pathophysiology to treatment. Written by experts in the field, Management of Bone Disease and Kidney Failure in Multiple Myeloma: A Pocket Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who manage patients afflicted with multiple myeloma.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: Management of Bone Disease and Kidney Failure in Multiple Myeloma
    2. The Pathophysiology of Myeloma Bone Disease: Bone Remodelling and the Role of Osteoclasts
    3. The Pathophysiology of Myeloma Bone Disease: Role of Osteoblasts and Osteocytes
    4. Imaging Techniques in Staging and Early Phases
    5. Imaging Techniques for Response Assessment and Follow-up
    6. New Perspectives in Imaging Techniques
    7. Therapy of Myeloma Bone Disease
    8. Orthopedic Management in Multiple Myeloma: What is the Role and When?
    9. The Pathophysiology of Kidney Involvement in Multiple Myeloma and Monoclonal-Related Disorders
    10. Treatment of Multiple Myeloma with Kidney Involvement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Malcolm Reed, Riccardo A. Audisio, editors.
    Summary: This book offers evidence-based clinical knowledge of older patients suffering from breast cancer. It details the full armament of therapeutic options as well as the epidemiology of the disease and specific psychosocial considerations for elderly patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
  • Print
    Gan-Xin Yan, Peter R. Kowey, Charles Antzelevitch, editors.
    Summary: A significantly expanded third edition, this book provides a comprehensive and concise overview of cardiac arrhythmias and their ECG/telemetry manifestations, including the principles of cardiac electrophysiology, current concepts of pharmacology, clinical features, diagnoses, and state-of-the-art treatments. Additionally, the book emphasizes decision-making strategies in approaching each individual patient and the application of technical innovations in specific clinical situations. Organized into eight parts, beginning chapters introduce the concepts and principles of cardiac electrophysiology, unique rhythms, and ECG waves/signs. These chapters are designed to integrate emerging knowledge in basic science and clinical medicine. Subsequent chapters focus on the diagnosis of a variety of cardiac arrhythmias using non-invasive methodology. Throughout the book, chapters continue to analyze pharmacological and other approaches to therapy of specific arrhythmias, including supraventricular tachycardias, atrial fibrillation and flutter, ventricular arrhythmias, and bradyarrhythmias. Finally, the book closes with coverage on inherited cardiac arrhythmia syndromes including the long, short QT, and J-wave syndromes, catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia, and arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy. The third edition of Management of Cardiac Arrhythmias, is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, vascular surgery, cardiac electrophysiology, and cardiac radiology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Principals of Cardiac Electrophysiology and Pharmacology
    1. Basic Principles of Cardiac Electrophysiology
    2. Mechanisms Underlying the Development of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    3. Genetic and Molecular Basis of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    4. Unique Rhythm Phenomena and Mechanisms (Ashman, gap phenomenon, phase 3 and phase 4 block, supernormal conduction, concealed conduction, Wedensky phenomenon, linking phenomenon)
    5. ECG Waves and Signs: Ionic and Cellular Basis (QRS/Axis, J wave, ST, T/U waves, epsilon wave and cardiac memory etc)
    6. Mechanisms of Action of Antiarrhythmic Drugs
    Part II. Diagnosis of Cardiac Arrhythmias Using Surface ECG
    7. Narrow Complex Tachycardia
    8. Wide Complex Tachycardia
    9. Bradyarrhythmias
    10. Pacemaker-mediated Arrhythmias
    Part III. Diagnosis of Cardiac Arrhythmias: Intracardiac Approaches
    11. Electroanatomical Mapping of Cardiac Arrhythmias: Basic Principles and Technology
    12. Electrophysiological Maneuvers in Arrhythmia Analysis
    Part IV. Specific Arrhythmias
    13. Atrioventricular Nodal Reentry Tachycardia
    14. Atrioventricular Reentry Tachycardia
    15. Atrial Tachycardia and Flutter
    16. Atrial Fibrillation: Pharmacologic Therapy
    17. Atrial Fibrillation: Catheter Ablation and a Hybrid Approach
    18. Ventricular Tachycardia and Fibrillation: Pharmacologic Therapy
    19. Ventricular Tachycardia: Catheter Ablation
    20. Acquired Long QT syndrome and Torsade de Pointes
    21. Indications for Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators
    22. Indications for Temporary and Permanent Pacemakers
    23. Syncope
    Part V. Arrhythmias and Cardiomyopathy
    23. Premature Ventricular Complex-induced Cardiomyopathy: Pathophysiology and Treatment
    24. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Part VI. Arrhythmias in Specific Populations
    27. Arrhythmias in Athletes
    28. Arrhythmias during Pregnancy and Postpartum
    29. Arrhythmias in Children
    Part VII. Inherited Cardiac Arrhythmia Syndromes
    30. J wave Syndromes: Early Repolarization and Brugada Syndromes
    31. Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
    32. Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    33. Congenital Long QT Syndrome
    34. Short QT Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Hanna Z. Mieszczanska, Gladys P. Velarde.
    Summary: "This book summarizes the great progress in the treatment of cardiovascular disease (CVD). Due to improved therapies, preventive strategies and increased public awareness, CVD mortality has been on the decline for both genders. Unfortunately, the decline has been less prominent for women, and CVD remains the leading cause of mortality for women in the United States and is responsible for a third of all deaths of women worldwide. Management of Cardiovascular Disease in Women provides a comprehensive overview of differences in cardiac problems in women including the challenges and limitations of the available literature. Unique aspects to women's heart health such as pregnancy, the impact of emotional stress and other psychosocial issues are discussed by leading experts in the field. They therefore provide important insight to cardiovascular care in women, making this book an essential resource for a wide range of practitioners including cardiologists, primary care providers, internists, and reproductive healthcare professionals."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fred Saad, Mario A. Eisenberger, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides new data about the molecular biology of CRPC and a review of the definition, staging and prognostic factors that define CRPC. The book features an in-depth review of proven therapeutic options, including bone-targeted therapies, immunotherapy, chemotherapy and hormonal based therapies. Combination therapy as well as novel targeted approaches presently under investigation are also reviewed. The text provides up-to-date guidelines and algorithms for the management of CRPC based on international guidelines presently available as well as evidence-based medicine. As a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field, Management of Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer serves as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with this challenging malignancy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer: A Rapidly Expanding Clinical State and a Model for New Therapeutic Opportunities
    Evolution of Clinical States and the Castration Resistant Clinical Paradigm
    Molecular Mechanisms of Prostate Cancer Progression after Castration
    New Imaging Modalities
    Androgen Receptor Biology in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
    The Androgen Receptor as a Therapeutic Target for Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer
    Approaches Targeting Androgen Synthesis (CYP 17 inhibitors)
    Cytotoxic Chemotherapy (Taxanes and Taxane Combinations)
    The Emerging Role of Immunotherapy in Castrate Resistant Prostate Cancer
    Bone Targeted Therapy: Rationale and Current Status
    Radium-223 and Other Radiopharmaceuticals in Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Phase I/II targeted treatments
    Defining Clinical Endpoints in Castration-resistant Prostate Cancer
    Angiogenesis Inhibition in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
    Co-targeting Adaptive Survival Pathways
    Targeting the PI3K/AKT/mTOR Pathway in Prostate Cancer
    PARP Inhibitors
    Targeting C-Met/VEGF in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
    Epigenetics in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
    Undifferentiated Prostate Cancer and the Neuroendocrine Phenotype
    Strategies Addressing Quality of Life: Patient Reported Outcome and Symptoms Management
    Evidence-Based Therapeutic Approaches for mCRPC patients: Rational Sequence of Standard Treatment Options and Design for Future Drug Development.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alejandro M. Spiotta, Raymond D. Turner, M. Imran Chaudry, Aquilla S. Turk, editors.
    Summary: This important title brings together a distinguished panel of thought-leaders, known for their insights into the development and application of minimally-invasive surgical and endovascular techniques, to provide a comprehensive and discerning compendium of our most current knowledge and state-of-the-art procedures in the management of cerebral vascular diseases. Written in a style that is accessible to students and experienced practitioners alike, the book covers all the important recent advances that have reshaped the field in dramatic ways. Emphasizing how surgical and endovascular techniques are complementary, the volume includes illuminating chapters on the nexus of endovascular and conventional "open" cerebrovascular surgery, including patient assessment and practice in a hybrid operating environment, utilizing the best methods to achieve optimal outcomes. A major addition to the clinical literature, Management of Cerebrovascular Disorders: A Comprehensive, Multidisciplinary Approach will be of significant interest to neurosurgeons, neurologists, neuroradiologists, neurointensivists, students, residents, fellows, and specialized attending physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rudolph M. Navari, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The physiology and pharmacology of nausea and vomiting induced by anticancer chemotherapy in humans
    3. First-generation 5-HT3 receptor antagonists
    4. Palonosetron
    5. The role of neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists in CINV
    6. Olanzapine for the prevention of chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting
    7. Gabapentin for the prevention of CINV
    8. Prevention of CINV in patients receiving high-dose multiple-day chemotherapy
    9. Clinical management of CINV
    10. Treatment of chemotherapy-induced nausea
    11. Conclusions
    12. Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Adam M. Shiroff, Mark J. Seamon, Lewis J. Kaplan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of chest trauma. The text reviews all aspects of chest wall, intra-thoracic organ, and great vessel injury management, with each section of the book structured anatomically to explore specific treatment options. Since injury care alone is insufficient in guiding the totality of care, the text features a robust section on inpatient critical care, which includes cutting edge evidence on resuscitation, advanced monitoring, and organ system support. The book also contains a section on disaster and mass casualty events, focusing on specifics of treatment, ethics of resource allocation, and the role of specialized centers. Written by experts in the field, Management of Chest Trauma: A Practical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with injuries to the chest.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Pierre Huard.
    Contents:
    The Challenge of Chronic Diseases
    Some Alternative Schemes for the Management of Chronic Diseases
    Difficulties in Implementing Effective Management
    Redefining Conditions for the Effective Management of Chronic Diseases
    Activities Specific to an Effective Management of Chronic Diseases
    Dynamic Processes for the Provision of Efficient Care
    Lump Sum Funding, Efficiency and Development
    An Illustration
    From Processes to Organizational Structures
    Contractual Relationship Configurations
    Implementation Strategy
    IS in Health System Restructuring.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Mustafa Arici, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive and instructive management plan for physicians who care for CKD patients. Basic aspects of CKD, clinical assessment, evaluation and management of risk factors, cardiovascular disease in the context of CKD, assessment and management of CKD complications, special circumstances in CKD patients, and the path to renal replacement therapy are all thoroughly covered. Diagnostic and therapeutic approaches are presented according to the latest staging system for CKD, with patient care being discussed separately for each disease stage. The proposed management plan is both 'best available evidence based' and 'practice based'. The book also recognizes the needs of busy clinicians by including helpful boxes summarizing the evidence on diagnostic and therapeutic issues and practice pearls based on guidelines. The authors are recognized experts from across the world, ensuring global coverage of the problem, and most have participated in writing guidelines on CKD.

    Contents:
    What Is Chronic Kidney Disease?
    Clinical Assessment of a Patient with Chronic Kidney Disease
    Imaging in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Diabetes and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Dyslipidemia and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Metabolic Acidosis and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Acute Kidney Injury in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Preventing Progression of Chronic Kidney Disease: Diet and Lifestyle
    Preventing Progression of Chronic Kidney Disease: Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System Blockade Beyond Blood Pressure
    Chronic Kidney Disease and the Cardiovascular Connection
    Screening and Diagnosing Cardiovascular Disease in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Management of Cardiovascular Disease in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Cerebrovascular Disease and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Anemia and Disorders of Hemostasis in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Mineral and Bone Disorders in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Protein-Energy Wasting and Nutritional Interventions in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Infectious Complications and Vaccination in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Endocrine Disorders in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Liver and Gastrointestinal Tract Problems in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Pruritus and Other Dermatological Problems in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Pain Management in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Depression and Other Psychological Issues in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Sexual Dysfunction in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Sleep Disorders in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Neuropathy and Other Neurological Problems in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Drug Prescription in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Pregnancy and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Surgery and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Chronic Kidney Disease in the Elderly
    Chronic Kidney Disease and Cancer
    Chronic Kidney Disease in the Intensive Care Unit
    Chronic Kidney Disease Management Programmes and Patient Education
    Conservative/Palliative Treatment and End-of-Life Care in Chronic Kidney Disease
    How to Prepare a Chronic Kidney Disease Patient for Transplantation
    How to Prepare a Chronic Kidney Disease Patient for Dialysis
    Quality of Life in Chronic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maggie Watson, David W. Kissane.
    Contents:
    Distress, adjustment and anxiety disorders / Daniel McFarland and Jimmie Holland
    Depression in cancer care / Daisuke Fujisawa and Yosuke Uchitomi
    Diagnosis and treatment of demoralization / David W. Kissane
    Recognizing and managing suicide risk / Maggie Watson and Luigi Grassi
    Psychopharmacologic management of anxiety and depression / Madeline Li, Joshua Rosenblat, and Gary Rodin.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Thach Nguyen, Dayi Hu, Shao Liang Chen, Moo-Hyun Kim, Cindy Grines ; associate editor, Faisal Latiff.
    Contents:
    Hyperlipidemia / Vien T. Truong [and 5 others]
    Hypertension / Udho Thadani, Nguyen Duc Cong
    Stable coronary artery disease / Mohammed Haris Umer Usman [and 5 others]
    Acute coronary syndrome / Udho Thadani, Quang Tuan Nguyen, Han Yaling
    ST segment elevation myocardial infarction / Runlin Gao [and 7 others]
    Heart failure / Dan D. Le [and 5 others]
    Decompensated heart failure / Patrick Campbell [and 5 others]
    Atrial fibrillation / Mihail Chelu [and 7 others]
    Ventricular tachycardia / Sorin Lazar [and 5 others]
    Syncope / Rajasekhar Nekkanti [and 5 others]
    Aortic stenosis / Rajiv Goswami, Phillip Tran, Nguyen Lan Hieu, Aravinda Nanjundappa, Neal Kleiman
    Mitral regurgitation / Raj Nekkanti [and 6 others]
    Cardiovascular problems in the older patients / Daniel Forman, Nanette Wenger
    Cardiovascular problems in women / Kahroba Jahan, Nisa Arshad, Nguyen Phuc Nguyen, Ainol Shareha Sahar, Amsa Arshad, Kwan Lee.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Michael A. Cummings, Dr. Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: "In community settings, the most common barriers to independent living, employment, and stable interpersonal relationships for patients suffering from schizophrenia-spectrum disorders or other psychotic disorders are negative symptoms and cognitive deficits. In contrast, severely mentally ill individuals, often incarcerated or chronically institutionalized, more frequently experience substantial barriers related to positive psychotic symptoms leading to problematic behaviors such as aggression or violence. This is not to say that among the chronically institutionalized severely mentally ill population that positive psychotic symptoms are the only, or even majority, source of problematic behaviors. A survey conducted within the California Department of State Hospitals, a circa 7000-bed system dedicated to the treatment of conserved and forensically committed patients, reviewed 839 episodes of aggression or violence by 88 persistently aggressive inpatients and found that 54% of such episodes were impulsive, 39% were predatory or instrumental, and 17% were psychotically driven. Nevertheless, amelioration or control of positive psychotic symptoms commonly forms the initial treatment focus among the severely mentally ill."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alio, Dimitri T. Azar, editors.
    Summary: The diversity of procedures that characterize modern refractive surgery makes it, both for the beginner and the experienced surgeon, necessary to have well established guidelines to face refractive complications. This lavishly illustrated guide is written by international opinion leaders with extensive experience in the practice of refractive surgery. It offers the reader practical pearls to the solution and prevention of the different complications of corneal and refractive surgery. This book provides ophthalmic surgeons with appropriate solutions for the most frequent problems they would face in their daily practice. Surgical complications are described and illustrated from their pathogenesis to various treatment modalities. Complications covered include: Intraoperative complications (e.g. those encountered during femtosecond laser, SMILE and LASIK, corneal refractive surgery, refractive lens exchange, and intraocular refractive procedures); early post-operative complications and late post-operative complications. This illustrated guide is written by international opinion leaders with extensive experience in the practice of refractive surgery. Devoted to refractive complications, it provides ophthalmic surgeons with the most adequate solutions for the most frequent problems.

    Contents:
    Section I: Overview
    Chapter 1: Refractive Surgery Outcomes and Frequency of Complications
    Chapter 2: Influence of Refractive Surgery on Quality of Life
    Section II: LASIK Intraoperative Complications
    Chapter 3: Thin, Irregular, Buttonhole Flaps
    Chapter 4: Intraoperative flap complications in LASIK: prevention and management of free flaps
    Chapter 5: Management of the Distorted Flap
    Section III: LASIK
    Chapter 6: Scarring
    Chapter 7: Infections after Refractive Surgery
    Chapter 8: Diffuse Lamellar Keratitis
    Chapter 9: Pressure-Induced Interlamellar Stromal Keratitis and PED Masquerade Syndrome
    Chapter 10: Prevention and Management of Flap Striae after LASIK
    Chapter 11: Marginal Sterile Corneal Infiltrates after LASIK and Corneal Procedures
    Chapter 12: Melting
    Chapter 13: Dry Eye
    Chapter 14: Corneal Dysesthesia following LASIK
    Chapter 15: Epithelial Ingrowth
    Chapter 16: Corneal Ectasia
    Chapter 17: Ptosis
    Section IV: Refractive Miscalculation
    Chapter 18: Refractive Miscalculation with Refractive Surprise: Sphere
    Chapter 19: Refractive Miscalculation with Refractive Surprise: Cylinder
    Section V: Optical Aberrations and Corneal Irregularities
    Chapter 20. Causes of Higher Order Aberrations Induction in Excimer Laser Surgery
    Chapter 21: Night Vision Disturbances Following Refractive Surgery: Causes, Prevention and Treatment
    Chapter 22: Decentration
    Chapter 23: Corneal Irregularity Following Refractive Surgery: Causes and Therapeutic Approaches
    Section VI: Optic nerve, Retinal and Binocular Vision
    Chapter 24: Optic Neuropathy and Retinal Complications after Refractive Surgery
    Chapter 25: Effect of Refractive Surgery on Strabismus and Binocular Vision
    Chapter 26: Small Incision Lenticule Extraction (SMILE) Complications
    Chapter 27: Complications and Management with the Femtosecond Laser
    Section VII: Surface Ablation: Complications.- Chapter 28: Complications of Laser Epithelial Keratomileusis (LASEK)
    Chapter 29: Corneal Haze after Keratorefractive Surgery
    Section VIII: Phakic Intraocular Lens Complication
    Chapter 30: Complications of Anterior Chamber Angle Supported Phakic Intraocular Lenses-Prevention and Treatment
    Chapter 31: Complications of Iris Supported Phakic IOLs
    Chapter 32: Complications of Posterior Chamber Phakic IOLs
    Chapter 33: Retinal Detachment
    Chapter 34: Refractive Lens Exchange and Choroidal
    Chapter 35: Complications of Multifocal Intraocular Lenses
    Chapter 36: Refractive Surprise after Cataract following Corneal Refractive Surgery
    Section IX: Other Refractive Surgical Procedures
    Chapter 37: Complications of Refractive Keratotomy
    Chapter 38: Management of Complications of Intracorneal Ring Segment Implantation
    Chapter 39: Corneal Inlays: Complications
    Chapter 40: Complications of Corneal Collagen Cross-linking
    Chapter 41: CXL for post-LASIK ectasia
    Section X: The Patient
    Chapter 42: Predicting the Unhappy Patient and Patient Expectations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Falk Schwendicke, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the challenges that deep carious lesions pose for dental practitioners, including the risk of endodontic complications and the difficulty of restorative treatment, and identifies options for overcoming these challenges on the basis of the best available evidence. The opening chapter sets the scene by discussing pathophysiology, histopathology, clinical symptomatology, and treatment thresholds. The various treatment options are then systematically presented and reviewed, covering non-selective, stepwise, and selective carious tissue removal and restoration, sealing of lesions using resin sealants or crowns, and non-restorative management approaches. In each case the current evidence with respect to the treatment is carefully evaluated. Advantages and disadvantages are explained and recommendations made on when to use the treatment in question. Illustrative clinical cases and treatment pathways for clinicians are included. This book will be of value for all practitioners who treat dental caries and carious lesions, whether in the permanent or the primary dentition. It will also be of interest to under- and postgraduate students in cariology and restorative, operative, preventive, and pediatric dentistry.

    Contents:
    Managing dental caries
    Stepwise excavation
    Caries sealing using resins
    ART
    Caries sealing using PMCs
    Inactivating carious lesions: NRCT
    Summary and recommendations, clinical pathways.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Clifford P. Shearman, editor.
    Summary: This book explores the challenges of treating foot complications associated with diabetes,℗ℓ a major challenge for societies the world over. Authors include experienced podiatrists, nurses and doctors,℗ℓ all of whom℗ℓ work in the field of diabetes foot care. The book is divided into prevention and early management, management of major complications, prevention of recurrence and how to structure a team.℗ℓ In each area, the authors describe their practical experiences and discuss how they have addressed clinical challenges. Management of Diabetic Foot Complications provides useful information for anyone responsible for the care of people with diabetes who may be at risk of developing foot complications.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology
    Numbers, outcomes, change in demographics, cost
    2. Athophysiology of foot in diabetes ? Neuropathy, effects on circulation, infections
    3. Underlying causes of foot complications of diabetes
    4. Infection and antibiotics
    5. Early recognition of the foot at risk and prevention
    6. Foot wear, orthotics and prosthetics
    7. Diabetic Foot Protection Teams: the role of multidisciplinary team
    8. Treatment of foot complications both in the community and secondary care
    9. Principles of Emergency treatment
    10. Management of arterial disease and re-vascularisation in diabetes
    11. Management of neuropathy and Charcots neuroarthropathy
    12. Wound treatment
    13. The role of foot surgery
    14. Amputation
    when and how
    15. Rehabilitation and treatment to avoid further problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Francesco Bandello, Marco A. Zarbin, Rosangela Lattanzio, Ilaria Zucchiatti.
    Contents:
    The burden of diabetes : emerging data / Maffi, P., Secchi, A.
    The eye as a window to the microvascular complications of diabetes / Zerbini, G., Maestroni, S., Turco, V., Secchi, A.
    Emerging insights into pathogenesis / Midena, E., Pilotto, E.
    Emerging issues for optical coherence tomography / Pierro, L., Rabiolo, A.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography in diabetic maculopathy / Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
    Emerging issues for ultra-wide field angiography / Rabiolo, A. [and 6 others]
    Emerging simplified retinal imaging / Sharma, A.
    Intravitreal ranibizumab in diabetic macular edema : long-term outcomes / Zucchiatti, I., Bandello, F.
    Intravitreal aflibercept in diabetic macular edema : long-term outcomes / Introini, U., Casalino, G.
    Intravitreal steroids in diabetic macular edema / Lattanzio, R., Cicinelli, M.V., Bandello, F.
    Practical lessons from protocol I for the management of diabetic macular edema / Mukkamala, L., Bhagat, N., Zarbin, M.A.
    Practical lessons from protocol T for the management of diabetic macular edema / Mukkamala, L., Bhagat, N., Zarbin, M.A.
    Is laser still important in diabetic macular edema as primary or deferral therapy? / Battaglia Parodi, M., Bandello, F.
    Anti-vascular endothelial growth factor injections : the new standard of care in proliferative diabetic retinopathy? / Li, X., Zarbin, M.A., Bhagat, N.
    Surgical management and techniques / Codenotti, M., Iuliano, L., Maestranzi, G.
    Enzymatic vitreolysis for vitreomacular traction in diabetic retinopathy / Rizzo, S., Bacherini, D.
    Diabetic macular edema : emerging strategies and treatment algorithms / Moisseiev, E., Loewenstein, A.
    Application of clinical trial results to clinical practice / Zarbin, M.A., Bhagat, N., Mukkamala, L.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Anne T. Mancino, Lawrence T. Kim, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jonathan H. Phillips, editor in chief ; Daniel J. Hedequist, Suken A. Shah, Burt Yaszay, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Cosimo Mazzotta, Frederik Raiskup, Stefano Baiocchi, Giuliano Scarcelli, Marc D. Friedman, Claudio Traversi.
    Summary: This book provides a rapid overview of crosslinking protocols and the therapeutic guidelines to optimize the application according to patients age and ectasia staging. This book is unique in the field of crosslinking therapy, as it gives the readers a complete guide for their daily practice to understand the modern accelerated crosslinking protocols, indications and customized treatment strategies. Ophthalmic specialists, opticians, optometrists and doctors working in ophthalmic settings, will find this book to be a 'go-to' guide for furthering clinical knowledge of this specialized treatment for early progressive corneal ectasia.

    Contents:
    Principles of accelerated corneal collagen cross-linking
    Crosslinking results and literature overview
    Crosslinking evidences in-vitro and in-vivo
    Accelerated crosslinking protocols
    Refractive crosslinking : ACXL plus
    ACXL beyond keratoconus : post-LASIK ectasia, post-RK ectasia and pellucid marginal degeneration
    Keratoconus classifcation, ACXL indications and therapy flowchart.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Beena Kunheri, D. K. Vijaykumar.
    Summary: Breast cancer, its causes, early detection and treatment have received considerable attention, since this widespread disease is one of the most important health concerns for women. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of the management of early-stage breast cancer, including essential information on basic topics like pathology, and radiology, as well as the latest developments. Further, it discusses all aspects of surgical care, chemotherapy and radiation therapy, together with the controversies and current management guidelines. Helping readers acquire a deep, holistic understanding of the topic, the book is a valuable resource for practitioners and postgraduate students in the field of gynecologic oncology. Moreover, it is a useful aid to decision-making in day-to-day practice for oncologists, residents, fellows and experienced practitioners.

    Contents:
    Breast cancer: current trends across the world
    Role of screening in early stage breast cancer: Guidelines and recommendations
    Basics and controversies in breast cancer imaging
    Pathology of early stage breast cancer
    Molecular classification of early stage breast cancer and its relevance
    Surgical management of early stage breast cancer
    Sentinel lymph node in early stage breast cancer: Evidence, techniques and controversies
    Oncoplasty in early breast cancer
    Risk stratification for adjuvant treatment in early breast cancer
    Role of chemotherapy In early breast cancer
    Role of Anti-human epidermal growth receptor (HER) in early breast cancer
    Adjuvant hormones in early breast cancer:Current status
    Ductal carcinoma in situ: Current consensus in its management
    General guidelines of radiation in early breast cancer
    Techniques of radiation in early stage breast cancer
    Current controversies and guidelines in early breast cancer 1-3 node
    Accelerated partial breast irradiation: Current evidence and techniques in early breast cancer
    Role of regional nodal irradiation in early breast cancer
    Hypofractionation in early breast cancer: Evidence, rationale and practice
    Psychological impact of breast cancer diagnosis and treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mansoor R. MIrza, editor.
    Summary: This practical reference book provides up-to-date, evidence-based multidisciplinary guidelines on the epidemiology, biology, diagnosis, and treatment of endometrial cancer. Individual chapters focus on topics such as hormonal interactions, cancer prevention, genetic classification and its clinical applications. Recent advances in diagnostic methods are described. The treatment-oriented chapters include coverage of the roles of lymphadenectomy and sentinel node dissection, surgical complications, radiation techniques, and chemotherapy in early-stage disease. Treatment options in advanced disease, including hormonal therapy and targeted therapy, are considered separately, as is the management of rare tumor types. The authors are international key opinion leaders. Summaries of the ESMO/ESGO/ESTRO guidelines on management are included. Each clinical chapter ends with a summary of recommendations with the level of evidence.

    Contents:
    FIGO classification of endometrial cancer
    Epidemiology, risk factors and need for cancer registry
    Hormonal interactions in endometrial cancer
    Endometrial cancer prevention
    Controversies in pathology.- Hereditary cancers.- Genetic classification & it's clinical applications.- Advances in endometrial cancer diagnosis.- Need for level-one evidence in the management of endometrial cancer.- Summery of ESMO-ESGO-ESTRO consensus guidelines for the management of endometrial cancer.- Summery of SGO-NCCN management guidelines.- Risk factors in the early stage endometrial cancer
    Surgical principles
    Radiation therapy in endometrial cancer
    Role of chemotherapy
    Endocrine therapy of endometrial cancer
    Targeted therapy
    Management of rare tumours
    Quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Victor-Vlad Costan, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomical Borders of the Parotid Region
    Extended Parotid Tumors with Origin in the Parotid Tissue
    Extended Parotid Tumors with Origin in the Parotid Lymph Nodes
    Extended Parotid Tumors with Origin in the Skin of the Head and Neck
    Parotid Tumors with Skin Extension
    Parotid Tumors with Muscle Extension
    Parotid Tumors Extended in the Facial Bones
    Parotid Tumors Extended in the Base of Skull
    Pathological Variety of Extended Parotid Tumors
    Clinical Diagnosis of Extended Parotid Tumors
    The Diagnostic Imaging of Extended Parotid Tumors
    Extended Parotidectomy
    Issues on General Anesthesia
    Arising Problems in Extended Parotidectomy
    Closing Postoperative Defects by Direct Suture
    The Use of Local Muscular Flaps
    The Use of Musculo-Cutaneous Platysma Flaps
    The Use of Muscular or Musculo-Cutaneous Pectoralis Major Flap
    The Use of Musculo-Cutaneous Latissimus Dorsi Free Flap
    The Use of Fascial-Cutaneous Radial Flap
    Attitude Toward the Facial Nerve in Extended Parotidectomy.-The Management of Lagophthalmos in Facial Nerve Paralysis
    The Value of Lipostructure in Extended Parotidectomy
    Issues on Radiotherapy
    Chemotherapy in Extended Parotidectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Giuseppe Milano, Andrea Grasso, Angel Calvo, Roman Brzóska.
    Summary: In this book, leading European shoulder experts review the current status in the management of failures of surgical treatment of different pathological conditions around the shoulder, such as instability of the glenohumeral joint and the acromioclavicular joint, rotator cuff disease and pathology of the long head of the biceps tendon, and glenohumeral osteoarthritis. The aim is to equip readers with clear guidance on how to manage such failures in everyday practice. There is a particular focus on all aspects of the management response to failure of shoulder arthroplasty. Information is provided on the reasons for failure of the various procedures, and key points on controversial topics are highlighted. Furthermore, case examples are used to present challenging scenarios and their possible solutions. The numerous high-quality illustrations aid comprehension, and readers will also have access to supplementary online videos. The book, published in cooperation with ESSKA, will be invaluable for orthopaedic surgeons and highly relevant for other medical and health practitioners such as sports medicine doctors, physical medicine doctors, and physical therapists.

    Contents:
    Shoulder instability repair: Why it fails
    How to manage failed anterior arthroscopic repair
    How to manage failed anterior open repair
    How to manage failed posterior and MDI repair
    Failed Arthroscopic Anterior Instability Repair: Case Example
    Failed Posterior Instability Repair: Case Example
    Failed Open Anterior Instability Repair: Case Example
    The disabled throwing shoulder: when and how to operate
    How to manage failed SLAP repair
    Biceps disorders: when and how to operate
    Acromioclavicular joint instability: when and how to operate
    Failed SLAP Repair: Case Example
    Failed Biceps Treatment: Case Example
    Failed AC Joint Treatment: Case Example
    Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty: How it works / Why it fails / How to manage failure / Future directions to prevent failure
    Failed Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Case Example
    Reverse shoulder arthroplasty: How it works / Why it fails / How to manage failure / Future directions to prevent failure
    Failed Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty: Case Example
    Rotator cuff repair: Why it fails
    How to manage failed rotator cuff repair: Arthroscopic revision surgery / Biologic augmentation / Latissimus dorsi transfer
    Failed Cuff Repair: Case Example.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Massimo Mongardini, Manuel Giofrè, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy
    2. Physiology and Pathophysiology
    3. Diagnosis and Imaging
    4. Endoanal Ultrasound
    5. MR
    6. Anorectal Manometry
    7. Electromyography
    8. Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation
    9. Radiofrequency (SECCA procedure)
    10. Sacral Nerve Stimulation
    11. Bulking agent and perspectives
    12. Artificial Bowel Sphincter
    13. Anal Sphincter Reconstructions and Replacements
    14. Stoma
    15. Stem Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David R. Fleisher.
    Summary: Management of Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders in Children presents biopsychosocial theory with respect to six groups of functional disorders: disorders of elimination, vomiting disorders, abdominal pain, infant colic, chronic non-specific diarrhea of infants and toddlers, and failure to thrive. It illustrates, through numerous clinical examples, concepts of management developed during 45 years of practice. A satisfactory clinical outcome for pediatric gastrointestinal disorders often depends on the clinician's ability to discern not only the biological factors in illness, but also the unique cognitive and emotional needs that patients bring to the task of healing. This book provides guidelines for integrating the biopsychosocial model, an approach that has been under-emphasized in the literature until now. It includes naturalistic descriptions of functional gastrointestinal disorders, clinical goals, and the theoretical bases for management techniques. Offering numerous real-world examples and tips, this book serves as a valuable resource for pediatricians, family practitioners, pediatric mental health practitioners, pediatric nurse practitioners, as well as pediatric gastroenterologists.

    Contents:
    An introduction to biopsychosocial concepts
    Functional disorders of elimination
    Functional vomiting disorders
    The recurrent abdominal pain syndrome
    Infant colic syndrome
    Chronic non-specific diarrhea of infants and toddlers
    Failure to thrive.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bhim Pratap Singh, Garima Singh, Krishna Kumar, S. Chandra Nayak, N. Srinivasa, editors.
    Summary: Pulses have played a major role in human diet and are considered a rich source of proteins. But, the major constraints in achieving the yield of pulses are the occurrences of various diseases and pests. Hence, there is a need to understand major fungal pathogens and their management strategies for sustainable agriculture. The major pulse crops in India and other Asian countries are bengal gram, pigeon pea, black gram, green gram, lentil and peas, which are attacked by several pathogens that cause considerable crop damage. Bengal gram is affected mainly by wilt (Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. ciceri), blight (Mycosphaerella pinodes) and rust (Uromyces ciceris-arietini). The main diseases of pigeon pea are wilt (Fusarium oxysporum) and Phytophtora stem blight (Phytophthora drechsleri f. sp. cajani). Powdery mildew (Erysiphe polygoni) and rust (Uromyces vicia-fabae) are the most important diseases affecting the production of pea. This volume offers details like symptoms, distribution, pathogens associated, predisposing factors and epidemiology, sources of resistance and holistic management of diseases with particular reference to those of economic importance. Several minor diseases of lentil, green gram and of black gram are discussed with their detailed and updated information. This volume provides pooled information regarding the management of major fungal phytopathogens affecting pulses.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria in Management of Soil-Borne Fungal Pathogens
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Biology of Soil-Borne Pathogen
    1.3 Diseases Caused by Soil-Borne Pathogen
    1.4 Management of Soil-Borne Disease
    1.4.1 Soil-Borne Fungal Pathogens and PGPR
    1.4.2 Factors Influencing on Pathogen-PGPR Interactions
    1.4.3 Induced Resistance
    1.4.4 Other Control Methods
    1.4.4.1 Cultural Method
    1.4.4.2 Crop Rotation
    1.4.4.3 Tillage Practices
    1.4.4.4 Soil Amendments
    1.4.4.5 Soil Solarization 1.4.4.6 Chemical Control
    1.4.4.7 Resistance of Host Plant
    1.4.4.8 Aerial Photography
    1.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Exploration of Secondary Metabolites for Management of Chickpea Diseases
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Role of Endophytic Bacteria in the Management of Plant Diseases
    2.3 Secondary Metabolite Production
    2.3.1 Secondary Metabolites Associated with Rhizobacteria in the Management of Plant Diseases
    2.4 Production of Secondary Metabolites by Pseudomonas fluorescens
    2.5 Mode of Action of Secondary Metabolites Produced by Pseudomonads 2.6 Role of Biocontrol Agents in Induced Systemic Resistance (ISR) and Systemic Acquired Resistance (SAR)
    2.7 Future Perspective
    References
    Chapter 3: Integrated Fungal Foliar Diseases of Arid Legumes: Challenges and Strategies of Their Management in Rain-Fed Areas
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Chickpea
    3.2.1 Ascochyta Blight (Ascochyta rabiei)
    3.2.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.2.1.2 Control
    3.2.2 Botrytis Gray (Botrytis cinerea)
    3.2.2.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.2.2.2 Control
    3.3 Lentil
    3.3.1 Rust (Uromyces viciae-fabae Pers.) 3.3.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.3.1.2 Control
    3.3.2 Ascochyta Blight (Ascochyta lentis)
    3.3.2.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.3.2.2 Control
    3.4 Cowpea
    3.4.1 Anthracnose (Colletotrichum lindemuthianum Sacc. & Magn)
    3.4.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.4.1.2 Control
    3.4.2 Cercospora Leaf Spot (Cercospora canescens Fellis & Martin and Cercospora cruenta Sacc)
    3.4.2.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.4.2.2 Control
    3.5 Faba Bean
    3.5.1 Chocolate Leaf Spot (Botrytis fabae and Botrytis cinerea)
    3.5.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
    3.5.1.2 Control
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Santiago Horgan, Karl-Hermann Fuchs, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview on the established knowledge in the field of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) as well as a current insight into new algorithms involving new diagnostic tools and new endoscopic and surgical techniques. The integration of these new findings in updated therapeutic decision making is demonstrated. The book reviews the latest literature on new diagnostic findings to better discriminate between different benign disorders of the esophagus and stomach. It describes the decision making to establish indications for the variety of established and new therapeutic options in the management of the disease. It also describes in detail new therapeutic techniques, which provides excellent back-up information for every clinician in daily practice. Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease is a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons, nurses, technicians, students and researchers with an interest in esophageal and upper GI- disease.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Definition and Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Introduction and Definition
    The Anatomy of the Esophagus and Stomach
    Pathophysiology of GERD
    The Incompetence of the LES
    The Transient Lower Esophageal Sphincter Relaxations (TLESRs)
    Histopathologic Considerations
    Pathophysiologic Overview and Summary
    References
    2: Symptom Spectrum in Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Introduction
    Diagnostic Workup for Patients with Symptoms Indicative of GERD
    The Variety of Symptoms in Patients with GERD Symptom Profile of Esophageal Motility Disorders
    GERD Symptoms and Somatoform Disorders
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Diagnostic Investigations in GERD
    Introduction
    Diagnostic Investigations
    Endoscopy
    Radiographic Investigations
    Impedance-pH Monitoring
    High-Resolution Manometry (HRM)
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Medical Therapy of GERD
    Introduction
    Lifestyle Intervention in GERD
    Medical Therapy
    Safety of PPI Therapy
    Problems with PPI Therapy
    References
    5: Indications for Interventional and Surgical Therapy in GERD Basic Considerations for Alternative Options to Medical Therapy
    Indication for Antireflux Surgery
    Indications for Antireflux Surgery in Special Circumstances
    Indication for Surgery in the Elderly
    Indication for Antireflux Surgery in Patients with NERD (Nonerosive Reflux Disease)
    Indication for Antireflux Surgery in Patients with Extra-Esophageal Symptoms
    Indication for Antireflux Surgery in Patients with Delayed Gastric Emptying
    References
    6: Endoscopic Therapy for GERD
    Introduction
    Indications and Contraindications
    Technical Aspects of Currently Available EART Endoscopic Full-Thickness Plication
    Radiofrequency Ablation
    Endoscopic Mucosa Resection
    Clinical Evidence for EART
    Endoscopic Fundoplication
    Radiofrequency Ablation
    Endoscopic Mucosa Resection
    Complications
    Summary
    References
    7: Surgical Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Indications
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Operative Procedures
    Nissen Fundoplication
    Partial Fundoplication
    Belsey Mark IV Fundoplication
    Magnetic Sphincter Augmentation
    Endoscopic Methods
    Gastric Bypass
    Comparative Outcomes
    Conclusion
    References 8: The Nissen Fundoplication
    Introduction
    The Principle of Action of a Nissen Fundoplication
    Operative Technique
    Special Issues
    Results of Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    Conclusion
    References
    9: The Posterior Partial Toupet Hemifundoplication
    Introduction
    Operative Technique
    Special Issues About the Partial Fundoplication
    Results of Partial Toupet Hemifundoplication
    Conclusion
    References
    10: Controversies Regarding Mesh Implantation for Hiatal Reinforcement in GERD and Hiatal Hernia Surgery
    Introduction
    Basic Pathophysiology of Hiatal Hernias
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Carlo Trombetta, Giovanni Liguori, Michele Bertolotto, editors.
    Summary: This book is especially focused on the surgical aspect on Gender Dysphoria. Male to female surgery is widely discussed as well as the female to male conversion. Full information on hormone administration and surgical procedures are provided. Mental health issues are also described, as well as ethics, the law and psychosocial issues. The text is extensively referenced and includes numerous photos, tables and figures to clearly illustrate information. Based on collaboration between international experts in transgender health, this book is an essential guide for health care professionals, educators, students, patients and patients? families concerning the psychological, hormonal, surgical and social support of transgender individuals.

    Contents:
    Part I General Aspects: Sexual Ambiguity: Development Of Judgement And Evaluation Criteria Over The Centuries
    Gender dysphoria: definition and evolution through the years
    The DSM Diagnostic Criteria For Gender Dysphoria
    Epidemiologic Considerations On Transsexualism
    Etiopathogenetic Hypotheses Of Transsexualism
    Imaging: Examination Technique
    Clinical Management Of Gender Dysphoria In Adolescents
    Part II Management of Male to Female: Psychological Characteristics And Sexuality Of Natal Males With Gender Dysphoria
    Endocrine Treatment Of Transsexual Male To Female Persons
    Surgical Therapy: My Personal Technique
    Surgical Therapy: Vaginoplasty In Male Transsexuals Using Penile Skin And Urethral Flap
    Surgical Therapy: Construction Of The Neovagina Using The Pelvic Peritoneum
    Surgical Therapy: Technical Suggestions For Better And Lasting Functional And Aesthetic Outcomes In Manufacturing The Neoclitoris
    Surgical Therapy: Feminization Laryngoplasty
    Surgical Therapy: Mastoplasty
    Complications Of Male To Female Vaginoplasty
    Surgery In Complications: Colon Vaginoplasty
    Surgery In Complications: Ileal Vaginoplasty
    Surgery In Complications: Management Of Prolapse
    Evaluation Of Lower Urinary Tract Function After Surgery
    Follow Up Of Patients After Male To Female (Mtf) Sex Reassignment Surgery (Srs)
    Quality Of Life After Sexual Reassignment Surgery
    Imaging
    Part III Management Of Female To Male: The Hot Questions In Prepubertal Gender Dysphoria In Girls
    The Female-To-Male Medical Treatment
    Surgical Therapy: Pedicle Anterolateral Thigh Flap
    Surgical Therapy: Free Forearm Flap
    Surgical Therapy: Metoidioplasty Technique And Results
    Surgical Therapy: Phalloplasthy With Suprapubic Flap-Pryor?s Technique
    Surgical Therapy: Total Phalloplasty Using Latissimus Dorsi Flap
    Surgical Therapy: Chest Wall Contouring For Female-To-Male Transsexuals
    Surgical Therapy: Possible One Step Solutions
    Surgical Therapy: Scrotal Reconstruction In Female-To-Male Transsexuals
    Complications
    Penile Prosthesis Implantation In Phalloplasty In Female To Male Transsexuals
    Imaging
    Part IV Legislative, Ethical And Health Policy Aspects: Ethical Issues For The Practitioner Work In The Transgender Care
    Transgender Identity And Sexually Transmitted Diseases Including HIV
    Answers To Fertility Request.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sanjiv C. Nair, Srinivasa R. Chandra, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a simple, step-by-step guide to the identification and sequential management of vascular lesions in the body. Since most vascular lesions occur in the head and neck area, the surgical interventions present challenges with regard to facial growth, airway management and reconstruction options. This book explores the treatment of head and neck vascular malformations and tumors from the perspectives of various specialties, such as otolaryngology, and pediatric, maxillofacial and plastic surgery. It covers surgical anatomy, pathophysiology, molecular basis, medical treatment, current embolization guidelines and surgical resection and reconstruction options for each type of tumor. It also discusses interventional and diagnostic radiological techniques. Written by leading international specialists, the book is a valuable resource for craniofacial, pediatric, maxillofacial, head and neck, and plastic surgeons as well as pediatricians and otolaryngologists.

    Contents:
    Terminology and classifications of head and neck vascular lesions
    Pathophysiology and molecular diagnosis of head and neck vascular lesions
    History, presentation, evaluation, evolution and findings of head and neck vascular lesions
    Congenital lesions and syndromes associated with vascular lesions
    Radiological techniques for evaluation, diagnosis and management of head and neck vascular lesions
    Medical management of head and neck vascular lesions
    Pre-surgical interventions in head and neck vascular lesions
    Anatomical and surgical considerations in head and neck vascular lesions
    Vascular tumor management cases
    Surgical management of head and neck vascular lesions
    Reconstruction of head and neck vascular lesions
    Lasers and nonsurgical modalities for head and neck vascular lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Baliga, R. R.; Haas, Garrie J.; Raman, Jai.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive review for practitioners of all persuasions involved in the management of patients with heart failure. Heart failure is a problem of epidemic proportions in all parts of the world. State of the art treatment may not be accessible to all, but simply creating an awareness of simple methods of diagnosis and treatment would assist in promoting a better global response to this epidemic. This revised edition, written by a panel of world-renown cardiology experts, focuses on the medical management of heart failure and outlines the causes, etiopathology and mechanisms in such a way that most health care professionals can grasp the concepts. The book details the common investigations, clinical profiles and therapeutic paths required of all clinicians with these patients under their care. Management of Heart Failure - Volume 1: Medical will be essential reading for all specialists dealing with patients with or who are at risk of heart failure, including but not limited to cardiologists, emergency medicine physicians, critical care physicians, interventionalists, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, advanced practice nurses and cardiac surgeons. Volume 2: Surgical will be essential reading for all specialists dealing with patients with or who are at risk of heart failure, including but not limited to cardiologists, emergency medicine physicians, critical care physicians, anesthesiologists, interventionalists and cardiothoracic surgeons.

    Contents:
    v. 1. Medical / edited by Ragavendra R. Baliga, Garrie J Jaas
    v. 2 Surgical / edited by Jai Raman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Ulrich Wedding, Riccardo A. Audisio, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the management of hematological cancer and provides guidance on the management issues specific to older patients, spanning background and epidemiology, special considerations in the management of older people, therapeutics and psychosocial considerations. Management of Hematological Cancers in Older People aims to provide an up-to-date review of the literature in each of the major areas relating to the management of older hematological cancer patients, and makes recommendations for best practice and future research. The authors come from a broad geographic spread including the UK, mainland Europe and North America to ensure a worldwide relevance. Management of Hematological Cancers in Older People will appeal to surgical oncologists, medical oncologists and other members of the multidisciplinary team.

    Contents:
    1. Haematological Malignancies in the Elderly: The epidemiological Perspective
    2. Anemia, Fatigue & Aging
    3. Myelodysplastic Syndromes in Older Patients
    4. Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    5. Chronic myelogeneous leukemia
    6. Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    7. Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
    8. Indolent Lymphomas in Older Patients
    9. Mantel Cell Lymphoma
    10. Hodgkin Lymphoma in the Elderly
    11. Diffuse large B-Cell Non-Hodgkin ́s lymphoma (DLBCL- NHL)
    12. Multiple Myeloma
    13. Geriatric Assessment
    14. Nursing Issues
    15. General considerations on treatment in older patients with haematological malignancies
    16. General Consideration on Radiotherapy in older patients with haematological malignancies
    17. Supportive Care in older patients with haematological malignancies
    18. Patients reported outcome / Quality of life
    19. Palliative care issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Jose G. Guillem, Garrett Friedman.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the clinical management of hereditary colorectal cancer. The text focuses on six distinct patient groups: patients with elderly age-of-onset colorectal cancer and adenomas, patients with hamartomatous colorectal polyps, patients afflicted with familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), patients with attenuated familial adenomatous polyposis (AFAP), patients with MYH associated polyposis (MAP), and patients afflicted with lynch syndrome (LS). Each chapter illustrates how clinicians utilize current technologies in genetic testing, pathological review, and endoscopic, surgical, and chemotherapeutic/immunotherapeutic approaches to manage these patient groups. Topics such as the timing of genetic testing, endoscopic screening and surveillance, prophylactic surgical options and chemo-preventive interventions are also discussed in concise yet precise detail. Written by experts in their fields, Management of Hereditary Colorectal Cancer: A Multidisciplinary Approach is a valuable and timely resource for gastroenterologists, surgeons, genetic counselors, medical oncologists, psychologists, and any health caregivers involved with the management of patients and families afflicted with a hereditary form of colorectal cancer. .

    Contents:
    Early Age-of-Onset Colorectal Carcinoma: An Emerging Public Health Issue
    Management of Hamartomatous Polyps
    Familial Adenomatous Polyposis: Prophylactic Management of the Colon and Rectum
    Familial Adenomatous Polyposis Surveillance Post IPAA or IRA
    Familial Adenomatous Polyposis: Management of Upper Gastrointestinal Polyps
    Desmoids in Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
    Hepatoblastoma in Infants Born to Parents with Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
    MYH-Associated Polyposis: Manifestations, Management and Surveillance of the Colorectum
    Lynch Syndrome: Management of the Colon- What Operation?
    Lynch Syndrome: Management of Rectum- What Operation?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Kshipra Misra, Priyanka Sharma, Anuja Bhardwaj.
    Summary: Management of High Altitude Pathophysiology presents a comprehensive overview on the various therapeutic practices and ongoing research relating to the development of more potent and novel formulations for managing high altitude pathophysiology. It provides a detailed application of both herbal and non-herbal therapeutic agents, including their nanoformulations. This important reference provides benefits to the medical and herbal scientific communities, doctors treating patients with high altitude complications, individuals travelling to high altitudes for recreation or work, and scientists working on future drug development.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Brahm H. Segal, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of the concepts vital to a modern treatment of common and opportunistic infections in the immunocompromised host. Chapters are written by experts in the field, and include their views on gaps in the field and future directions of research. This book begins with an overview of the normally functioning immune system followed by a detailed discussion of the major primary immunodeficiencies. Specific chapters are dedicated to providing practical knowledge in the prevention and treatment of infections in specific immunocompromised patients, including those with cancer, transplant recipients, HIV infection, and autoimmune disorders. Emphasis is placed on diagnostic evaluation, antimicrobial selection that includes consideration of the threat of antimicrobial-resistant pathogens, and immunotherapy tailored to specific patients. Finally, dedicated chapters on stem cell transplantation for patients with primary immunodeficiencies, adoptive cellular immunotherapy, and gene therapy will provide readers with insight into these rapidly evolving and cutting edge therapies. Management of Infections in the Immunocompromised Host is a valuable resource for infectious diseases specialists, immunologists, oncologists, hematologists, general physicians, students, researchers, and all other working with immunocompromised patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bertrand Richert, Nilton Di Chiacchio, Marie Caucanas, Nilton Gioia Di Chiacchio.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Joseph D. Feuerstein, Adam S. Cheifetz, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides a concise, state-of-the-art overview on the management of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) in the hospitalized patient. The book reviews epidemiology and risk factors for hospitalization in patients with ulcerative colitis (UC) and Crohns disease, as well as medical and surgical management strategies for patients hospitalized with UC or Crohn's disease. The book also highlights complex disease management cases involving co-infection from clostridium difficile and/or CMV. The volume also spotlights nutrition management, quality of care, and management of pediatric and pregnant patients hospitalized with IBD flares.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and risk factors for hospitalization in patients with ulcerative colitis and Crohns disease
    Routine management of hospitalized patients with ulcerative colitis
    Management of hospitalized patients with ulcerative colitis refractory to corticosteroids
    Surgical management of hospitalized patients with ulcerative colitis
    Management of hospitalized patients with inflammatory and structuring Crohns disease
    Management of hospitalized patients with Crohns related abscess
    Surgical management of hospitalized patients with Crohns disease
    Management of hospitalized patients with inflammatory bowel disease and CMV infection or Clostridium Difficile infection
    Nutrition management in patients hospitalized with inflammatory bowel disease
    Quality of care in the management of hospitalized patients with inflammatory bowel disease
    Management of pediatric patients hospitalized with ulcerative colitis
    Management of pediatric patients hospitalized with Crohns disease
    Management of pregnant women hospitalized with a flare of inflammatory bowel disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David A. Parker, editor.
    Summary: This book is a rich source of practical guidance on the management of relatively young patients with osteoarthritis of the knee that will assist physicians and allied health professionals in enabling patients to remain active and sustain their quality of life. It provides up-to-date knowledge on the available treatment options, describes the evidence base for each option, and identifies the appropriate timing and indications. The book opens by considering the basic science behind osteoarthritis, which is critical to management. The many nonsurgical treatment modalities are then discussed, with particular focus on the importance of a multidisciplinary approach. Subsequent chapters address the role of surgical management, covering both techniques that attempt to preserve and possibly restore the native knee joint, such as meniscal and chondral surgery, arthroscopic debridement, and osteotomy for realignment of the joint, and those that involve joint replacement. The arthroplasty component of the text encompasses all areas of prosthetic resurfacing, including localized resurfacing, unicompartmental replacement, and total knee replacement. The book has been produced in cooperation with ISAKOS and the authors constitute an international faculty who provide a truly global perspective on the subject.

    Contents:
    Introduction, and Nonoperative Management: Osteoarthritis
    Definition, Aetiology & Natural History
    Nonsurgical Management of Osteoarthritis. Surgical Management: Meniscus Surgery
    Arthroscopic Debridement in the Presence of Osteoarthritis
    Cartilage Preservation & Restoration
    Osteotomy around the knee
    Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
    Total Knee Arthroplasty
    New and Evolving Surgical Techniques
    Conclusions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Susan Tsai, Paul S. Ritch, Beth A. Erickson, Douglas B. Evans, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive understanding for the rationale of neoadjuvant treatment sequencing for localized pancreatic cancer and to focus on accurate clinical staging and stage-specific treatment sequencing. Sections address important aspects of clinical management of localized pancreatic cancer from diagnosis to surgery. These areas include initial radiographic staging, management of obstructive jaundice, role of chemotherapy and chemoradiation in neoadjuvant therapy, assessment of treatment response, and operative considerations for complex vascular resections. A brief review of suggested readings addressing the particular topic follows in each section, as well as a summary of clinical "pearls". Management of Localized Pancreatic Cancer: Current Treatment and Challenges provides a comprehensive resource which clearly defines the principles of neoadjuvant therapy as well as a clinical framework for successful therapy. It serves as a valuable guide to physicians of multiple disciplines who are interested in utilizing neoadjuvant therapy for localized pancreatic cancer.

    Contents:
    The Future of Multidisciplinary Care in Pancreatic Cancer
    Clinical Staging of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma with MDCT and MRI
    Coordination of Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided FNA and Biliary Drainage in Pancreatic Cancer
    Importance of Carbohydrate Antigen 19-9 Monitoring in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer
    Treatment Sequencing for Resectable Disease
    Treatment Sequencing for Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    Delivery of Neoadjuvant versus Adjuvant Therapy in Localized Pancreatic Cancer
    Neoadjuvant Therapy for Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    New Classification of Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
    Treatment Sequencing for Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
    Role of Radiation for Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
    Molecular Profiling in Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma
    Genetic Counseling for Pancreatic Cancer
    Medical Nutrition Therapy throughout the Continuum of Care for Localized Pancreatic Cancer
    Role of 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose Positron Emission Tomography (FDG-PET) in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer
    The New Bench for the Academic Surgeon: Precision Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Jasmine Zain, Larry W Kwak ; contributors Michelle Afkhami [and 16 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Lars-Olof Hattenbach, editor.
    Summary: Sub- or preretinal hemorrhage involving the macula is a typical complication in a variety of ocular diseases, including age-related macular degeneration, arterial macroaneurysm, Valsalva retinopathy, and trauma. However, there is currently no consensus regarding the ideal treatment for macular hemorrhage. The purpose of this book on macular hemorrhage is twofold: it aims both to impart valuable information on pathophysiology, risk factors, diagnostic aspects, and prognostic criteria under different conditions and to provide a systematic overview of therapeutic approaches that cover the most important situations a vitreoretinal surgeon might encounter when treating patients with this disorder. Case presentations, clinical photographs, and an extensive review of the literature supplement the important information on clinical decision making, surgical techniques, and typical pitfalls and invite the reader to explore the advantages and disadvantages of various approaches to the management of macular hemorrhage.

    Contents:
    Types of Macular Hemorrhages and Clinical Appearance
    Macular Hemorrhage: Natural Course and Risk Factors
    Classification of Subretinal Hemorrhage
    The Pathophysiology of Subretinal Hemorrhage
    Anti-VEGF and Fibrinolytic Agents for the Management of Subretinal Hemorrhage
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Approaches to the Management of Macular Hemorrhages
    Surgical Treatment of Massive Subretinal Hemorrhage
    Macular Translocation in Submacular Hemorrhage Secondary to Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Retinal Pigment Epithelium and Choroid Translocation in Massive Submacular Hemorrhage.-Surgical and Nonsurgical Treatment of Pre-Retinal Hemorrhages
    Management of Trauma Associated Macular Hemorrhages.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eric J. Strauss, Laith M. Jazrawi, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: While the management of meniscal pathology is addressed in many large sports medicine textbooks, this dedicated book on the topic is a major addition to the information currently available for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, residents and fellows. As symptomatic meniscal tears remain among the most common musculoskeletal problems that are seen and treated, this up-to-date book on the evaluation and management of meniscal pathology, focused on current techniques and available evidence in the literature, is therefore extremely useful. To that end, The Management of Meniscal Pathology: From Meniscectomy to Repair and Transplantation is a comprehensive resource reviewing all aspects of managing symptomatic meniscal pathology. It is structured to proceed logically through an understanding of the anatomy and biomechanical importance of the meniscus in normal knee kinematics to the evaluation and treatment of meniscal tears and meniscal insufficiency. The chapters dedicated to the surgical management of meniscal pathology - including partial meniscectomy, meniscus repair, meniscal root repair and meniscal allograft transplantation - include step-by-step descriptions of various operative techniques, including pearls and pitfalls for the reader in addition to classic case examples. Non-operative approaches, as well as novel and emerging strategies and materials, are also highlighted, providing a well-rounded presentation of available techniques and outcomes.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Anatomy and Function
    Introduction
    History in Surgery
    Structure and Histology
    Embryology
    Gross Anatomy
    Tibial Insertion Ligaments
    Intermeniscal Ligament
    Meniscofemoral Ligaments
    Vasculature
    Function
    Summary
    References
    2: Epidemiology and Classification
    Epidemiology
    Classification
    Traumatic Tears
    Longitudinal Tear
    Radial Tear
    Root Tear
    Bucket Handle Tear
    Degenerative Tears
    Horizontal Tear
    Complex Tears
    Oblique
    Displaced
    Pediatric Tears
    Discoid
    Conclusion Vertical/Longitudinal Tears
    Radial Tears
    Horizontal Tears
    Complex Tears
    Meniscal Root Tears
    Displaced Meniscal Fragments/Flap Tears
    Bucket-Handle Tear
    Parameniscal Cyst
    Meniscal Extrusion
    Meniscocapsular Separation
    References
    4: Nonoperative Treatment of Meniscus Tears
    Introduction
    Function
    Mechanism of Meniscal Tears
    Nonoperative Treatment and Outcomes
    Summary of RCT Studies
    Corticosteroid Injections
    Orthobiologics
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Management of Meniscal Injuries: Resection to Repair
    Background Anatomy, Function, and Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Conservative Management
    Arthroscopic Partial Meniscectomy (APM)
    Technique
    Rehabilitation Following APM
    Return to Activity
    Indications and Outcomes of APM
    Age/Preoperative OA
    Total Versus Partial Meniscectomy
    Laterality
    Body Mass Index
    Degenerative Versus Nondegenerative Tears
    Radiographic Progression of OA
    Discussion
    Summary
    References
    6: Meniscus Repair
    Indications for Meniscal Repair
    Meniscus Repair Techniques
    Outcomes of Meniscal Repair
    Biologic Augmentation of Repair Rehab After Meniscal Repair
    Conclusions
    References
    7: Meniscal Root Repair
    Introduction
    Anatomy
    Medial Meniscus
    Lateral Meniscus
    Biomechanics
    Mechanism of Injury
    History and Physical Exam
    Imaging
    Classification
    Management Options
    Nonoperative Management
    Operative Management
    Medial Meniscus Root Repair Surgical Technique
    Lateral Meniscus Root Repair
    Postoperative Protocol
    Summary
    References
    8: Understanding and Treating the Discoid Meniscus
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Pathoanatomy and Histopathology
    Classification
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Karen Ventii, Amit Bahl, Raj Persad, Hanif Motiwala, David Albala.
    Summary: This book provides a systematic review of the management and treatment of this disease. The concise and highly structured chapters feature essential background knowledge and commentary on recent advances within each step of a range of patient pathways. Management of Muscle Invasive Bladder Cancer provides a framework for patients' care based on the research, as well as practically and clinically oriented guidelines. This book is relevant to trainees and practicing urologists and oncologists, in addition to medical professionals involved in the treatment of bladder cancer.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to muscle invasive bladder cancer
    2. Epidemiology and risk factors in muscle invasive bladder cancer
    3. The molecular basis of muscle invasive bladder cancer
    4. Histological variants in MIBC
    squamous cell and squamous differentiation
    5. Histological variants in muscle invasive bladder cancer - adenocarcinoma
    6. Histological variants in muscle invasive bladder Cancer
    sarcomatoid cancer
    7. MIBC Carcinosarcoma
    8. Muscle invasive bladder cancer- small cell
    9. MIBC plasmacytoid
    10. MIBC and micropapillary bladder cancer
    11. MIBC bladder cancer assessment and diagnosis
    12. A systematic review on blue light cystoscopy in bladder cancer diagnostics
    13. A systematic review on the staging conundrum in bladder cancer
    14. Current state of investigations and limitations in muscle invasive bladder cancer
    15. Risk stratification in bladder cancer
    16. Preventative measures for those with high risk MIBC
    17. Bladder cancer risk post pelvic irradiation
    18. A systematic review on bladder preservation strategies and MIBC
    19. Partial cystectomy
    20. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    21. Controversies in clinical effectiveness of neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    22. Trimodal therapy in bladder cancer
    23. Systematic review on trimodal therapy in bladder cancer
    24. Trimodal therapy
    a systematic review
    25. Reviews related to trimodal therapy for MIBC
    26. Radical cystectomy lap open robotic
    27. Prostate sparing cystectomy
    a systematic review
    28. A systematic review on nerve sparing cystoprostatectomy
    29. MIBC
    orthotopic vs ileal conduit
    30. MIBC
    a systematic review on orthotopic neobladder vs. ileal conduit
    31. MIBC and radical cystectomy in the elderly
    32. MIBC radical radiotherapy
    33. MIBC
    quality of life with urinary diversion
    34. Neoadjuvant chemotherapy for muscle invasive bladder cancer
    35. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and the staging conundrum
    36. Radical cystectomy outcomes
    37. Muscle Invasive bladder cancer and neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    38. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and the staging conundrum
    39. Physical pre-habilitation prior to radical cystectomy
    40. Exercise therapy pre surgery
    41. Patient fitness for surgery
    42. CPEX testing prior to major urological surgery
    43. Cardio-pulmonary exercise testing and major urological surgery
    44. Robotic radical cystectomy and enhanced recovery
    45. The robotic approach to redo surgery
    46. Robotic cystectomy and intracorporeal neobladder formation
    47. Secondary pelvic malignancies and bladder cancer
    48. Organ sparing cystectomy
    49. Robotic radical cystectomy
    50. Robotic cystectomy and intracorporeal stoma formation
    51. Orthotopic neobladders vs. ileal conduits
    52. The role of enhanced recovery in robotic cystectomy
    53. Robotic radical cystectomy and lymph node dissection
    54. Robotic cystectomy and sentinel node mapping
    55. Robotic radical cystectomy and intracorporeal stoma formation
    56. Lap vs open vs robotic cystectomy
    57. A systematic review on obesity in bladder cancer
    58. Systematic review results on obesity in bladder cancer
    59. Reviews on BMI and bladder cancer
    60. Survivorship Issues in muscle invasive bladder cancer
    61. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and health related quality of life
    62. Body image in bladder cancer
    63. The rationale for neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    64. Support for partners in bladder cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wade R. Smith, Philip F. Stahel, editors.
    Summary: Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the Trauma Patient summarizes the most current concepts and clinical practices for the management of the patient with musculoskeletal traumatic injuries. The text covers optimal time frames for stabilization of orthopedic injuries and strategies to mitigate systemic injury while minimizing damage due to pelvic, spine and long bone trauma. The volume covers the gamut of traumatic axial and extremity injuries, including cervico-lumbar-thoracic spine injuries, spinal cord injuries, long bone fractures with special emphasis on the femoral shaft, pelvic and acetabular injuries, open fractures, mangled extremities, upper extremity injuries, combination and severe soft tissues injuries and periarticular fractures. These are discussed in the context of isolated injury and combined with orthopedic injuries of the brain, abdomen, chest and other musculoskeletal injuries. Written by internationally recognized experts, Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the Trauma Patient is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons.

    Contents:
    Musculoskeletal Injury
    Perioperative Management
    The Pediatric Patient
    Management of Injuries in the Geriatric Trauma Patient
    The Multiply Injured Patient
    Femur Fractures
    Pelvic Fractures
    Spine Fractures
    Open Fractures and Limb Salvage
    Compartment Syndrome
    Closed Fractures and Dislocations
    Shock and Coagulopathy
    Closed Head Injury
    Chest Trauma and Lung Contusions
    Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and the Open Abdomen
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eric Raymond, Sandrine Faivre, Philippe Ruszniewski editors.
    Summary: This book pursues a multidisciplinary approach, presenting chapters with updated information on various aspects of treatment for patients with neuroendocrine tumors. Authors have been selected from expert centers in Europe and the United States. The goal of this book is to comprehensively summarize recent data and provide inspiring ideas to optimize the care of patients with neuroendocrine tumors. Neuroendocrine tumors are fascinating multifaceted diseases that can primarily localize in many organs with various presentations. These tumors are rare but their increasing incidence renders likely that physicians caring for cancers may have either already faced or may be certainly exposed to diagnose and/or treat a patient with neuroendocrine tumors. Over the last years, novel therapeutic options have emerged for neuroendocrine tumors, profoundly challenging practices that had previously been the standards for decades. These include - but are not limited to - somatostatin analogues, targeted therapies such as tyrosine kinase and mTOR inhibitors, antiangiogenic compounds, but also peptide-receptor targeted therapy or radioembolization. This changing field has generated novel treatment algorithms to guide medical decisions. To better understand and handle the multidisciplinary approaches that are required for optimizing the care of neuroendocrine tumor patients, physicians are now looking for references from experts and comprehensive reviews summarizing current knowledge on treatments for patients with neuroendocrine tumors.

    Contents:
    Scintigraphy in Endocrine Tumors of the Gut
    Profiling the PI3K/Akt/Mtor Intracellular Pathway in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Relevance of Angiogenesis in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Advances with Somatostatin Analogues in Neuroendocrine Tumors: The Promise of Radionuclides in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Streptozotocin-Based Chemotherapy is not History in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Place of Surgical Resection in the Treatment Strategy in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Endoscopic Resection of Gastrointestinal Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Liver-Targeting Therapies in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Inhibition of Mtor in Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Digestive Tract
    Sunitinib in Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Clinical Management of Targeted Therapies in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Imaging Tumor Response to Angiogenesis Inhibitors in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Resistance to Targeted Therapies in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    New Anticancer Agents in Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Management of Symptoms and Patient Related Outcome Optimization in Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Digestive Tract
    Clinical Approaches of Emergencies in NET.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Raj Persad, Hanif Motiwala, David Albala.
    Summary: This book covers the latest advances in non-muscle invasive bladder cancer care. It provides a review of the available evidence base for the efficacy of a range of therapeutic techniques, diagnostic procedures and risk factors. Management of Non-Muscle Invasive Bladder Cancer features detailed guidance in uniformly formatted chapters on how to properly apply a range of available therapeutic treatments relevant for patient care. It is a valuable resource for all trainee and practising medical professionals who treat these patients.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Part I Background and Pathology on Bladder Cancer; 1 Background on Bladder Cancer; References; 2 Introduction to Bladder Cancer Type and Therapy; References; Part II Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer; 3 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Sqaumous Cell Carcinoma and Squamous Differentiation; References; 4 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Adenocarcinoma; 4.1 Histopathology of Bladder Adenocarcinoma; 4.2 Survival Outcomes in Adenocarcinoma of the Urinary Bladder 4.3 Surgical Management of Adenocarcinoma of the Bladder4.4 Urachal Adenocarcinoma-Surgical Management; 4.5 Chemotherapy in Metastatic Adenocarcinoma of the Bladder; References; 5 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Sarcomatoid Differentiation; 5.1 Histopathology of Sarcomatoid Bladder Tumours; 5.2 Management in Paediatric Cases; 5.3 Clinical Presentation, Biphasic, Monophasic Components of Sarcomatoid Bladder Cancer; 5.4 Surgical Management of Sarcomatoid Differentiation of Bladder Cancer; 5.5 Survival Outcomes in Sarcomatoid Differentiation of Bladder Cancer; References 6 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Carcinosarcoma6.1 Histopathology of Carcinosarcoma of the Bladder; 6.2 Clinical Presentation of Carcinosarcoma of the Bladder; 6.3 Surgical Management of Carcinoma of the Bladder; 6.4 Survival Outcomes and Prognosis in Carcinosarcoma of the Bladder; References; 7 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Carcinoma; 7.1 Variant Histology in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Incidence and Histopathology; 7.2 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Treatment; 7.3 Bladder Sparing in Small Cell Carcinoma 7.4 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Survival Outcomes7.5 Histological Variants in Small Cell Carcinoma of the Urinary Bladder-Radiotherapy; 7.6 Cranial Irradiation in Small Cell Bladder Cancer; References; 8 Histological Variants-Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.1 Diagnostics in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.2 Histological Variants-Clinical Presentation of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.3 Histological Variants-Histopathology of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.4 Histological Variants-Surgical Management of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer 8.5 Metastatic Spread of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer8.6 Surgical and Adjuvant Management in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.7 Prognosis in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.8 Metastatic Pattern of Spread-Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.9 Systematic Chemotherapy in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; References; Part III Epidemiology and Risk Factors in Bladder Cancer; 9 Introduction to Epidemiology of Bladder Cancer; 9.1 Smoking; 9.2 Occupational Exposure; 9.3 Age and Gender Related Disease; References; 10 Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Occupational Hazards-A Systematic Review; References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Aparna Govil Bhasker, Nimisha Kantharia, Sarfaraz Baig, Pallawi Priya, Mariam Lakdawala, Miloni Shah Sanchet, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the management of various metabolic, nutritional and hormonal complications that arise after bariatric surgery. Until now bariatric surgeons have focused on mastering the surgical technique and reducing surgical complications. A number of metabolic and nutritional complications in the post-surgical phase can remain undiagnosed or unreported with a potential for irreversible morbidity. The book is edited by a team of experienced surgeons and bariatric nutritionists to provide a balanced perspective on the subject. It includes chapters on the prevention and subsequent diagnosis and management of these complications early in the course and explaining each complication with one or more suitable case reports. This book is relevant for practicing as well as aspiring bariatric surgeons, nutritionists/dieticians and bariatric physicians.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: The Disease That Is Obesity
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The Epidemiology of Obesity in 2019
    1.3 Causes of Obesity
    1.4 Consequences of Obesity
    1.5 Discussion
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    2: Associated Co-morbid Conditions of Clinically Severe Obesity
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Impaired Glucose Tolerance and Diabetes Mellitus
    2.3 Hypertension
    2.4 Heart Disease
    2.5 Dyslipidemia
    2.6 Cerebrovascular Disease
    2.7 Metabolic Syndrome
    2.8 Pulmonary Diseases
    2.9 Gastrointestinal Diseases 2.10 Reproductive Disease
    2.11 Psychosocial and Psychiatric Problems
    2.12 Osteoarthritis
    2.13 Cancer
    2.14 Conclusions
    References
    3: Pre-existing Nutritional Deficiencies Associated with Obesity
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Obesity: A State of Malnutrition
    3.3 Causes of Nutritional Deficiencies in Individuals Suffering from Obesity
    3.4 An Overview on Physiology of Various Nutrients in the Body
    3.4.1 Iron
    3.5 Calcium and Vitamin D
    3.6 Water Soluble: B-Vitamins
    3.7 Fat-Soluble Vitamins: Vitamin A, E and K
    3.8 Zinc 3.9 Management of Pre-operative Nutritional Deficiencies
    3.10 Conclusion
    References
    4: Bariatric Procedures: Anatomical and Physiological Changes
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Anatomical Changes of Procedures Without Small Bowel Diversion
    4.2.1 Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Band
    4.2.2 Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    4.3 Anatomical Changes in Procedures with Small Bowel Diversion
    4.3.1 Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    4.3.2 One-Anastomosis Gastric Bypass
    4.3.3 Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch 4.4 Physiological Changes on GI Tract After Bariatric Procedures
    4.5 Food Intake
    4.6 Gastric Emptying: Digestive Motility
    4.7 Digestion and Absorption
    4.8 Micronutrient Deficiencies
    4.9 Macronutrient Deficiencies
    4.10 Enterohormones
    4.11 Gut Microbiota
    4.12 Conclusion
    References
    5: Nutritional Deficiencies After Bariatric Surgery
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Mechanism of Deficiency
    5.3 Macronutrients
    5.4 Micronutrients
    5.5 Clinical Manifestation
    5.6 Lab Tests
    5.7 Supplementation
    5.8 Case Reports
    5.8.1 Case 1
    5.8.2 Case 2 7.7 Steatorrhoea and Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ki Beom Kim, Reza Movahed, Raman K. Malhotra, Jeffrey J. Stanley, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on the etiology, pathophysiology, medical implications, diagnosis, and surgical and nonsurgical treatment of obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Divided into five parts, the book begins with principles and fundamentals of OSA and its diagnostic considerations. Subsequent parts then address non-surgical management, surgical management, and maxillomandibular advancements for OSA. Chapters seek to approach this common disorder from the viewpoint of multiple specialties, thereby promoting the development of a broad strategy for the evaluation and management of OSA patients that draws on each of them. An invaluable reference, Management of Obstructive Sleep Apnea: An Evidence-Based, Multidisciplinary Textbook meets the needs of advanced dental and medical students, orthodontic, maxillofacial, ENT, neurology, and plastic surgery residents, and sleep medicine and pulmonary physicians.

    Contents:
    Principles and Fundamentals: Introduction
    Anatomical Aspects of Airway
    Classification of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    Pathophysiology of OSA
    Pediatric Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    Health Consequences of OSA
    Psychological Effect of OSA. Diagnostic Considerations: Clinical Evaluation of OSA Patients
    Temporomandibular Evaluation
    Obesity and OSA
    Diagnostic Testing (Polysomnography And Home Sleep Apnea Testing)
    Airway Imaging
    Craniofacial Morphology Related to OSA
    Craniofacial Syndromes And Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    Biomarkers Associated with OSA
    Orthodontic Considerations for OSA Patients. Non-Surgical Management of the OSA Patient: Conservative Options for Management for OSA
    Positive Airway Therapy (CPAP, APAP And BPAP)
    Oral Appliance Therapy
    Emerging Therapies. Surgical Management of the OSA Patient: Surgical Considerations for OSA Patients
    Tonsillectomy and Adenoidectomy
    Nasal Surgery for OSA Patients
    Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty and Laser-Assisted Uvulopalatoplasty
    Transpalatal Advancement Pharyngoplasty
    Radiofrequency Ablation
    Tongue and Hyoid Procedures
    Hypoglossal Nerve Stimulation
    Maxillomandibular Advancement
    Computational Fluid Dynamics in OSA
    Orthognathic Surgical Considerations in OSA Patients
    Individualized Orthodontic Treatment and Surgical Plan for Patients with OSA.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Micheal Tadros, George Y. Wu, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, state-of-the-art overview of occult GI bleeding. The text reviews the epidemiology, screening and detection methods for localization, and prominent treatment strategies for occult GI bleeding. It also features a dedicated section on special patient populations including children, premenopausal women, older adults, and patients with other predisposing, and complicating medical conditions. This volume is supplemented with numerous color illustrations, photographs, and table, and is one of the few dedicated resources on occult GI bleeding. Written by experts in the field, Management of Occult GI Bleeding: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and students who are involved in the treatment of patients with occult GI bleeding.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to the Clinical Approach and Management of Occult Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Non-Invasive Office Screening Methods
    Endoscopic Detection
    Radiologic Detection
    Esophagus
    Etiologies of Occult Gastroduodenum Bleeding
    Occult Small Bowel Bleeding
    Occult Lower GI Bleeding
    Occult GI Bleeding: The Biliary-Pancreatic System
    Bipolar and Monopolar Cautery, Clips, Bands, Spray, Injections, Embolization, and Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Pediatrics
    Premenopausal Women
    Occult GI Bleeding: Considerations in Older Adults
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding in Native Cardiovascular Disease and Implantable Cardiac Devices
    NSAIDs/Anticoagulation
    Genetic Causes of Occult Gastrointestinal Bleeding.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seanna Grob, Carolyn Kloek, editors.
    Summary: This book uses a unique case-based approach to review the intra-operative and peri-operative management of patients with severe ocular trauma and open globe injuries. The case- based structure of this text allows readers to easily reference the type of injury they are treating in order to assist with management of their patients and to recognize indications to involve other ophthalmic and surgical specialties in the management of patients with open globe injuries. Management of Open Globe Injuries will be an indispensable resource for ophthalmologists who are called upon to care for patients who have suffered open globe trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sudhir Bahadur, Subramania Iyer, editors.
    Summary: Tumor biology varies at different subsites in the oral cavity, and therefore carcinoma of the gingivo-buccal sulcus (also known as Indian cancer) behaves differently from carcinoma of the tongue. Oral cancer is very often diagnosed at an advanced stage with neck metastasis, and most cases have a guarded prognosis. Loco-regional recurrences are frequent and morbidity following treatment is considerable. However, results have improved in recent years, particularly in early and certain advanced stages, due to better imaging and case selection, improved surgical techniques, including those for reconstructive surgery, a multidisciplinary team approach and a better understanding of tumor biology and prognostic factors. This book comprehensively and systematically reviews all these aspects of diagnostic and therapeutic advances in oral cancer, particularly discussing early detection, epidemiology, chemoprevention and current research. Written by specialists who are active leaders in basic sciences or clinical fields, the chapters address individual and collective issues in managing patients with oral cancer, and provide insights into various treatment approaches. The authors share their knowledge and experience and provide extensive literature sources to encourage clinicians to be flexible, innovative and help them make the best, educated decisions for individual patients.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of oral cancers
    Molecular biology of oral cancers
    Pathology, histology and precancerous oral lesions
    Surgical anatomy, mandible and tumor spread in oral cancers
    Tumors of oral cavity: Diagnosis, assessment and staging/treatment guidelines
    Tumors of gingivo-buccal sulcus
    Tumors of the tongue
    Management of neck metastasis in oral cancers
    Residual/Recurrent oral tumors
    Complications of surgery in oral cancers
    Reconstruction of soft tissue defects in oral cancers
    Reconstruction of mandible after oral cancer surgery
    Principles of radiotherapy in oral cancers
    Quality of life issues in oral cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hisham Marwan, Yoh Sawatari, Michael Peleg.
    Summary: This excellently illustrated book provides a thorough overview of the management of orbito-zygomaticomaxillary fractures, which can be complex since both function and facial form may be affected. Practical guidance is offered on all aspects, including clinical examination, CT assessment, surgical planning, surgical access and techniques, soft tissue management, intra- and postoperative assessment, and management of complications. In addition, important technological advancements in planning and treatment are described, including the use of navigation systems and 3D printing. Finally, the authors discuss strategies involving delayed surgical intervention and revision surgery for the malpositioned zygomatic maxillary complex. Management of Orbito-zygomaticomaxillary Fractures will be of value for oral and maxillofacial/craniomaxillofacial surgeons at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Zygomaticomaxillary Complex Anatomy
    2: Preoperative Assessment before Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
    2.1 Clinical Examination
    2.1.1 Assessment for Function
    2.1.2 Assessment for Facial Deformity
    2.1.2.1 Orbit and Ocular Structures
    2.1.2.2 Malar Area
    2.1.2.3 Zygomatic Arch
    2.2 Radiographic Examination
    2.2.1 Defining the OZM
    2.2.2 Displacement (Degree and Direction)
    2.2.3 Comminution
    2.2.4 Orbit
    3: Preoperative Surgical Planning
    3.1 Does the Patient Require Surgical Intervention? 3.2 Which Fractures Must Be Addressed?
    3.3 Does the Orbit Require Reconstruction?
    3.4 Which Access Type Will Be Necessary?
    3.5 Surgical Sequence
    4: Surgical Access to Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Fractures
    4.1 Intraoral Approach
    4.2 Periorbital Approaches
    4.2.1 Approaches to the ZF Suture
    4.2.1.1 Lateral Eyebrow
    4.2.1.2 Upper Blepharoplasty
    4.2.2 Approaches to the Floor/Inferior Orbital Rim
    4.2.2.1 Subciliary
    4.2.2.2 Midtarsal Approach (Subtarsal)
    4.2.2.3 Infraorbital Approach
    4.2.2.4 Transconjunctival Approach
    4.3 Preauricular Approach 4.4 Coronal Approach
    4.5 Gillies Approach
    Suggested Readings
    5: Fixation Techniques for Stabilizing Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Fracture
    6: Soft Tissue Management in Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
    6.1 Type of Soft Tissue Injuries
    6.2 Timing of Repair
    6.3 Management of Primary Periorbital Injuries
    6.4 Management of Primary Cheek Injuries
    6.5 Soft Tissue Management during the Surgical Approach
    6.5.1 Coronal Approach
    6.5.2 Lower Eyelid Approach
    Suggested Reading
    7: Intraoperative Evaluation during Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery 8: Postoperative Assessment After Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
    8.1 Assessment
    8.1.1 Linear Measurements
    8.1.2 Angle Measurements
    8.1.3 Surface Area
    8.1.4 Volume
    8.1.5 Comparison of Preoperative and Postoperative 3D Reconstruction
    9: Complications Associated with Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
    9.1 The Failure to Achieve the Desired Outcome
    9.2 Iatrogenic Complications: Access-Related Complication
    9.3 Fixation Plate Exposure/Sensitivity
    9.4 Neurosensory Disturbances
    9.5 Alopecia from Coronal Incision
    9.6 Eyelid Malposition 10: New Advances in the Planning and Management of Orbital Zygomaticomaxillary Fractures
    10.1 In-House 3D Printing
    10.2 Intraoperative Computed Tomography
    Suggested Reading
    11: Management of Post-Traumatic Orbital Zygomaticomaxillary Deformities and Secondary Reconstruction
    11.1 Surgical Planning
    11.2 Osteotomy and Fixation Technique
    Suggested Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Antonia Chen, MD, MBA, Director of research in Arthroplasty, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Brigham and Women's Hospital; Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.
    Summary: "Orthopaedic infections represent common, potentially devastating, and sometimes fatal complications that can occur after any surgery. Infections associated with orthopaedic trauma are especially prevalent, and there is an increasing incidence of bone infections linked to a greater number of joint arthroplasties being performed annually. Management of Orthopaedic Infections: A Practical Guide by renowned orthopaedic surgeon and researcher Antonia Chen is a practical clinical reference to assist clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of challenging infections spanning the entire orthopaedic specialty"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Detection of Microbes in Orthopaedic Infections / Michael Henry, Andy O. Miller, and Barry D. Brause
    Antibiotics for Orthopaedic Infections / Alaina S. Ritter and Sandra B. Nelson
    Irrigation Solutions for Orthopaedic Infections / Michael Yayac, Samuel J. Clarkson, Craig Della Valle, and Javad Parvizi
    Surgical Wound Dressings after Treating Orthopaedic Infections / Patrick Moody and Bryan Springer
    Osteomyelitis / Martin McNally
    Treatment of the Septic Native Joint / Timothy L. Tan and Sommer Hammoud
    Management of Periprosthetic Joint Infection / Malcolm E. Dombrowski and Brian A. Klatt
    Infection after Fracture Fixation and Infected Nonunions / Arvind von Keudell and Michael J. Weaver
    Spine Infections / Caleb M. Yeung and Melvin C. Makhni
    Graft Infections / Robert Tisherman, Itamar Neto, Orr Limpisvasti, and Carola F. van Eck.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Hiroyuki Isayama, Yousuke Nakai, Takashi Sasaki, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book presents the latest evidence-based data on pancreatobiliary malignancies, including the epidemiology, examination, treatment and endoscopic management. It explores a range of topics, such as risk factors, detection strategies, and novel treatment approaches like precision medicine and immunotherapy. Although there have been rapid improvements in the management of these diseases, the survival period has not yet reached a satisfactory level. This book will help those doctors needing to share the latest information with the patients and their families. It provides a wealth of practical information to help surgeons, endoscopists and oncologists as well as physicians, basic researchers and professionals at medical device and pharmaceutical companies broaden their understanding of the current treatment and management strategies for pancreatobiliary malignancies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Current Topics in Epidemiology and Examinations of Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
    1: Risk Factors for Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
    1.1 Risk Factors for Pancreatic Cancer
    1.1.1 Introduction
    1.1.2 Genetic Factors
    1.1.3 Pancreatic Disorders (Cystic Lesions and Chronic Pancreatitis)
    1.1.4 Epidemiological Factors
    1.1.5 Microbiome
    1.1.6 Discussion
    1.2 Risk Factors for Cholangiocarcinoma
    1.2.1 Introduction
    1.2.2 Microbiome (Infectious Diseases)
    1.2.3 Genetic Factors 1.2.4 Pancreatobiliary and Inflammatory Disorders
    1.2.5 Epidemiological Factors
    1.2.6 Discussion
    References
    2: Detection Strategies and Examination of Early Pancreatic Cancer
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Clinical Features and Image Findings of Early-Stage PC
    2.3 Cytological Diagnosis of Early-Stage PC
    2.4 Pathological Features of Early-Stage PC
    2.5 Statements and Detection Strategies of Early-Stage PC in Japan
    2.6 Collaborations Between Specialists and General Practitioners for Early-Stage PC in Japan
    References 3: Biomarkers for Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Currently Used Biomarkers for PDAC and CCA
    3.3 Other Protein Markers for PDAC and CCA
    3.4 Circulating Tumor Cells
    3.5 Extracellular Vesicles
    3.6 Biomarker-Based Selection of Targeted Therapies
    3.7 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
    References
    4: Recent Advances of Precision Medicine in Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Features of Two Reimbursed CGP Tests
    4.3 Required Tissue Samples
    4.4 Liquid Biopsy 4.5 Eligible Patients for CGP Test and Optimal Timing of Its Application
    4.6 Clinical Benefit of CGP Tests in Pancreatic Cancer
    4.7 Clinical Benefit of CGP Tests in Biliary Tract Cancer
    References
    Part II: Anti-cancer Treatments for Pancreatic Cancer
    5: Chemotherapy for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer
    5.2.1 FOLFIRINOX
    5.2.2 Gemcitabine Plus Nab-Paclitaxel
    5.2.3 Selection Between FOLFIRINOX and Gemcitabine Plus Nab-Paclitaxel 5.2.4 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy in Patients with Peritoneal Dissemination
    5.3 Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
    5.4 The Role of Monotherapy
    5.5 Second-Line Chemotherapy
    5.6 Future Perspective
    References
    6: Neoadjuvant Therapy for Resectable and Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Preoperative Estimation for Surgical Resectability
    6.3 Potentially Resectable Tumors
    6.4 Prospective Studies for NAT and Adjuvant Therapy
    6.5 Optimal Agent or Regimens for NAT for Potentially Resectable PA 6.6 Optimal Regimens for NAT: Chemotherapy or CRT?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph R. Pisegna, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with a multidisciplinary approach that is state of the art and reflects input from the European Neuroendocrine Tumor Society and the North American Neuroendocrine Tumor Society. In particular, the text focuses on the pathophysiology of neuroendocrine tumors and includes a comprehensive review of the most recent developments in understanding the complex hormone and receptor signaling that is important for the future development of potent pharmacological treatments. The volume reviews the pathological grading and staging systems providing useful clinical information for the treating clinician as well as a useful reference for pathologists. The clinical management of neuroendocrine tumors is reviewed enabling the treating physician to understand the diagnostic approaches to differentiating the various types of neuroendocrine tumors. In addition, the treatments are reviewed in great detail and include novel radiological, surgical, and chemotherapeutic approaches. The reader will utilize this book as both a comprehensive and quick reference guide through the use of diagnostic and treatment algorithms. Written by international experts in their particular field of study, Management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors will be of great value to medical oncologists, endocrinologists, gastroenterologists, pathologists, surgeons, and diagnostic and interventional radiologists.

    Contents:
    Pathology of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Inherited and Somatic Genetics of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Laboratory Assessment of NETS
    Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome: Diagnosis and Management
    Clinical Manifestations of Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia, Type 1
    Gastric Carcinoids: Classification and Diagnosis
    Endoscopic Approaches for Diagnosis of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Endoscopic Approaches to Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Neoplasms
    Surgical Approaches to Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Radiotherapy and Radiopharmaceuticals for the Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Nuclear Medicine Approaches to Treatment of Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Novel Targets for Future Medical Treatments.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kristian Steen Frederiksen, Gunhild Waldemar, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overall introduction to the medical management of dementia with chapters dedicated to specific topics such as pain, epilepsy, vascular risk factors in dementia and review of medication, which are often not addressed in books on the subject, and thereby filling a gap in the field. Chapters are supplemented with cases to highlight key concepts and treatment approaches, and to provide the reader with the possibility to reflect on management options and the readers own current practice. This book is aimed at clinicians of different specialties (mainly neurology, psychiatry, geriatric medicine and general practice/family medicine) who manage patients with dementia on a regular basis, and thus provides useful guidance to be used in the clinic.

    Contents:
    Management of patients with dementia an introduction
    Diagnosis and support of patients with dementia a patient perspective on current goals and practice
    Diagnostic evaluation of dementia
    Disclosure of diagnosis in MCI and dementia
    Anti-dementia medication
    Review of medication in patients with dementia
    Management approaches for behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia
    Management of vascular risk factors in dementia
    Assessment and management of pain in patients with dementia
    Management of Motor Symptoms in Dementia Disorders
    Management of sleep disorders in patients with dementia
    Seizures and Epilepsy in Dementia: Diagnosis and Management
    Physical and cognitive exercise for patients with dementia
    Promoting functional independence in dementia
    Patients with Dementia in Hospital
    Long-term care for patients with dementia
    End-Of-Life Care In Patients with Advanced Dementia
    Systematic medical follow-up of patients with dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michael T. McDermott, editor.
    Summary: Comprised of illustrative clinical cases, this unique pocket guide presents descriptions of patients who have symptoms, physical signs or laboratory abnormalities that they believe are due to disorders of the endocrine system (hormone secreting glands and overall metabolism) but which are not, or probably are not, due to an endocrine disorder. These are common situations in the clinical practice of endocrinology. Each chapter includes clinical cases illustrating differing presentations and outcomes, and each individual case description is followed by a discussion that includes the differential diagnosis of these symptoms, signs and/or lab abnormalities and why they are not likely due to endocrine disease or, alternatively, why and how a deeper exploration for endocrine disorders might be needed. In all cases, an emphasis is placed on listening to the patient and providing a respectful and compassionate response and approach to evaluation and management of the proposed disorder. Discussions are referenced whenever reference material is available, and evidence-based clinical practice guidelines are presented whenever applicable. Topics discussed include chronic and adrenal fatigue, obesity, anxiety and depression, sweating and flushing, alcohol- and opioid-induced symptoms, low testosterone, pseudo-hypoglycemia and pseudo-Cushing's syndrome, among others. Clinical endocrinologists, primary care physicians and related allied medical professionals will find Management of Patients with Pseudo-Endocrine Disorders a valuable resource in their clinical practice with these common but often challenging patients.

    Contents:
    Pseudo-Endocrine Disorders: Definitions, Examples and Considerations
    Pseudo-Endocrine Disorders: My General Approach to Management of the Patient
    Rogue Practitioners and Practices
    Influence of the Internet in Endocrinology Practice
    Debunking Internet Myths: What Is the Best Approach?- Bewildered by Biotin
    Help, My Metabolism Is Low!- Idiopathic Postprandial Syndrome
    Pseudo-Hypoglycemia
    Chronic Fatigue
    Adrenal Fatigue
    Adrenal Insufficiency, "Relative Adrenal Insufficiency" or None of the Above?- Pseudo-Cushings Syndrome: A Diagnostic Dilemma
    Pseudo-Cushings Syndrome: Alcohol Abuse, Obesity and Psychiatric Disorders
    Pseudo-Pheochromocytoma
    Holistic Hypercalcemia
    Low Testosterone: Determine and Treat the Underlying Disorder
    Inappropriate Use of Mifepristone to Treat Diabetes Mellitus
    Insulin-like Growth Factor Deficiency
    Non-Thyroidal Hypothyroidism
    Wilsons Syndrome (Low T3 Syndrome)
    Reverse T3 Dilemma
    Persistent Hypothyroid Symptoms Despite Adequate Thyroid Hormone Replacement
    Low Dose Naltrexone for Treatment of Hashimotos Thyroiditis
    Hashimoto Encephalopathy
    Non-Thyroidal Illness Syndrome (Euthyroid Sick Syndrome).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Li Marzi, Maurizio Serati, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the surgical treatment of pelvic organ prolapse, focusing especially on issues that continue to arouse controversy. In the first section, leading experts present detailed information on the surgical anatomy, pathophysiology, and epidemiology of prolapse and also the impact of concomitant functional disorders. The second section focuses on diagnostic work-up and the third is dedicated to the various treatment options aimed at resolution of the condition. The closing chapters discuss outcome measures and analyze the effects of prolapse surgery on urinary, bowel, and sexual symptoms. In 1966 Richard TeLinde stated that, "Every honest surgeon of extensive and long experience will have to admit that he is not entirely and absolutely satisfied with his long-term results of all his operations for prolapse and allied conditions." Although many uncertainties in the field have since been resolved, some major issues still require clarification. Often it can be difficult to find the right balance between treatment effectiveness in the long term and risk reduction, including with respect to complications. This book will help trainees and less experienced surgeons to make appropriate treatment choices and achieve optimal outcomes.

    Contents:
    Part 1: General Remarks
    1. Surgical Anatomy for the Reconstructive Pelvic Surgeon
    2. Pelvic Organ Prolapse: Pathophysiology and Epidemiology
    3. Concomitant Functional Disorders in Genito-Urinary Prolapse
    Part 2: Diagnostic Work-up
    4. Clinical Evaluation and Diagnostic Tools in Women with Prolapse
    5. Urodynamic Prolapse Assessment: When and Why
    Part 3: Treatment Options
    6. Pelvic Floor Muscle Training and Prolapse: Prevention or Treatment?
    7. Pessary: A Rediscovered Tool
    8. Fascial Surgery Repair for Prolapse
    9. Sacrocolpopexy: Conventional Laparoscopic Versus Robot-assisted Approach
    10. Transvaginal Mesh Repair for Pelvic Organ Prolapse: Toward a New Era
    11. Posterior Prolapse Repair: Traditional, Transanal, and Employing Mesh-graft
    12. The Role of Hysterectomy in Genito-Urinary Prolapse
    Part 4: Outcome and Follow-up
    13. Prolapse Surgery and Outcome Measures
    14. Urinary, Bowel and Sexual Symptoms after POP surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Daniel J. Culkin, editor.
    Summary: Management of Penile Cancer provides a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of penile cancer. The sections of the book are structured to review the overall scope of issues of penile cancer, including diagnosis and staging, surgical approaches, and the treatment of advanced disease. As multidisciplinary care is an integral part of the treatment of penile cancer, this book is unique in the inclusion of collaborating authors from a variety of integrated disciplines, including urology, radiation oncology, medical oncology, and reconstructive surgery. Written by recognized experts in their field, Management of Penile Cancer is a unique and valuable resource in the field of penile cancer, both for those currently in training and for those already in clinical or research practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the Management of Penile Cancer
    Epidemiology and Natural History
    Pathology, Risk Factors and HPV in Penile Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Pathology and Genetics
    Prognostic Factors
    Imaging and Clinical Staging for Penile Cancer
    Diagnosis and Management of Pre-Malignant Penile Lesions
    Penile-Sparing Surgery
    Analysis of Contemporary Treatment of Penis Cancer at the Netherlands Cancer Institute
    Surgical Management of the Clinically Negative and Locally Advanced Inguinal Region in Patients with Squamous Penile Cancer
    Primary and Adjuvant Radiation Therapy in the Management of Penile Cancer
    Chemotherapy in Penile Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eyal Herzog, editor.
    Summary: The clinical aspects of pericardial disease encompass acute and recurrent pericarditis, pericardial effusion and pericardial tamponade, constrictive pericarditis, and effusive-constrictive pericarditis. These disorders differ not only in clinical presentation but also in the timeline of development, thus management of pericardial disease can be challenging for many clinicians. To assist medical professionals with this often complex area, this book provides an extensive review of pericardial disease evaluation and management in a unified, stepwise pathway-based approach. Management of Pericardial Disease contains a selection of defining clinical images to guide in identification and management of pericardial disease. Fellows, residents, cardiologists, thoracic medicine physicians, cardiothoracic surgeons, radiologists, and intensive care and emergency medicine physicians alike will find this book to be an essential resource for developing the skills and knowledge applicable to managing pericardial disease in patients.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Pericardium
    Etiologies of Pericardial Diseases
    History and Physical Examination of a Patient with Pericardial Disease
    EKG in Pericardial Disease
    Echocardiography in Pericardial Disease
    Cardiac Catheterization Evaluation of a Patient with Pericardial Disease
    Multimodality Imaging (X-Ray, CT, and MRI) in Pericardial Disease
    Acute and Recurrent Pericarditis
    Constrictive Pericardial Heart Disease
    Pericardial Effusion and Tamponade
    Echocardiography-Guided Pericardial Drainage
    Surgical Management of Pericardial Disease
    Pathway for the Management of Pericardial Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rizwan Ali Ansari, Rose Rizvi, Irshad Mahmood, editors.
    Summary: This book illustrates the currently available strategies for managing phytonematodes. It discusses the latest findings on plant-pathogen-microbiome interactions and their impacts on ecosystems, and provides extensive information on the application of microorganisms in the sustainable management of phytonematodes. This is followed by an in-depth discussion of the application of potential strains of biocontrol fungi, endophytes and actinomycetes to enhance plants ability to fend off phytonematode attacks, leading to improved plant health. In conclusion, the book addresses new aspects like the biofabrication of nanoparticles and their application in plant disease management, and presents an extensive list for further reading.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Nanobiotechnology driven management of Phytonematodes
    Chapter 2. Bioprospecting compost for long-term control of plant parasitic nematodes
    Chapter 3. Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR) based sustainable management of phytoparasitic nematodes: Current understandings and future challenges
    Chapter 4. Organic additives and their role in the phytoparasitic nematodes management
    Chapter 5. Metagenomics insights into interactions between plant nematodes and endophytic microbiome
    Chapter 6. Nanoparticles Synthesis and their application in the management of phytonematodes: An Overview
    Chapter 7. Integrated management of phytopathogenic nematodes infesting mushroom
    Chapter 8. Plant-parasitic nematodes and their biocontrol agents: Current status and future vistas
    Chapter 9. Importance of biopesticides in the sustainable management of plant parasitic nematodes
    Chapter 10. Efficacy of microbial biocontrol agents in integration with other managing methods against phytoparasitic nematodes
    Chapter 11. Role of Trichoderma spp. in the management of plant parasitic nematodes
    Chapter 12. Role of organic additives in the sustainable management of phytoparasitic nematodes
    Chapter 13. Plant-parasitic nematode control: Current progress and challenges
    Chapter 14. Utilization of beneficial microorganisms in sustainable control of phytonematodes
    Chapter 15. Current management strategies for phytoparasitic nematodes
    Chapter 16. Sustainable management of plant-parasitic nematodes: An overview from conventional practices to modern techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Babak Azizzadeh, Charles Nduka.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Ajay Bhalla, Jonathan Birns, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the underlying importance of post-stroke complications during recovery, allowing healthcare professionals managing stroke patients to understand their frequency and identify which patients are at risk of developing such complications. Complications are categorised into neurological and non-neurological, and the time-frame for these complications both in the short-term and long-term are discussed. The common practices in managing post-stroke complications and the skills required in their prevention are described, as is the evidence base from clinical trials around their management. The book concludes with a discussion of new developments and research priorities for the future. Management of Post-Stroke Complications is aimed at members of the multidisciplinary stroke team, stroke physicians, neurologists, general practitioners, stroke specialists in training, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Early Neurological Deterioration
    Post-Stroke Cardiac Complications
    Post-Stroke Seizures
    Infections After Stroke
    Venous Thromboembolism
    Swallowing and Nutritional Complications
    Urinary and Bowel Complications
    Positioning and Pressure Care
    Management of Spasticity
    Falls and Osteoporosis Post-Stroke
    Post-Stroke Cognitive Impairment
    Post-Stroke Pain
    Post-Stroke Fatigue: Common But Poorly Understood
    Mental Consequences Of Stroke
    Future Developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Merlin G. Butler, Phillip D. K. Lee, Barbara Y. Whitman, editors.
    Summary: Now in a fully revised and updated fourth edition, this book remains the most comprehensive resource on Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) available on the market. There have been significant changes in the diagnosis, clinical care and treatment of PWS since the previous edition was published in 2006, and more thorough information on understanding the cause and diagnosis of the condition, along with clinical presentation and findings with natural history data now available. The book is divided into three thematic sections. Part One discusses the genetics, diagnosis, research and overview of PWS, including current laboratory testing. The medical physiology and treatment of PWS comprise Part Two, covering the GI system, obesity as well as the use of growth hormone. Part Three, the largest section, presents a wide-ranging, multidisciplinary management approach to PWS, attending to the many manifestations of the condition. Topics here include neurodevelopmental aspects, speech and language disorders, motor issues, psychological and behavioral management, educational and transitional considerations, vocational training and residential care, and advocacy for both school discipline and sexuality. Syndrome-specific growth charts, benefits eligibility information and additional resources are included in helpful appendices. Timely and well-crafted, this latest edition of Management of Prader-Willi Syndrome remains the gold standard for clinicians and health care providers working with patients diagnosed with this rare obesity-related genetic disorder.

    Contents:
    Part I: Diagnosis and Genetics of Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Clinical Findings and Natural History of Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Diagnostic Criteria for Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Molecular Genetic Findings in Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Laboratory Testing for Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Part II: Medical Physiology and Treatment of Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Medical Considerations in Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Gastrointestinal System, Obesity, and Body Composition
    Growth Hormone and Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Part III: Multidisciplinary Management of Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Neurodevelopmental and Neuropsychological Aspects of Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Speech and Language Disorders Associated with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Motor and Developmental Interventions for Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Educational Considerations for Children with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Tools for Psychological and Behavioral Management with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Educational and Social Issues for Adolescents with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Transition from Adolescence to Young Adulthood: The Special Case of Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Vocational Training for People with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Residential Care for Adults with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Inpatient Crisis Intervention for Persons with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Social Work Interventions: Advocacy and Support for Families with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    A National Approach to Crisis Intervention and Advocacy with Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Advocacy Issues with Prader-Willi Syndrome: School Discipline and Expulsion
    Advocacy Issues with Prader-Willi Syndrome: Sexuality.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michel Bolla, Hendrik van Poppel, editors.
    Summary: This exhaustive review of prostate cancer management covers epidemiology, biology, chemoprevention, screening and diagnosis, therapies including surgery, radiation, high-intensity ultrasound, cryotherapy, and more. Includes up-to-date clinical trial data.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of prostate cancer in Europe: patterns, trends and determinants
    Chemoprevention
    Individual and population-based screening
    Anatomo-pathology
    Biomarkers for prostate cancer
    The clinical genomics of prostate cancer
    Prostate cancer imaging: an ongoing change of paradigm
    Nuclear Medecine (Bone scan, Choline and PSMA PET/CT)
    Diagnosis, clinical workup, and TNM classification
    Active surveillance for low risk prostate cancer
    Open Radical Prostatectomy
    The robotic laparoscopic radical prostatectomy
    Permanent and high dose rate Brachytherapy (technique, indications, results, morbidity)
    IMRT, hypofractionated radiotherapy and stereotactic radiotherapy: technique, indications, and results
    Combination of androgen deprivation therapy and radiation therapy for locally advanced and localized prostate cancer
    Postoperative irradiation: immediate or early delayed?
    High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) for prostate cancer
    Prostate Cryotherapy
    Salvage prostate brachytherapy for postradiation local failure
    Follow-up after radical treatments and relapse
    First-line hormonal manipulation: surgical and medical castration with LHRH agonists and antagonists, steroids, and pure antiandrogens
    Chemotherapy and androgen receptor-directed treatment of castration resistant metastatic prostate cancer
    Bone-targeted therapies in prostate cancer
    Immunotherapy and targeted therapies in advanced castration resistant prostate cancer
    How to interpret numeric results in publications?
    Management of prostate cancer: EAU guidelines on screening, diagnosis and local primary treatment
    The millenium patients' perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter J. Snyder, Linda C. Mayes, William E. Smith.
    Summary: The Management of Scientific Integrity within Academic Medical Centers discusses the impact scientific misconduct has in eight complex case studies. Authors look at multifaceted mixtures of improper behavior, poor communication, cultural issues, adverse medical/health issues, interpersonal problems and misunderstandings to illustrate the challenge of identifying and managing what went wrong and how current policies have led to the establishment of quasi legal processes within academic institutions. The book reviews the current global regulations and concludes with a section authored by a US federal court judge who provides his perspective on the adequacy of current regulations and policies.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Terje Sundstrøm [and more], editors.
    Summary: This book provides sound clinical guidance on the treatment of adults and children with severe head injuries, from the time of initial contact through to the rehabilitation center. Offers recommended diagnostic and therapeutic measures, and useful flow charts.

    Contents:
    Rotrauma research
    Index monitoring
    Monitoring microdialysis
    Jugular bulb measurements (SJVO2)
    Cerebral blood flow (CBF) and cerebral metabolic rate (CMR)
    Transcranial Doppler (TCD)
    Near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) or cerebral oximetry
    Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials
    Clinical Neurophysiology: Continous EEG Monitoring
    Imaging of severe traumatic brain injury in the neurointensive care unit
    Serum protein biomarkers in the management of severe traumatic brain injury
    Cardiopulmonary aspects
    Renal aspects
    Neuroendocrine aspects
    Part VIII Treatment in neurointensive care
    Guidelines for treatment of patients with severe traumatic brain injury
    The Lund therapy: a physiological approach
    Pharmacological neuroprotection
    Subacute surgery in neurointensive care
    Management of extracranial injuries
    CSF Drainage
    Hyperventilation
    Osmotherapy
    Barbiturates for ICP management
    Management of fluid and electrolyte disturbances
    Sedation: including pain treatment and withdrawal symptoms
    Nutrition
    Management of CNS-related infection
    Management of extracranial infections
    Temperature management
    Seizures
    Paroxysmal sympathetic hyperactivity
    Prophylaxis against venous thromboembolism
    Coagulopathy (bleeding tendency)
    Corticosteroids
    Management of acute psychiatric problems
    Part IX Rehabilitation and follow-up
    Rehabilitation after severe TBI
    Long-term follow-up
    Part X Outcome and prognosis
    General overview
    Somatic consequences
    Neuropsychiatric consequences
    Neuropsychological perspectives
    Neurosurgical challenges
    Minimally conscious and vegetative state
    Specific peadiatric concerns
    Socioeconomic consequences
    Subacute MR Imaging: Traumatic axonal injury, brain stem lesions and prognostic factors
    Neurodegeneration and dementia
    Part XI Research in severe TBI
    The neurointensive care unit as a platform for advanced clinical research
    Current state-of-the-art in neu.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Antje Welge-Lüssen, Thomas Hummel with contributions by Nasreddin Abolmaali [and 36 others].
    Summary: "Recent breakthroughs in the diagnosis and treatment of smell and taste disorders have dramatically altered clinical outcomes for these patients. In this important book, readers will get a full overview of the topic today, including functional anatomy, pathophysiology, diagnostic and clinical work-up, assessment techniques, medical and surgical options, and more. Focused and to-the-point, the book is especially designed for physicians treating patients in the everyday practice setting. Special Features: Written by the fields foremost leaders, who chair international working committees and run annual courses on olfaction and gustation, Covers the most important advances in diagnostic and treatment techniques, Provides a clear methodology for examining, testing, classifying, diagnosing, and treating a wide range of idiopathic, congenital, and acquired smell and taste disorders, Explores the use of MRI for improved visualization of central olfactory areas, including the lesions and other disturbances that cause olfactory disorders, Offers new information on the interaction between the chemical senses, especially important in medicolegal cases, Includes more than 130 full-color diagrams, clinical pathways, tables, photographs, and anatomic illustrations that clarify all concepts. Complete with expert foundational chapters on the anatomy and structure of the olfactory and gustatory systems, as well as compelling information on quality-of-life issues, this book makes a major contribution to the field. It is essential for otolaryngologists, neurologists, internists, residents, and other specialists treating patients with smell and taste disorders in a modern clinical setting"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    D.S. Deenadayal, Vyshanavi Bommakanti.
    Summary: There are many books describing in detail the evaluation, diagnosis and management of OSA, but this is a first practical guide which comprehensively describes this condition. The incidence of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea is on rise and this practical guide will help not just specialists but also residents and fellows in treating their patients with Obstructive sleep apnea. Essential information is summarized in the form of charts and surgical steps are summarized in the form of diagrammatic illustration making it easy for the learners. This book additionally would help the medical practitioners to get a practical insight in the management of patients. This book will describe each entity of sleep disordered breathing, evidence based protocols , diagnostic tools required for identifying , medical therapies that will help in appropriate patients, Devices that can be used for its management . This book will also describe on how to select patients for surgery and how tailor the surgery as per the anatomy of the patient.

    Contents:
    1. History of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea
    2. Relevant anatomy and pathophysiology
    3. History and clinical examination in patients with OSAHS
    4. Investigations
    5. Conservative Management
    6. Medical therapies
    7. Oral appliances
    8. Myofunctional therapy
    9. Surgery for OSA
    10. Perioperative management
    11. Postoperative management and follow up
    12. Results : definition of success
    13. Medicolegal aspects and Consent in OSA surgeries
    14. Newer technological tools in the management of OSA
    15. Recent advances
    16. Interesting cases: Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Murray F. Brennan, Cristina R. Antonescu, Kaled M. Alektiar, Robert G. Maki.
    Contents:
    PART I. Introduction
    1. General description
    2. Natural history: importance of size, site, histopathology
    3. General statement as to efficacy of surgery, chemotherapy, radiation therapy and immunotherapy
    PART II. Management By Histopathology
    4. Gastrointestinal stromal tumors
    5. Liposarcoma
    6. Leiomyosarcoma
    7. Undifferentiated pleomorphic sarcoma (UPS) (malignant fibrous histiocytoma (MFH) and myxofibrosarcoma)
    8. Synovial sarcoma
    9. Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (MPNST) and triton tumor
    10. Desmoid tumor/deep-seated fibromatosis (desmoid-type fibromatosis)
    11. Soitary fibrous tumor/hemangiopericytoma
    12. Fibrosarcoma and its variants
    13. Vascular sarcomas
    14. Epithelioid sarcoma
    15. Sarcomas more common in children
    16. Radiation-induced sarcoma
    17. Alveolar soft part sarcoma
    18. Clear cell sarcoma/melanoma of soft parts
    19. Desmoplastic small round cell tumor
    20. Extraskeletal myxoid chondrosarcoma
    21. Other uterine sarcomas
    22. Extraskeletal osteogenic sarcoma
    23. Sustentacular tumors of lymph tissue
    24. Uncommon/unique sites
    PART III. Benign And Less Aggressive Lesions
    25. Mostly benign/rarely metastasizing
    26. Selected benign tumors
    27. Reactive lesions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Adel E. Ahmed Ganaw, Nissar Shaikh, Nabil A. Shallik, Marco Abraham E. Marcus, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH), describing in detail the neurophysiology, anatomy, epidemiology, grading, anesthesia management, coiling and interventional treatment of this dangerous disease. Written by leading international experts, it highlights the state-of-the-art techniques for the diagnosis and treatment (non-surgical and surgical) of SAH and the clinical variations. It also examines the reliability of the new techniques versus the standard clinical methods to predict problems related to SAH and its recent diagnosis and management. The book starts with a brief discussion of the epidemiology of SAH, cerebral circulation, anatomy of brain blood vessels and neurophysiology related to this fatal disease. Then, in the following chapters it covers grading of subarachnoid hemorrhage, anesthesia management of SAH, treatment, subarachnoid hemorrhage coiling and radiological intervention. Lastly, it explores surgical treatment of intracranial aneurysms in more detail, and addresses complications, critical care management and headache in SAH, traumatic SAH and prognosis. Featuring numerous images, tables, schema, illustrations and videos, the book is intended for junior and senior anesthesiologists, neuroscientists, intervention radiologists, intensivists and neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Aneurysmal subarachnoid haemorrhage: Epidemiology, etiology and pathophysiology
    2. Cerebral circulation and its clinical impact
    3. Central Nervous System Neurophysiology
    4. Neuroprotection in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    5. Systemic Approach For Diagnosis Of Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    6. Grading of Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    7. Anesthetic Management of aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage (aSAH)
    8. Sub-Arachnoid hemorrhage coiling and intervention
    9. Surgical Management of Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    10. Complications and Critical Care Management Of Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    11. Headache in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    12. Traumatic Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    13. Prognosis of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemmorrhage: Facts and figures
    14. Brain death
    Abbreviation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Atilla Soran, Faina Nakhlis, editors.
    Summary: Over the last several decades breast cancer management has made great strides in the improvement of oncologic treatment outcomes, particularly so in patients with early stage disease. While wide-spread access to screening resulting in early detection is undoubtedly to be credited for this trend, at the same time, the management of breast cancer has evolved to be an intricate multidisciplinary collaboration between breast imagers, surgeons, medical oncologists and radiation oncologist. As a result, with better mutual understanding of multidisplinary goals and challenges, the treatment strategies have become more individualized, with a great emphasis being placed on the intrinsic disease biology. Furthermore, the indications for neoadjuvant systemic therapy have significantly broadened, with a substantial number of patients with early stage breast cancer being able to take advantage of this strategy to decrease the extent of breast surgery they would undergo at its completion. As such, the management of the axilla in these patients has presented with new challenges as well as with new opportunities to scale down on the extent of local therapy and, consequently, its toxicity. This text will provide a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this field, and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians (surgeons, medical oncologists, radiation oncologists) and researchers with an interest in breast cancer. The book will review novel and evoling strategies in neoadjuvant systemic therapy forn early stage breast cancer, provide new perspectives about appropriate axillary imaging in anticipation of neoadjuvant systemic therapy, and describe new data on innovative surgical techniques and Radiation Oncology concepts designed to deescalate the extent and toxicity of local therapy while insuring oncologic safety. Several landmark clinical trials have been published in the last few years and will be placed in context with respect to current management. Integration of novel diagnostic and interventional breast imaging, local therapy (surgery and radiation) with contemporary systemic therapy will also be discussed. This text will serve as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this challenging field. It will provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts. All chapters will be written by experts in their fields and will include the most up to date scientific and clinical information.

    Contents:
    Evolution of the indications for neoadjuvant systemic therapy
    Defining response
    Imaging of the breast
    Imaging of the axilla and approach to node-negative vs. node-positive disease at presentation
    Guidelines for imaging during neoadjuvant systemic therapy
    Neoadjuvant systemic therapy based on the underlying tumor biology
    Adjuvant vs. neoadjuvant systemic therapy
    Molecular testing and personalized neoadjuvant treatment
    Pre-and post-neoadjuvant systemic therapy imaging assessment
    Surgical management of the axilla in node-negative and node-positive disease at diagnosis
    Surgical considerations and expectations in patients receiving neoadjuvant hormonal therapy and neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    Postmastectomy radiation considerations in patients receiving neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    Pathologic evaluation in neoadjuvant systemic therapy setting
    Guidelines for Neoadjuvant systemic therapy
    Ongoing Clinical studies and future direction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Narasimhan Jagannathan, John Fiadjoe.
    Summary: Complications during airway management occur frequently when treating children. Although tracheal intubation is a routine procedure, there are no pediatric texts dedicated to this essential practice. The lack of specific resources and knowledge makes treating children with complex airways even more challenging. This landmark book is dedicated to the successful management of the complex pediatric airway. It explores and evaluates current research and covers novel topics such as airway ultrasonography and apneic oxygenation. It delineates the risks associated with intubating children, and their preventative measures. Aimed at clinicians involved in airway management in any form, this book covers the basics of airway management and how to perform a variety of essential techniques. Both occasional and exclusive pediatric clinicians will find this a valuable resource to support best practice. The book is supplemented by additional videos online, enhancing the demonstration of devices and techniques discussed in the text.

    Contents:
    Developmental anatomy of the airway / Rebecca S. Isserman and Ronald S. Litman
    The difficult pediatric airway : predictors, incidence, and complications / Nicholas Burjek
    Universal algorithms and approaches to airway management / Thomas Engelhardt and Andreas Machotta
    Direct laryngoscopy equipment and techniques / Maria Matuszczak and Cheryl K. Gooden
    Supraglottic airways equipment and techniques / Andrea S. Huang, Lisa E. Sohn, Suman Rao, and Narasimhan Jagannathan
    Oxygenation techniques for children with difficult airways / Paul A. Baker
    Video laryngoscopy equipment and techniques / Agnes I. Hunyady, James Peyton, Sarah Lee and Raymond Park
    Flexible bronchoscopy techniques: nasal and oral approaches with evidence base / Paul Stricker and Pete Kovatsis
    Optical stylet and light guided equipment and techniques / Rajeev Subramanyam and Mohamed Mahmoud
    Rigid bronchoscopy equipment and techniques / Jessica M. Van Beek-King and Jeffrey C. Rastatter
    Hybrid approaches to the difficult pediatric airway / Patrick N. Olomu, Grace Hsu and Justin L. Lockman
    Muscle relaxants / Annery Garcia-Marcinkiewicz
    Management of can't intubate and can't oxygenate scenario in children and infants / Vivian Man-ying Yuen, Stefano Sabato, and Birgitta Wong
    Ultrasonography for airway management / Michael S. Kristensen, Wendy H. Teoh and Thomas Engelhardt
    Difficult airway cart for management of the difficult pediatric airway / Alyson Walker and Britta S von Ungern Sternberg
    Extubation in children with difficult airway / Luis Sequera-Ramos, Alec Zhu, Benjamin Kiesel, and Narasimhan Jagannathan
    Airway management in the child with an airway injury / Somaletha T. Bhattacharya
    Airway management outside of the operating room : the emergency department / Aaron Donoghue
    Airway management of the neonate and infant : the difficult and critical airway in the icu setting / Janet Lioy
    Airway management in EXIT procedures / Debnath Chatterjee and Timothy M. Crombleholme
    One lung ventilation in pediatric patients / T. Wesley Templeton.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    K. Alok Pathak, Richard W. Nason, Janice L. Pasieka, editors.
    Contents:
    Molecular risk stratification of well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    The significance of cervical lymph nodes in well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    Management of the central compartment in well-differentiated thyroid carcinoma
    Management of the lateral neck in well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    The management of recurrent/persistent well-differentiated thyroid cancer in the central compartment
    Management of distant metastases in differentiated thyroid cancer
    Risk-adjusted strategies in post-treatment surveillance of well-differentiated thyroid carcinoma
    Medullary thyroid cancer
    Anaplastic thyroid cancer: Current concepts
    External beam radiotherapy for thyroid cancer
    Targeted therapies in thyroid cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sanziana A. Roman, Julie Ann Sosa, Carmen C. Solórzano, editors.
    Contents:
    Incidence and Epidemiology
    The Clinically Detected and Palpable Thyroid Nodule
    Ultrasound of the Thyroid and Soft Tissues of the Neck
    Thyroid Nodule Biopsy
    The Bethesda System of Reporting Cytopathology (BSRTC)
    Utility of Non-Ultrasound Imaging for the Evaluation of Thyroid Nodules and Cancer
    Surveillance of Benign Thyroid Nodules
    Role of Medical Management
    Role of Surgery
    Surgical Intervention for Indeterminate Nodules
    Staging
    Importance of Surgeon Experience in the Surgical Management of Thyroid Cancer
    The pediatric thyroid nodule and Papillary Thyroid Cancer Management
    Microcarcinoma
    Surgical Management of Low Risk Papillary Thyroid Cancer
    Management of the Central Neck Lymph Nodes: Prophylactic Central Lymph Node Dissection vs. Therapeutic
    Management of the Persistent and Recurrent PTC Lymph Node Metastases
    Management of Thyroid Nodules and Cancer in the Pregnant Patient
    Perioperative Management of the Voice and Calcium
    Initial Treatment/Ablation Based on Risk Stratification
    Treatment of Recurrent/Metastatic Thyroid Cancer with RAI
    Surveillance of Treated Thyroid Cancer Patients and Thyroid Hormone Replacement and Suppression
    Holistic and Integrative Approaches to Patients Undergoing Thyroid Surgery
    Follicular and Hurthle Cell Carcinoma
    Locally Advanced Differentiated Thyroid Cancer: What Are the Surgical Treatment Options?
    External Beam Radiation for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    Systemic Therapy for Advanced Metastatic Thyroid Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, Pieter D'Hooghe, Kenneth J. Hunt, Gino M. M. J. Kerkhoffs, Umile Giuseppe Longo, editors.
    Summary: This volume offers a comprehensive guide to the prevention, management of injury, risk factor mitigation, and rehabilitation in track and field athletes. It serves as a valuable resource for the sports medicine community, including surgeons, sports medicine physicians, physical therapists, and athletic trainers. In addition to addressing current management techniques for injuries, the book discusses various special considerations, e.g. biologics, the aging athlete, rehabilitation, nutrition, and gender. Published in collaboration with ISAKOS, this book offers an updated information authored by experts in the field, and a valuable contribution to the field of orthopedics and sports medicine.

    Contents:
    1 The Burden and Epidemiology of Injury in Track and Field
    I Anatomy, Physiology and Biomechanics
    2 The sprinters muscle - Anatomy and pathomechanics of muscle
    3 Tendons and jumping - Anatomy and pathomechanics of tendon injury
    4 Ligament function and pathoanatomy of ligament injury and healing
    5 Anatomy and function of articular cartilage
    6 Bone structure and function in the distance runner
    7 Imaging considerations in track and field injuries
    II Upper Extremity
    8 Shoulder Instability in the throwing athlete
    9 Rotator Cuff injuries in throwing athletes
    10 Elbow injuries in throwing athletes
    11 Wrist injuries in throwers
    III Spine
    12 Back strains and sprains
    13 Spinal overuse injuries
    14 Spinal injuries and spondylolisthesis
    IV Hip Injuries
    15 Groin strain, Adductor and rectus injuries
    16 Stress fractures and AVN of the femoral head
    17 Femoro-acetabular Impingement and Labral injuries
    18 Gluteal muscle/tendon injuries and Pyriformis syndrome
    19 Trochanteric bursitis and IT band friction syndrome
    V Muscle injuries
    20 Hamstring and overuse muscle injuries
    21 Regenerative medicine (biologics) therapies for muscle strains and tears
    22 Shin splints and Compartment Syndrome
    VI Common Knee Injuries
    23 Knee meniscal and chondral injuries
    24 Patellofemoral overuse injuries and anterior knee pain (Fat pad syndrome included)
    25 Knee ligament injuries in track and field athletes
    VI Common Foot and Ankle Injuries
    26 Achilles Tendon and calf injuries
    27 Peroneal tendon injuries
    28 Bunions, Hallux rigidus and sesamoiditis in the running athlete
    29 Ankle impingement syndromes and FHL tendinopathy
    30 Ankle sprains and instability
    31 Heel spurs and Plantar fasciitis and metatrsalgia in runners
    32 Nerve injuries in the foot and ankle: Neuromas, entrapment and tarsal tunnel syndrome
    33 Stress fractures of the foot, ankle and tibia
    VIII Special considerations
    34 Gender considerations - the female athlete triad
    35 The aging athlete - influence of age on injury risk and rehabilitation
    36 The developing athlete - considerations for athletes age 10-18
    37 Psychological aspects of sport and injury
    38 Nutrition and Environmental factors
    39 Optimizing training and performance
    40 Rehabilitation and Return to sport after injury - Protocols and outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mark P. Schoenberg and Kara L. Watts.
    Summary: Managing urologic cancer by preserving, as opposed to removing, affected tissue, is rapidly becoming the favoured choice for urologists and oncologists. Discover all available options and how to achieve the best possible patient management with this expert guide to the area. The editor, Mark Schoenberg, is an internationally-renown expert in this exciting new area and has recruited an outstanding team featuring some of the leading urologists/oncologists in North America and Europe to assist him.

    Contents:
    Cancer genetics, cancer biology, and tumor growth and metastasis : the interaction of cancer and its host environment / Mark C. Markowski and Kenneth J. Pienta
    Pathological basis of tumor characterization: cytopathology, surgical pathology, and how histo-morphology informs treatment decision making / Oleksandr N. Kryvenko and Fadi Brimo
    The immunobiology of tumor ablation / Rafi Kabarriti and Chandan Guha
    Computed tomography of urologic malignancies : the role of mdct in renal cell carcinoma and transitional cell carcinoma / Siva P. Raman and Elliot K. Fishman
    Mri and metabolic imaging / Louise Dickinson, Francesco Fraioli, Athar Haroon, and Clare Allen
    Biopsy strategies in the analysis of urologic neoplasia / Nabeel A. Shakir, Soroush Rais-Bahrami, and Peter A. Pinto
    Active surveillance for low-risk prostate cancer / Laurence Klotz
    Tissue-preserving surgical approaches in urologic oncology : the therapeutic mechanism for tumor ablation / Ganesh Kartha and J. Stephen Jones
    Prostate cancer : an evidence-based approach to tissue-preserving strategies / Kara L. Watts, Yaalini Shanmugabavan, Mark Emberton, and Hashim Uddin Ahmed
    The modern basis for nephron-sparing surgery in patients with renal cancer : biologic heterogeneity, the significance of tumor biopsy, and the changing roles of partial nephrectomy and tumor ablation / Jeffrey J. Tomaszewski, Robert G. Uzzo, and David Y.T. Chen
    Bladder-preserving strategies in the treatment of urothelial cancer : the disease spectrum and the dawn of molecular surgical guidance / Stephan Kruck and Arnulf Stenzl
    Image-guided thermal ablation of adrenal malignancies / Kyungmouk Steve Lee, Bradley B. Pua, and Stephen B. Solomon / Chapter 13
    Managing penile cancer : integrating tissue preservation, energy-based therapeutics, and surgical reconstruction / Arthur L. Burnett
    Testis cancer : testis-sparing cancer surgery / Nilay M. Gandhi and Pravin K. Rao
    Nanotechnology : an evolution in tissue preservation and focal-targeted oncologic therapy / Kara L. Watts and Joshua M. Stern
    Trial design issues in the study of focal therapy in prostate and kidney cancer / John b. Eifler and David F. Penson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Ja Hyeon Ku, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of contemporary evidence-based management of urothelial carcinoma. The first part of the book is devoted to urothelial carcinoma of the bladder and includes detailed description of the diagnosis and treatment of non-muscle-invasive, muscle-invasive, and advanced or metastatic disease. Attention then turns to upper tract urothelial carcinoma (UTUC), with individual chapters on diagnosis, nephron-sparing surgery, nephroureterectomy, and treatment of advanced or metastatic UTUC. The text is supported by many illustrations, photos, and tables that clarify management, and surgical video clips are also available to readers. The book will be a welcome addition to the literature as progress continues to be made in understanding the exact pathophysiology of urothelial carcinoma and in developing more effective diagnostic and therapeutic modalities. It will be useful both to researchers in the field of urothelial carcinoma and to clinicians, including especially residents and fellows.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael L. Schilsky, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Copper Metabolism and Wilson Disease; Introduction; Cellular Mechanisms of Copper Transport; Wilson Disease; Abnormal Copper Metabolism and Injury in Wilson Disease; Ceruloplasmin: A Marker of Wilson Disease and Copper Status; When Copper Is in Excess; Summary and Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Diagnosis Confirmation and Screening of Wilson Disease; Introduction; Patients to Test for Wilson Disease; Liver Disease and Extrahepatic Involvement in Wilson Disease The Neuropsychiatric Manifestations of Wilson Disease: More than Meets the EyeTremor; The Cranial Nerves; The Cerebellum; Psychiatric Symptoms; Other Organs Involved in Wilson Disease; Confirming the Diagnosis; Slit-Lamp Examination for Kayser-Fleischer (KF) Rings; Serum Ceruloplasmin; Free (Unbound) Serum Copper; Twenty-Four-Hour Urinary Copper; Genetic Analysis: Testing for ATP7B Mutations; Liver Biopsy: Histology and Hepatic Copper Concentration; Hemolysis (Breakdown of Red Blood Cells); Imaging Tests; Acute Liver Failure Secondary to Wilson Disease; Family Screening; Conclusion Dietary Modifications in Wilson DiseaseFood; Water; Cooking Methods; Nutritional Supplements; Special Considerations; Liver Disease; Neurological Involvement; Dysphagia; Nutrition Support; Resources; One-on-One RD Assistance; USDA Food/Nutrient Database; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Treating Other Symptoms of Wilson Disease: The Liver; Introduction; Asymptomatic or Mild Symptoms; Portal Hypertension; Varices (Esophageal and Gastric); Management of Variceal Bleed; Ascites; Treatment of Resistant Ascites; Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis; Sepsis; Hepatic Encephalopathy; Malignancy Acute Liver FailureBibliography;
    Chapter 6: Treatment of Neurological Symptoms in Wilson Disease; Introduction; Neurological Manifestations of WD; Tremor; Medications for Action Tremor; Dystonia; Treatment Options for Dystonia; Botulinum Toxin Injections; Oral Medications; Parkinsonism; Cerebellar Ataxia; Dysphagia; Neurological Manifestations in Children; Clinical Scales Used for Neurological Evaluation of WD; Neuroimaging in WD; Conclusion; Bibliography;
    Chapter 7: Psychiatric Aspects of Wilson Disease; Introduction; Evaluation of Psychiatric Symptoms in WD
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hua Yan, editor.
    Summary: This book is aimed at illustrating the common complicated ocular trauma with typical signs, examinations, surgical procedures and conservative management to clinical practitioners including the nurses, medical students, residents, fellows and ophthalmologists, and help them make the most appropriate decision on the diagnosis and management of such patients. There are 23 chapters introduced in the book, which covers all types of complicated ocular trauma with brief case reports combined with the most comprehensive pictures. For each disease, a brief introduction, explanation as well as management are offered to the readers. With the illustrative figures and explanations, the goal of making the right diagnose, offering the best advice or treatment to the patients, and understanding surgical procedures would be easily achieved. This book is useful for readers to be fully prepared for the challenge of complicated ocular traumatic cases. This is the fifth volume of the book series Ocular Trauma.

    Contents:
    Complicated Corneal and Scleral Rupture
    Traumatic Cyclodialysis
    Traumatic Aniridia
    Traumatic Dislocation of Lens
    Intraocular hemorrhage
    Open Globe Injury with Choroidal and Retinal Detachment
    Choroidal and Retinal Detachment combined with Cyclodialysis In Open Globe Injury
    Repairment of Traumatic Choroidal Tear
    Complicated Ocular Trauma with Corneal Opacity
    Traumatic Giant Macular Hole
    Posterior Polar Ocular Perforating Injury
    Giant Intraocular Foreign Body
    Orbital Foreign Body
    Traumatic Glaucoma
    Traumatic Endoophthalmitis
    Permanent silicon oil tamponade
    Contusion of optic nerve and Fracture of optic canal
    Severe Orbital Fracture
    Traumatic Globe Luxation
    Complicated Blepharal trauma
    Severe Ocular Chemical Injury
    Ocular Laser Burns
    Pediatric Ocular Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Margaret Gleason, Allison Boothe Trigg
    Summary: This quick-reference guide is designed for those who work with young children in child care and school settings. Topics cover social-emotional development, biting, napping difficulties, PTSD, gender development, self-stimulation behaviors, and more. In addition to behavioral issues commonly seen in small children, the editors touch on epigenetics, medications, toxic stress, ACEs (adverse childhood experiences), and how to help children who have undergone traumatic experiences

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About This Book
    1. Managing Behavioral Issues in Child Care and Schools: Introduction and Overview
    Introduction
    Overview
    Summary
    2. The Social and Emotional Development of Young Children
    Introduction
    Emotional Development
    The Effect of Temperament
    Caregiver-Child Attachment Considerations
    Social Development
    Typical Concerns of Early Childhood
    Responding to Challenging Behaviors
    Additional Resources
    3. Contributors to Social-Emotional Development
    What Influences Young Children's Social-Emotional Development? Genetics and Epigenetics
    Medical Conditions
    Environmental Factors (Relationships)
    Community Factors
    Adverse Childhood Experiences
    Protecting Children
    Summary
    References
    4. Promoting Well-being in Early Care and Education Settings
    Center-Level Well-being
    Family-Level Well-being
    Classroom-Level Well-being
    Child-Level Well-being
    5. Addressing Challenging or Disruptive Behaviors
    The ABCs of Behavior
    Step 1: Identify the Behaviors to Target
    Step 2: Consider Contextual Influences Step 3: Observe What Occurs Immediately Before Challenging Behaviors (the Antecedent)
    Step 4: Understand the Consequences
    Step 5: Understand the Meaning of Behaviors
    Step 6: Respond to Children's Needs, Prevent Challenging Behaviors, and Teach New Behaviors
    Step 7: Determine New Responses
    Crisis Responses
    Concerns Specific to Infants
    Consider Infant and Early Childhood Mental Health Consultants
    Implicit Bias and Its Role in Behavioral Expectations
    Untitled
    6. Children With Special Needs
    Children With Developmental Delays
    Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Children With Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    Children Exposed to Trauma and Adversity
    Recognizing Abuse and Neglect
    Children With Chronic Medical Conditions
    Children Taking Medications That Influence Social-Emotional Functioning
    Medications for Mental Health Problems
    Medications for Other Concerns
    Summary
    References
    7. When the Usual Approaches Are Not Working
    Partnering With Parents
    Anticipating Challenges
    Mental Health Consultation
    Community Resources
    Clinical/Professional Partners
    Evidence-based Treatments
    Suspensions and Expulsions
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    by Francoise Simon, Professor Emerita, Columbia University and Senior Faculty, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY, Glen Giovannetti, EY Global Biotechnology Leader.
    Summary: Featuring numerous case studies and state-of-the-art marketing models, this thorough resource provides a comprehensive overview of the new business context and marketing models for biotech companies. -- Edited summary from book.

    Contents:
    Foreword / by Philip Kotler
    New models for networked innovation
    Biotechnology as an innovation driver
    Biotechnology financing strategies
    Success through collaboration
    New business and marketing models
    Precision medicine
    Precision marketing
    Patient centricity strategies
    Drug pricing in context
    Strategic payer engagement
    Winning in the global marketplace
    Digital health strategies
    Creating agility through data and analytics
    Conclusion
    Index.
  • Digital
    Jeffrey A. Gusenoff.
    Summary: Obesity has become a worldwide epidemic. An increasing number of patients are undergoing weight loss procedures, resulting in an increase in patients with massive weight loss desiring body contouring surgeries. These patients can present with very challenging deformities of skin laxity, and are at higher risk of complications. Most texts only provide a chapter with basic descriptions of procedures for managing moderate deformities, with short discussions of complications. Managing Body Contouring Challenges and Complications offers comprehensive insight on the management of the most complex deformities after weight loss. Procedures are described in a step-by-step fashion, including small pearls of knowledge. This book also includes complex subjects not addressed in other books such as arm band deformities in brachioplasty, gluteal crease elongation in lower body lifting, recurrent saddlebag deformities, breast implant problems in massive weight loss, and many other topics. Managing Body Contouring Challenges and Complications focuses on the most challenging deformities and how to optimize results. Disappointing long term results are used to teach key areas of difficulty or potential pitfalls to avoid. This book also highlights evidence-based outcomes data from large studies to help guide surgical decision making.

    Contents:
    1. Challenges of obesity medicine and bariatric surgery
    2. Safety in Body Contouring
    3. Abdominal Contouring
    4. Thigh Contouring
    5. Lower Body Lifting and Augmentation
    6. Breast Contouring
    7. Arm Contouring
    8. Male Body Contouring
    9. Face and Neck Contouring
    10. Combining Procedures
    11. Common Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sara Booth, Julie Burkin, Catherine Moffat, Anna Spathis.
    Summary: Breathlessness Management in Clinical Practice presents evidence-based practical techniques for helping the breathless patient with advanced disease of any aetiology used in the Cambridge Breathlessness Intervention Service (CBIS). This book will help individuals in the multidisciplinary team both manage breathlessness in their current clinical setting and describe the breathlessness service model which can be adapted for use in any situation. It uses a model of care based on interventions for breathing, thinking and functioning. Breathlessness Management in Clinical Practice is an invaluable resource for those working in the respiratory medicine, oncology and cardiology and other specialties where breathlessness is commonly managed although less recognised like nephrology and neurology. It will be of help to occupational therapists, physiotherapists and specialist nurses as well as physicians. It will also be of interest to anyone who wishes to increase their knowledge of the advances in evidence that now enable clinicians to offer much improved care for those suffering with frightening symptom of breathlessness.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Breathlessness; the experience for the patient, and approach for the clinician
    The genesis and assessment of breathlessness
    Part II Non-pharmacological interventions - breathing
    Fan and oxygen therapy
    Positions to ease breathlessness
    Breathing techniques for breathlessness
    Part III Non-pharmacological interventions - thinking
    Anxiety management
    Energy conservation
    Part IV Non-pharmacologica interventions - functioning
    Exercise and activity promotion
    Supporting carers
    Part V An integrated strategy
    Care towards the end of life for the breathless patient
    An approach to the breathless patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Hatem A. Azim Jr.
    Contents:
    Overview
    1.Epidemiology of cancer in pregnancy
    2.Staging workup in pregnant cancer patients
    3.General concepts on surgical management of cancer during pregnancy
    4.Role and consequences of radiotherapy in managing cancer during pregnancy
    5.Pharmacokinetics of systemic anti-cancer therapies during pregnancy
    6.Obstetrical care of a pregnant woman with cancer
    7.Psychological and psychosocial care of a pregnant woman with cancer
    8.Supportive care during pregnancy
    10.Neonatal care and long-term consequences of in-utero exposure to systemic anticancer therapy
    Disease-specific chapters
    11.Managing breast cancer during pregnancy
    12.Managing melanoma during pregnancy
    13.Managing cervical cancer during pregnancy
    14.Managing ovarian tumors during pregnancy
    14.Managing lymphoma during pregnancy
    15.Managing leukemia during pregnancy
    16.Managing thoracic cancers during pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by D. John Betteridge, Stephen Nicholls.
    Contents:
    The vascular endothelium in diabetes / Andrew Lansdown, Elizabeth Ellins, Julian Halcox
    New biomarkers of cardiovascular disease in diabetes / Hitesh Patel, Sujay Chandran, Kausik K. Ray
    Kidney disease in diabetes / Amanda Y. Wang, Meg Jardine, and Vlado Perkovic
    Vascular imaging / Kiyoko Uno, Jordan Andrews and Stephen J. Nicholls
    Glycaemia and CVD and its management / Jeffrey W. Stephens, Akhila Mallipedhi, Stephen C. Bain
    Hypertension and cardiovascular disease and its management / Jose A. García-Donaire and Luis M. Ruilope
    Dyslipidaemia and its management in type 2 diabetes / D. John Betteridge
    Thrombosis in diabetes and its clinical management / R.A. Ajjan and Peter J. Grant
    Diet and lifestyle in CVD prevention and treatment / Alice H. Lichtenstein
    Management of acute coronary syndrome / Christopher M. Huff and A. Michael Lincoff
    Management of peripheral arterial disease / Rüdiger-Egbert Schernthaner, Gerit-Holger Schernthaner, Guntram Schernthaner.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Elaine A. Donoghue, Colleen A. Kraft.
    Summary: "This fully revised and updated resource helps teachers and caregivers address the challenges of caring for children with chronic health conditions and special health care needs in child care and school settings"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction: safe and appropriate care of children with chronic health needs
    Background
    The treatment team: partners in caring for children with chronic health needs
    Care plans
    Care plan implementation strategies for teachers and caregivers
    Medication administration issues
    Handling symptoms that develop while a child is in child care or school
    Planning for emergencies
    Transportation issues
    How to use the quick reference sheets
    Quick reference sheets
    Sample documents and forms.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Print
    John D. Otis.
    Summary: Chronic pain has a multitude of causes, many of which are not well understood or effectively treated by medical therapies. Individuals with chronic pain often report that pain interferes with their ability to engage in occupational, social, or recreational activities. Sufferers' inability to engage in these everyday activities may contribute to increased isolation, negative mood and physical deconditioning, which in turn can contribute to their experience of pain. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) has been proven effective at managing various chronic pain conditions, including rheumatoid arth.
    Digital Access Oxford 2007
  • Digital
    John Y.S. Kim, editor.
    Summary: Offering the perspective of seasoned surgeons who have seen, thought about, and worked through the common and uncommon problems that can arise in aesthetic breast surgery, this book serves as a reference to guide surgeons through the steps of understanding, potentially avoiding, and then treating these issues. Managing Common and Uncommon Complications of Aesthetic Breast Surgery is methodical in its approach, beginning with key relevant highlight of embryology and anatomy of the breast and continuing into common problems in breast surgery, implant-related surgery, breast lifts and reductions. A variety of pitfalls are also explored from rupture, capsular contracture, and implant malposition to the rare and uncommon surface-texture related lymphoma. Every process is explored in depth with carefully crafted, practical, and experientially tested solutions proposed. Featuring real patient photos, detailed tables, and high definition videos for supplemental learning, this text is a one-stop reference to help surgeons understand, manage, and treat complications in aesthetic breast surgery both common and uncommon.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Implants and Breast Augmentation
    1: Breast Embryology and Anatomy
    Introduction
    Embryology and Development
    Blood Supply to the Nipple-Areolar Complex
    Pedicles to the Nipple-Areolar Complex
    Innervation to the Breast and Nipple-Areolar Complex
    Pectoralis Muscle Anatomy
    What Is the IMF?
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Double Bubble: An Anatomic Analysis and Management Algorithm
    Introduction
    What Is the IMF?
    Translating IMF Anatomy to Iatrogenic Deformities: Pathophysiology of Double-Bubble Deformities Etiology, Incidence, and Risk Factors
    Prevention
    Techniques for Correction
    Pocket Conversion Techniques
    Inferior Support with Suture or Mesh-Assisted Capsulorrhaphy
    Algorithm for Double-Bubble Treatment
    Case Example
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Guiding Principles for Congenital Chest Wall and Breast Anomalies: Avoiding Complications
    Introduction
    Basic Science: Chest Wall Embryology and Breast Development
    Surgical Correction of Chest Wall Anomalies
    Rare Acquired Deformities
    The Psychosocial Implications Patient Assessment and Planning for Patients with Chest Wall and Breast Asymmetry
    Correction with Shaped Textured Versus Round Gel Implants
    The Increasing Role of Fat
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Treatment of Implant Malposition
    Introduction
    Types of Malposition and Their Causes
    Inferior Malposition
    Medial Malposition
    Lateral Malposition
    Superior Malposition
    Causes of Implant Malposition
    Operative Technique-Related Factors
    Implant-Related Factors
    Patient-Related Factors
    Treatment of Implant Malposition
    Evaluation
    Repair Approaches and Techniques Revision of Existing Pocket
    Creation of a New Pocket
    Case Examples
    Correction of Inferolateral Malposition
    Correction of Medial Malposition
    Correction of Inferior Malposition
    Prevention of Implant Malposition
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Implant Rupture: Pathophysiology, Diagnosis, and Management
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Incidence of Implant Rupture
    Etiology of Rupture
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Management of Saline Implant Ruptures
    Management of Silicone Implant Ruptures
    Conclusion
    References 6: Capsular Contracture: Controversies in Etiology and Management
    Introduction
    Clinical Presentation
    Causes
    Prevention
    Implant Irrigation
    Insertion Devices
    Prophylactic Antibiotics
    Nipple Shields
    Incisions
    Postoperative Care
    Treatment
    Leukotriene Antagonists
    Capsulectomy
    Implant Site Change
    Acellular Dermal Matrices
    Case Examples
    Case 1
    Case 2
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Breast Infections
    Introduction
    Risk Factors for Infection in Breast Augmentation
    Presentation
    Management
    Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lakshmi Ratnam, Uday Patel, Anna Maria Belli, editors.
    Summary: Managing Common Interventional Radiology Complications: A Case Based Approach is an easy-to-use manual that will help trainees and practising radiologists by providing cases which cover most of the complications that a general interventionalist may encounter in normal practice. The cases are presented succinctly but thoroughly, so that the reader is equipped to manage the complication immediately. Managing Common Interventional Radiology Complications: A Case Based Approach aims to teach the range of procedures involved in interventional radiology, and focuses on the complications that can arise in the process.

    Contents:
    Embolization Coil Trapped in the Side Hole of a Catheter
    Retrieval of an Intravascular Foreign Body in the Venous System
    Migrated Superior Vena Cava Stent Repositioned Using a Balloon and Loop Snare Combination
    Central Venous Catheter Inserted into the Mediastinum
    Femoral Artery Pseudoaneurysm Treated with Percutaneous Thrombin Injection
    Superficial Femoral Artery Thrombosis Post-angioplasty
    Superficial Femoral Artery Rupture Following Angioplasty
    Distal Embolization Following Common Iliac and Superficial Femoral Artery Angioplasty
    Flow-Limiting Iliac Artery Dissection Post-angioplasty
    Dissection of Superior Mesenteric Artery (SMA) During Transarterial Chemoembolization (TACE) via a Replaced Right Hepatic Artery
    Iatrogenic Iliac Artery Rupture During Arterial Stenting
    Detachment of a Balloon-Expandable Stent from the Balloon and the Wire
    Migration of Common Hepatic Artery Stent Graft Occluding Right Hepatic Artery Flow
    Migrated Stent Graft During TIPS Revision
    Type 1A Endoleak Following EVAR Treated with a Proximal Cuff
    Management of a Type 1B Endoleak Following EVAR
    Persistent Type 2 Endoleak Post-EVAR with Aneurysm Expansion
    Acute Renal Artery Occlusion and Trapped Renal Artery Catheter During Infrarenal AAA Stent Grafting
    Maldeployment of the Contralateral Limb During EVAR
    Branch Endograft Disconnection and Impending Type 3 Endoleak Post-EVAR
    Hemorrhage Following Percutaneous Nephrostomy
    Injury to Bowel Following Transplant Nephrostomy Insertion
    Renal Arterial Hemorrhage Following Renal Artery Stenting
    Pyrexia After Tumor Embolization: Infection Versus Post-embolization Syndrome
    Arterioportal Fistula and Liver Hemorrhage After Radiofrequency Ablation and TACE
    Protrusion of Vena Cava Filter into the Aorta
    The Multiple Options for Retrieval of a Tilted IVC Filter
    Retrieval of a Well-Orientated IVC Filter with Embedded Struts
    Retrieving a Tilted IVC Filter with Struts Penetrating the IVC
    Fistula Rupture Post-fistuloplasty
    Circumferential Balloon Rupture and Retained Fragments During Fistuloplasty and Thrombolysis of a Thrombosed Fistula
    Hemorrhage After Transjugular Liver Biopsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Francis Carbonaro, K. Sheng Lim, editors.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book is intended as the go-to guide for the identification and management of the complications associated with specific glaucoma procedures. All of the routinely performed procedures are covered: filtration surgery, including trabeculectomy and ExPRESS shunt, nonpenetrating surgeries such as deep sclerectomy and canaloplasty, procedures involving the placement of tube shunt devices, glaucoma laser treatments, and minimally invasive glaucoma surgeries (MIGS). The book is succinct but sufficiently detailed to provide the reader with a very well informed description of possible complications and the best way to manage them, based on the evidence from recent and seminal research. The authors are recognized experts who come from a wide geographic and varied glaucoma background. The book will be ideal for all surgeons, whether new or experienced, who seek easily accessible, reliable guidance on how to manage the intraoperative and early and late postoperative complications that may arise when performing glaucoma surgery.

    Contents:
    Complications in Glaucoma Laser
    Minimally-invasive glaucoma surgery
    Non-penetrating Glaucoma Surgery (Deep Sclerectomy, Viscocanaloplasty and Canaloplasty)
    Trabeculectomy complications and their management
    Complications associated with Glaucoma Tube Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Martin Jöhr.
    Contents:
    Concepts and strategy
    Airway related problems
    Vascular access
    Regional anaesthesia
    Medication related problems
    Pre-existing conditions.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital/Print
    major contributors, Matthews Mathai, Susheela Engelbrecht ; contributors, Mercedes Bonet [and others].
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG551 .M36 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Ivica Smokovski.
    Summary: This book covers the complexity of diabetes and related complications and presents the socio-economic burden of the disease, taking into account the rising prevalence reaching pandemic proportions and the associated costs. Factors causing high diabetes prevalence and the influence of the pharmaceutical industry are evaluated and solutions for sustainable diabetes care with limited resources are provided, including national focus on providing cost-effective diabetes treatment, nutrition and physical activity, structured diabetes education and centralized National e-Health System. Moreover, elaboration of long-term efforts to curb the diabetes burden through prevention activities are presented in this book. Managing Diabetes in Low Income Countries represents an essential guide for diabetes care clinicians and researchers, medical students and clinicians in training, diabetes policy makers, regulatory authorities, international diabetes and patient organisations all of whom are involved in current clinical practice for diabetes management.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Author
    Abbreviations
    Chapter 1: Burden of Diabetes Prevalence
    References
    Chapter 2: Diabetes Drivers
    References
    Chapter 3: Impact of Diabetes Complications
    References
    Chapter 4: Cost-Effectiveness of Available Diabetes Treatments
    References
    Chapter 5: Cost-Effectiveness of Monitoring Metabolic Control
    References
    Chapter 6: Importance of Structured Diabetes Education
    References
    Chapter 7: Benefits of Centralized e-Health System in Diabetes Care
    References
    Chapter 8: Promise of Nutrition
    References Chapter 9: Focus on Diabetes Prevention
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor: Rishi P Singh.
    Summary: This handbook is an overview of the diagnosis, treatment and long-term management of diabetic retinopathy, within the context of overall long-term diabetes disease management. Diabetes-related eye damage (diabetic retinopathy) is one of the most common complications of diabetes, affecting approximately 30-40% of people with diabetes. The situation is so severe that in countries such as the US and UK, diabetic retinopathy is currently the leading cause of blindness in people age 20 to 74 years old. Fortunately, there are several existing and emerging treatments on the horizon and with adequate control of the underlying diabetes, this condition can be successfully managed.

    Contents:
    Impact of diabetic retinopathy
    A basic scientific understanding of diabetic retinopathy
    Diabetic retinopathy screening
    Medical management of diabetic retinopathy
    Diabetes and cataracts
    Diabetes and glaucoma
    Ocular surface disease in diabetes
    Management of diabetic macular edema
    Management of proliferative diabetic retinopathy
    Future therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    George L. Bakris, Allison Hahr, Romesh Khardori, Daisuke Koya, Mark Molitch, Friedrich C. Prischl, Guntram Schernthaner, Bijin Thajudeen.
    Summary: An overview of the diagnosis, treatment, and long-term management of diabetic-related kidney disease in clinical practice. Includes an evidence-based discussion of currently available and experimental drug therapies currently in development, guided by international consensus guidelines. Ideal for physicians, medical trainees, nurses and other medical professional that regularly screen and treat patients with all types of diabetes.

    Contents:
    Overview
    Stages of disease and clinical features
    Pathogenesis and pathophysiology
    Patient assessment
    Treatment options.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph M. Galante, Matthew J. Martin, Carlos J. Rodriguez, Wade Travis Gordon, editors.
    Summary: This text is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to dismounted complex blast injuries. Sections address care of these patients from the point of injury through rehabilitation. The specific areas addressed include blast mechanics, stabilization and hemorrhage control at the point of injury, early resuscitation at local hospitals, a systematic approach to surgical care, and finally reconstruction and rehabilitation. Specific chapters focus on operative management of pelvic, abdominal, genitourinary, orthopedic, neurological and thoracic injuries. The authors of each chapter, are experts in treating DCBIs that have had direct hands-on experience through military deployments in Iraq and Afghanistan. Each chapter describes patient presentation and an algorithm outlining treatment with support from the literature. The text will conclude with three chapters. The first explores new advances in care that can be applied to these injuries. The second highlights the organization and team approach to care of these patients. Finally, the last chapter describes an actual case, cared for by the editors, that encompasses points from the chapters in the text. Extensive illustrations and flow diagrams are used throughout the text. This text is specifically designed to be a “how to” guide for inexperienced military and civilian providers. The chapters are organized in a step-wise fashion that mirrors the patient’s course from point of injury through their hospital course. Combining authors’ experience with illustrations and algorithm diagrams creates a text that is easy to use as a reference text or basis of training for future military and civilian surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Naim Kapucu, Alpaslan Özerdem, Abdul-Akeem Sadiq
    Summary: "Managing Emergencies and Crises: Global Perspectives is primarily for graduate level students and instructors who study and research on a wide range of socio-economic and political issues related to the management of 'natural' disasters from a 'social disaster' perspective. From a broad perspective this book covers various concepts including prevention, preparedness, response, and recovery, as well as vulnerability and risk assessment that need to be understood by those in the emergency management field"-- Provided by publisher. "As the scale, frequency, and intensity of crises faced by the world have dramatically increased over the last decade, there is a critical need for a careful stocktaking on the knowledge of managing disasters. Managing Emergencies and Crises: Global Perspectives clearly and comprehensively explores the most important concepts of emergency and crisis management, such as mitigation, protection, prevention, preparedness, response, recovery, and vulnerability and risk assessment, and illustrates them with cases involving disasters and emergencies worldwide. Substantially revised, the Second Edition has been reorganized and includes two new and timely chapters on terrorism and emergency management and public health emergencies and crises. It also provides an emphasis on management and leadership and cross-sector governance from interdisciplinary and global perspectivesKey Features:- Two new chapters: Terrorism and Emergency Management and Public Health Emergencies and Crises. - Diverse scholarly perspectives are presented to guide readers' understanding of various concepts in the emergency and crisis management field. - Rich and diverse case studies illustrate how various stakeholders, including emergency program managers, respond in crisis and emergency management situation. - Navigate eBook Access (included with the print text) provides online or offline access to the digital textbook"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Hazards, Disasters, and Vulnerability
    Prevention, Mitigation, and Preparedness
    Response and Recovery
    Risk Perception and Communication
    Community Disaster Resilience
    Emergency and Crisis Management Stakeholders
    Decision Making in Managing Emergencies and Crises
    Leadership in Managing Emergencies and Crises
    Building an Effective Emergency Management Organization
    Evaluation and Accountability
    Public Health Emergencies and Crises
    Terrorism and Emergency Management
    International Actors and Perspectives
    Future Directions in Emergency and Crisis Management.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Digital
    Gregory M. Booth, Sarah Frattali, editors.
    Summary: Many primary care clinicians are busy to the point of being overwhelmed and there is not time to do thorough evaluations on every patient. The outpatient clinician must be able to quickly identify and manage the overtly ill but also those with potential or even hidden issues that require a referral to the emergency department. This book provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the various conditions the primary care practitioner could encounter in his/her office that require emergency department referral. Organized system by system, this manual provides short, readable yet detailed descriptions of situations where the clinician must make the quick decision to escalate the level of care. The book is comprised of thirteen main sections, each detailing a medical specialty and is further broken down into specific conditions within these specialties. The specialties that are featured are cardiology, dermatology, endocrinology, gastroenterology, HEENT, hematology and oncology, infectious disease, nephrology, neurology, gynecology, ophthalmology, psychiatry, pulmonology and urology. The chapters are broken down into five key aspects. First, a brief synopsis of the problem is identified covering the incidence, the risk factors and general information to give the clinician the insight to manage the situation. Next, there is a review of key elements of the history that can elucidate whether the patient has or does not have the emergent condition. Physical exam findings that the clinician can look for during the evaluation are then discussed followed by diagnostics that the clinician can get quickly the same day to help evaluate the situation. Lastly, treatments that can be provided while waiting for the urgent or emergent condition to be evaluated are identified. Written by experts in the field, Managing Emergencies in the Outpatient Setting is a valuable resource for primary care physicians, physician assistants and nurse practitioners alike. .

    Contents:
    1. Cardiovascular Disease
    2. Infectious Disease
    3. Gastroenterology
    4. Neurology
    5. Nephrology
    6. Urology
    7. Obstetrics and Gynecology
    8. Otolaryngology (Ear Nose and Throat)
    9. Pulmonology
    10. Endocrinology
    11. Hematology and Oncology
    12. Ophthalmology
    13. Dermatology
    14. Psychiatry.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA643 .M337 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Editors: Fernando Perez-Ruiz, Ana Maria Herrero-Beites.
    Summary: "Gout has been a well-known disease for over 2000 years, and is the most common cause of joint inflammation in adult males. It has become apparent that no therapeutic target based on hyperuricemia outcome had been defined. Very few controlled trials were available to test the efficacy and safety of treatments, and no research on diagnosis and management had been done despite data showing that patients with gout were generally improperly treated even in the hands of specialists. In the last 10 years, good-quality evidence on gout impact and management has grown exponentially, renal transporters have been recently identified, and a number of new drugs have been approved or are under current development. This handbook discusses these developments and the future of gout treatment, which now looks promising."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Disease overview
    2. Physiopathology of gout
    3. Diagnosis of gout
    4. Treatment of hyperuricemia in gout
    5. Prevention and treatment of inflammation in gout
    6. Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Helen Westman, Malinda Itchins, Bernardo L. Rapoport.
    Summary: "Fast Facts: Managing Immune-Related Adverse Events in Oncology, 2nd edition, provides an overview of immuno-oncology and an update on immune checkpoint inhibitors and their associated toxicities, alongside the principles of diagnosing and managing immune-related adverse events, important nursing care considerations and a set of convenient management summaries for quick reference. As such, it is essential reading for all members of the cancer care team."--Provided by publisher
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Digital
    Yinghong Wang, editor.
    Summary: Certain organ toxicities can be severe and life-threatening. Therefore, it is crucial to recognize these disease entities early on to provide prompt and effective treatments to improve the quality of patient care, and enable the continuation of cancer therapy long-term. A clinical handbook with a particular focus in this field is lacking. This handbook focuses on the comprehensive, systematic review of clinical aspects of immunotherapy-induced toxicities in 15 major organ systems. The organs covered include endocrine, eye, gut, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscular-skeletal, neuro, pancreas and skin etc. A unique feature about this book is the inclusion of perspectives from Anesthesiology, Infectious Disease, and Pathology besides specific organ toxicity management. The contributors are a group of experts offering routine clinical care to patients with most complex and refractory toxicity conditions, conducting pioneering research, and providing the guidance for the clinical practice to the peers and trainees in the field. The topics of each chapter include incidence, clinical presentations, evaluation, management, and long term follow up of each disease entity. There is also a simplified management algorithm or table illustrated in each chapter as well as audio PowerPoint slide deck to provide straightforward general instruction on the evaluation and treatment.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Introduction
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Anesthesia
    General Recommendations
    Organ-Specific Treatment Strategies
    References
    Chapter 2: Cardiology (Heart)
    Available Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors
    Cardiac Side Effect Profile of Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors
    Mechanisms of Myocardial Toxicity
    ICI-Associated Myocarditis
    Timing Onset of Myocarditis
    Diagnostic Testing Considerations in ICI-Associated Myocarditis
    Troponin
    Natriuretic Peptide
    Electrocardiogram (ECG)
    Echocardiography
    Cardiac Magnetic Resonance (CMR) Imaging Endomyocardial Biopsy (EMB)
    Management
    Advanced Management
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Dermatology (Skin)
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Characteristics
    Morbilliform/Maculopapular Rash (MPR)
    Pruritus
    Eczematous Dermatitis
    Urticaria
    Lichenoid/Lichen Planus-Like Eruption
    Psoriasiform Dermatitis
    Vitiligo
    Granulomatous Dermatitis
    Xerosis
    Autoimmune Bullous Disorders
    Severe Cutaneous Adverse Reactions
    Erythema Multiforme (EM)
    Neutrophilic Dermatoses
    Sweet's Syndrome (Acute Febrile Neutrophilic Dermatosis)
    Pyoderma Gangrenosum Follicular Eruptions
    Rheumatologic Disease
    Dermatomyositis and polymyositis
    Mucosal Toxicities
    Hair Toxicities
    Nail irCAEs
    Less Common irCAEs
    Grover's Disease
    Keratoacanthoma/Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Evaluation
    Diagnostic Tests for Specific irCAEs
    Bullous Pemphigoid
    Dermatitis Herpetiformis
    Pemphigus Vulgaris-Like Lesions
    Urticaria
    Hair Toxicities
    Rheumatologic Diseases
    Treatment
    Treatment Pearls
    Pruritus
    Eczematous
    Urticaria
    Lichenoid
    Psoriasiform
    Vitiligo
    Bullous Pemphigoid
    Alopecia Mucosal Toxicities (Including Lichenoid Eruptions)
    Nail Toxicities
    Neutrophilic Dermatoses
    Granulomatous
    SCARs
    Erythema Multiforme
    Sarcoidosis
    Treatment Recommendations
    Long-Term Complication and Follow-Up
    References
    Chapter 4: Endocrine
    Introduction
    Checkpoint Inhibitor-Induced Hypophysitis
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Characteristics
    Evaluation
    Treatment
    Long-Term Complications and Follow-Up
    Thyroid Dysfunction
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Characteristics
    Evaluation
    Treatment
    Long-Term Complications and Follow-Up Primary Adrenal Insufficiency
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Treatment
    Checkpoint Inhibitor-Induced Diabetes
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Characteristics
    Evaluation
    Treatment
    Long-Term Complications and Follow-Up
    References
    Chapter 5: Gastroenterology (GI)
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Type of ICI Agent
    Type of Cancer
    The Patient
    Clinical Presentation and Evaluation
    Clinical Presentation
    Clinical Evaluation
    Biochemical and Stool Evaluation
    IMC, Infections, and Its Management
    Imaging
    Endoscopic Evaluation
    Histologic Evaluation
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    editors, Timothy R. Shope, Andrew N. Hashikawa.
    Summary: This guide provides child care directors, teachers, and caregivers with essential information on infectious diseases in group care settings. It includes a robust section of more than 55 quick reference fact sheets on common infectious diseases and symptoms. Additionally, it includes forms that can be photocopied and used with families. As always, the reference is easy to use, providing clear, authoritative information on infectious diseases.

    Contents:
    Overview of Managing Infectious Diseases in Child Care and Schools
    Reduce the Risk of Infection: Practice Prevention
    Health of Educators and Other Staff Members
    Recognizing the Ill Child: Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria
    Signs and Symptoms Chart
    Quick Reference Sheet
    Emergencies and Disasters: Infectious Disease Outbreaks, Epidemics, Pandemics, and Bioterrorism
    Sample Letters, Forms, and Relevant Resources.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023]
  • Digital
    edited by Susan S. Aronson and Timothy R. Shope.
    Summary: This award-winning guide provides child care directors, teachers, and caregivers with essential information on the prevention and management of infectious diseases in group care settings. The newly revised and updated fifth edition is aligned with the most recent version of the premier AAP source of information on infectious diseases, Red Book®: 2018-2021 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 31st Edition.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Jane Meschan Foy
    Summary: This all-new point-of-care clinical support chart aids physicians in responding to the mental health needs of their patients encountered in everyday practice.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Rohit Aggarwal, Chester V. Oddis, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Donald R Taylor, MD.
    Summary: This text will provide readers with a thorough review of the complex condition of chronic pain and addictions. The book was originally commissioned due to the need in the field for more literature on the topic. This concise pocket book will review epidemiology, clinical features, diagnosis, and medical management of both chronic pain and addiction. Busy healthcare professionals will benefit from this text, which will not only cover the foundation of the management of both conditions and together, but discuss up-to-date national and international treatment guidelines, upcoming therapies and REMS.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction to Chronic Pain
    Introduction to Managing Patients with Addictions and Chronic Pain
    Managing Patients with Chronic Pain and Addiction
    Case Studies
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hania González.
    Contents:
    Introduction to obesity
    understanding a patient with obesity
    preventative care and behaviour modification
    medical management of the patient with obesity
    surgical management of the patient with obesity
    long-term support for the patient with obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Michael Haase, Anja Haase-Fielitz, editors.
    Summary: As the number of people aged 65 years and above rises, physicians are increasingly confronted by elderly patients with impaired renal function, altered drug metabolism and multiple comorbidities. This book examines in detail the nature of renal injury in the elderly and its optimal management. A wide range of key topics are covered, including end-stage renal disease, diabetic nephropathy, acute kidney injury, drug metabolism and renal toxicity, dialysis and its complications and the use of renal transplantation. In addition, the assessment of glomerular filtration rate in the elderly and the role of novel renal biomarkers are carefully examined. Quality of life issues, the significance of other age-related medical problems and end of life care are also discussed. This book will be of value not only to nephrologists but also to general practitioners, medical students, intensivists, cardiologists, pharmacologists and those working in related specialties.

    Contents:
    Managing kidney injury in older patients
    Incidence, risk factors, and outcome
    Assessing glomerular filtration rate in older adults
    Risk assessment and diagnostic criteria of acute kidney injury: the role of tubular damage markers
    Pathogenesis and susceptibility to injury
    Drug kinetics, dosing, and renal toxicity in older adults
    Acute dialysis in older patients
    Quality of life, functional status, and specific medical problems in older patients
    End-of-life decision making in older patients with acute kidney injury and end-stage renal disease: ethical perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David A. Jobes ; foreword by Marsha M. Linehan.
    Contents:
    Collaborative assessment and management of suicidality: a suicide-specific clinical intervention within contemporary health care
    The SSF and the evolution of CAMS
    Systems of clinical care and optimizing the use of CAMS
    CAMS risk assessment: the collaborative use of the SSF
    CAMS treatment planning: coauthoring a suicide-specific treatment plan
    CAMS interim sessions: tracking suicide risk assessments and treatment plan updates
    CAMS clinical outcomes and disposition: lessons in living and a postsuicidal life
    CAMS as a means of decreasing malpractice liability
    CAMS adaptations and future developments.
  • Digital
    edited by Nicholas Panay, Paula Briggs, Gabor T. Kovacs.
    Summary: "The menopause marks the permanent cessation of menstruation and heralds the transition in a woman's life from a reproductive state to a non-reproductive one. Whilst the average age of this landmark varies slightly across the world, the menopause generally occurs in the early 50s, and is only truly affected by factors such as smoking, and medical and surgical induction of the menopausal state. However, clinical symptoms may precede this, and the physiological changes which occur with the menopausal transition may begin several years prior to the onset of any manifestations. The basis of the clinical and biochemical changes associated with the perimenopausal period is the depletion of ovarian follicles to a critical level"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Physiology of the Menstrual Cycle and Changes in the Perimenopause / Philip J. Dutton and Janice M. Rymer
    Clinical Features of the Menopause/Post-menopause / Gab Kovacs
    The Ovarian Reserve : Predicting the Menopause / Richard A. Anderson
    Premature Ovarian Insufficiency : Fertility Options / Tony Rutherford and Gab Kovacs
    Premature Ovarian Insufficiency : Optimizing Quality of Life and Long-Term Effects / Vujovic Svetlana, Miomira Ivovic, Milina Tancic Gajic, Ljiljana Marina and Svetlana Dragojevic-Dikic
    Natural Hormone Replacement Therapy After Menopause by Ovarian Tissue / Jacques Donnez and Marie-Madeleine Dolmans
    Migraine in the Menopause / E. Anne MacGregor
    Psychological aspects of the menopause / Myra S. Hunter
    Memory and Mood in the Menopause / Michael C. Craig
    Libido and Sexual Function in the Menopause / Claudine Domoney
    Vulvo-Vaginal Atrophy (VVA) / Rossella E. Nappi
    Pelvic Floor, Urinary Problems and the Menopause / Marco Gambacciani, Eleonora Russo, Magdalena Montt Guevara and Tommaso Simoncini
    The Effect of Menopause of the Musculoskeletal System / Jean Calleja-Agius and Mark P. Brincat
    Hormonal Management of Osteoporosis During the Menopause / Panagiotis G. Anagnostis and John C. Stevenson
    Cardiovascular Disease and the Menopause / Marta Caretto, Andrea Giannini, Tommaso Simoncini and Andrea R. Genazzani
    Gynecological Pathology in the Menopause (Excluding Cancers) / John Eden
    Nutrition and Weight Gain in the Menopause / Nigel Denby
    The Use of Estrogens and Progestogens in Menopausal Hormone Therapy / Kugajeevan Vigneswaran and Haitham Hamoda
    Androgen Therapy for Postmenopausal Women / Susan R. Davis
    Contraception for the Perimenopausal Woman / Paula Briggs and Nicola Kersey
    Hormone Therapy and Cancer / Anne Gompel
    Menopausal Hormone Therapy (MHT) and Venous Thrombosis / Sven O. Skouby and Johannes J. Sidelmann
    The Risk-Benefit Analysis of Menopausal Hormone Therapy in the Menopause / Elizabeth Stephenson and Tim Hillard
    Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators (SERMs) and Menopausal Hormone Therapy (MHT) / Steven R. Goldstein
    Non-hormonal Treatments for Menopausal Symptoms / Jenifer Sassarini
    Alternative Therapies for the Management of Menopausal Symptoms /
    Edzard Ernst and Paul Posadzki
    Menopause Symptoms / Sarah Gray
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Kieron P. O'Connor, Marc E. Lavoie, Benjamin Schoendorff.
    Summary: A pioneering guide for the management of tics and habit disorders Managing Tic and Habit Disorders: A Cognitive Psychophysiological Approach with Acceptance Strategies is a complete client and therapist program for dealing with tics and habit disorders. Groundbreaking and evidence-based, it considers tics and habit disorders as part of the same spectrum and focuses on the personal processes that are activated prior to a tic and habit rather than the tic or habit itself. By drawing on acceptance and mindfulness strategies to achieve mental and physical flexibility in preparing action, individuals can release unnecessary tension, expend less effort and ultimately establish control over their tic or habit. The authors explain how to identify the contexts of thoughts, feelings and activities that precede tic or habit onset, understand how self-talk and language can trigger tic onset, and move beyond unhelpful ways of dealing with emotions - particularly in taking thoughts about emotions literally. They also explore how individuals can plan action more smoothly by drawing on existing skills and strengths, and overcome shame by becoming less self-critical and more self-compassionate. They conclude with material on maintaining gains, developing new goals, and creating a more confident and controlled lifestyle. Managing Tic and Habit Disorders is a thoughtful and timely guide for those suffering from this sometimes all-consuming disorder, and the professionals who set out to help them.

    Contents:
    1. The nature of tics and habits
    2. Evaluation and assessment
    3. Motivation and preparation for change
    4. Developing awareness
    5. Identifying at-risk contexts
    6. Reducing tension
    7. Increasing flexibility
    8. Addressing styles of planning action
    9. Experiential avoidance, cognitive fusion, and the matrix
    10. Emotional regulation and overcoming the habit-shame loop
    11. Achieving goals and maintaining gains.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Stefano Guerriero, Wellington P. Martins, Juan Luis Alcazar, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to the performance of ultrasonography in women of reproductive age for the diagnosis and treatment of infertility. The coverage includes the use of ultrasonography for evaluation of the various disorders associated with infertility, such as endometriosis, anovulatory disorders, tubal disease, and adenomyosis; its role in assisted reproductive techniques; and its application to assess the viability and early complications of pregnancy. The more recent advances in the field are all addressed, including assessment of ovarian reserve, new classifications of uterine malformations using three-dimensional ultrasonography, and novel ultrasonographic modalities for the evaluation of tubal patency. Within each chapter, the focus is especially on the performance of the ultrasound examination, with highlighting of useful technical tips. The contributors are acknowledged experts from across the world, and the book will be of value for physicians, ultrasonographers, and other medical staff involved in caring for patients with fertility issues.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Ultrasound evaluation of women with infertility: Assessment of the functional ovarian reserve.-Anovulatory disorders
    Tubal diseases
    Endometrial cavity
    Adenomyosis and fibroids
    Congenital uterine anomalies
    Endometrioma and pelvic endometriosis
    Saline/gel/foam for examining the endometrial cavity and tubal patency
    Part 2 Ultrasound in assisted reproductive techniques: Monitoring ovulation induction and controlled ovarian stimulation
    Oocyte retrieval
    Ultrasound guidance during embryo transfer
    Part 3 Initial ultrasound evaluation in women with positive pregnancy test: Evaluation of pregnancy viability
    Ectopic pregnancy and pregnancy of unknown location.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mariagrazia Stracquadanio.
    Summary: This book is a practical clinical guide to the correct diagnosis and appropriate treatment of hyperandrogenism, an extremely common endocrine disease that can affect women from adolescence to menopause. The volume covers topics ranging from the causes to the treatment, providing an expert point of view on the assessment and the differential diagnosis. Since the hyper androgenic syndromes are often associated with menstrual disorders, it is a valuable and easy-to-use resource, not only for endocrinologists but for gynecologists as well. Thanks to its clear approach, it is also useful for all specialists who deal with this women's disease.

    Contents:
    1. Definition, epidemiology, genetics
    2. Causes of hyperandrogenism: Ovarian diseases
    Adrenal diseases
    Iatrogenic forms and other diseases
    3. Clinical features and assessment of hyperandrogenism: Hirsutism
    Acne
    Androgenic alopecia
    4. Differential Diagnosis for clinical use
    5. Treatment: Hormonal and antiandrogenic treatment
    Non-hormonal treatment
    Topical therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Raymond A. Pensy, John V. Ingari, editors.
    Summary: This practical and generously illustrated text presents the current concepts regarding the management of the mangled extremity, including microsurgery, vascular surgery, free tissue, nerve, hand, and replantation surgery. Since the advent of microsurgical reconstruction, significant progress has been made in the areas of replantation, free tissue transfer, as well as the refinement of skeletal fixation techniques. The scope will encompass the initial triage of a patient with a mangled upper or lower extremity, the initial and subsequent reconstructive efforts, to include skeletal fixation, vascular and soft tissue reconstruction, muscle and tendon transfers, psychological impact, therapy requirements, amputation considerations, and current data on salvage versus amputation in these scenarios. Case examples will be included to add further depth and context to the techniques and recommendations provided. Presenting these surgical challenges in detail, The Mangled Extremity will be an ideal resource for orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows, as well as emergency surgeons facing these intense, traumatic injuries.

    Contents:
    Rebuilding the Mangled Extremity: Foundation to Rooftop
    The Triage of the Patient with the Mangled Extremity
    Temporizing and Definitive Skeletal Fixation for the Mangled Lower Extremity
    Temporizing and Definitive Skeletal Fixation for the Mangled Upper Extremity
    Revascularization of the Mangled Limb
    Replantation of the Mangled Upper Extremity
    Non-Microsurgical Soft Tissue Coverage of the Mangled Limb
    Microsurgical Reconstruction for the Mangled Limb
    Growing Bone: Lengthening and Grafting
    Restoring Function: Tendon and Nerve Transfers
    Functional Muscle Transfer for the Mangled Limb
    The Psychological Impact of the Mangled Limb
    Therapy Requirements and Goals of the Patient with the Mangled Limb
    Non-Opioid Strategies for Pain Management
    Salvage vs. Amputation: Lower Extremity and Upper Extremity
    Orthotic Management of the Mangled Extremity
    Prosthetic Care for the Mangled Extremity
    The Mangled Extremity: Osseointegration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, editor.
    Summary: This book represents the first comprehensive compilation of deliberations on botany; genetic resources; genetic diversity analysis; classical genetics & traditional breeding; in vitro culture & genetic transformation; detailed information on molecular maps & mapping of economic genes and QTLs; whole genome sequencing of the nuclear genome and sequencing of chloroplast genome; and elucidation of functional genomics. It also addresses alternate flowering, a unique problem in mango, and discusses currently available genomic resources and databases. Gathering contributions by globally reputed experts, the book will benefit the students, teachers, and scientists in academia and at private companies interested in horticulture, genetics, breeding, pathology, entomology, physiology, molecular genetics and breeding, in vitro culture & genetic engineering, and structural and functional genomics.

    Contents:
    Mango: The King of Fruits
    Botany of Mango
    Mango Propagation
    Genetic Resources in Mango
    Genetic diversity analysis of mango
    Alternate flowering in mango
    Classical genetics and breeding
    In Vitro Culture and genetic transformation in mango
    Molecular mapping and breeding in mango
    The genome sequence and transcription studies in mango (Mangifera indica L.)
    The mango chloroplast genome
    Mango functional genomics
    Mango genomic resources and databases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeremy Farrar [and 5 others].
    Summary: From the difficult to diagnose to the difficult to treat, Manson's Tropical Diseases prepares you to effectively handle whatever your patients may have contracted. Featuring an internationally recognized editorial team, global contributors, and expert authors, this revised and updated medical reference book provides you with the latest coverage on parasitic and infectious diseases from around the world. Incorporate the latest therapies into your practice, such as recently approved drugs and new treatment options.Find what you need easily and apply it quickly with highlighted key information, convenient boxes and tables, extensive cross-referencing, and clinical management diagrams.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Comité Asesor de la OPS/OMS en Bacteriología de la Tuberculosis.
    Contents:
    Pt.
    1. La Muestra; El Examen microscópico.--pt.
    2. El Cultivo del Mycobacterium tuberculosis.--pt.
    3. Sensibilidad del Mycobacterium tuberculosis a lsa drogas; La Identificación de micobacterias.--pt.
    4. La Organización de los laboratorios de bacteriología de la tuberculosis; medidas de seguridad.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA639 .P187
    2
  • Digital/Print
    [por] Gilbert ... [et al.].
    Contents:
    1. Enfermedades infecciosas y diatésicas. Intoxicaciones. Enfermedades de la sangre / [por C. Doptor, ... et al.]
    2. Enfermedades del aparato respiratorio. Enfermedades del aparato circulatorio / por M. Loeper ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Google Books [1916?]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L61 .C46
    1
  • Digital
    edited by, Angela D. Klimaszewski, RN, MSN, [and 5 others].
    Digital Access R2Library 2015
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Derek L. Milne and Robert P. Reiser.
    Contents:
    Introduction and overview of evidence-based CBT supervision
    Guiding principles behind our CBT supervision manual
    The context for CBT supervision
    Training CBT supervisors
    The alliance in CBT supervision
    Goal-setting in CBT supervision
    Facilitating learning in CBT supervision
    Feedback and evaluation in CBT supervision
    Support and guidance in CBT supervision
    Concluding remarks
    Appendix: Video catalogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Mark W. Leitman.
    Contents:
    Medical history
    Measurement of vision and refraction
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    External structures
    The orbit
    Slit lamp examination and glaucoma
    The retina and vitreous.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Mark W. Leitman, MD.
    Summary: "The eye exam depends on many sophisticated, and costly instruments, together with highly trained professionals to operate them. Ophthalmologist - The ophthalmologist attended 4 years of college, 4 years of medical (MD) or osteopathic (DO) school, and 3 years of specialty eye residency training. They may remain general ophthalmologists, but now, more often than not, spend an additional 1-2 years subspecializing in corneal and external disease, vitreoretinal disease, cataracts, glaucoma, neuro-ophthalmology, oculoplastic surgery, pathology, pediatric (strabismus), or uveitis. Optometrist (OD) - The optometrist completes 4 years of college and 4 years of optometry school. They perform similar tasks to the ophthalmologist, with subspecialty fellowships similar to ophthalmology, but with stress on medical, rather than surgical skills.Opticians (ABO, American Board of Opticians) - Opticians grind the lenses and put them in frames (laboratory optician) or fit them on the patient (dispensing optician). Their training and certification is highly variable from state to state, but often includes 2 years at a community college. Ocularists (BCO, BRDO, FASO) - Ocularists are few in number and often learn their craft by apprenticeship. They have to pass tests for certification. Their job is to fit the rarely needed sclera shell after removal of an eye. (Fig. 423-426). Ophthalmic technicians - Ophthalmic technicians have varying degrees of licensure. With medical supervision, they may take medical histories; measure eye pressure; do refractions and visual field testing; take visual activities; teach contact lens fitting; and often assist in using the following diagnostic tests"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medical history
    Measurement of vision and refraction
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    External structures
    The orbit
    Slit lamp examination
    Glaucoma
    Uvea
    Cataracts
    Retina.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    [American Heart Association, Subcommittee on Emergency Cardiac Care, Working Group on CPR-ECC in Basic Cardiac Life Support].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC732 .M297 1981
    1
  • Digital
    Judd W. Landsberg.
    Summary: "Clinical Practice Manual for Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, by Judd W. Landsberg, MD, is a unique point-of-care manual that provides essential information on managing inpatients and outpatients with common, serious respiratory and internal medicine presentation and problems. Easy-to-follow diagnostic and therapeutic algorithms are accompanied by case-based illustrations encountered on a daily basis by attendings, fellows, residents, and students. The bulleted format, concise approach, and familiar examples provide a framework for effective teaching, learning, and patient care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Pulmonary. Approach to oxygenation, hypoxemia and hypoxemic respiratory failure
    Ventilation and hypercapnic respiratory failure
    The chest radiograph
    Evaluating chronic dyspnea, dyspnea on exertion and exercise limitation
    Heart failure for the pulmonary critical care physician
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Exacerbation of obesity hypoventilation syndrome
    Lung cancer
    Aspergillus lung disease
    Oral anaerobic lung infection, aspiration pneumonia, lung abscess and empyema
    Chronic cough
    Cough syncope
    Bronchiectasis
    Sarcoidosis
    Acute venous thromboembolic disease
    Pneumothorax (PTX) and bronchopleural fistulas (BPF): air in the pleural space
    Smoking cessation
    Diffuse parenchymal lung disease and its mimics
    Section 2: Critical care. Shock
    Invasive mechanical ventilation
    Non-invasive ventilatory support with BIPAP
    Tracheostomy
    Hemoptysis
    Salt and water: the physiology of volume and tonicity regulation
    Diabetic emergencies
    The obtunded inpatient with normal vital signs
    Bedside presentations in the ICU
    Code status
    Advanced care planning and the family meeting-
    Compassionate, terminal extubation
    ICU pearls.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Maurene McQuestion, Lorraine C. Drapek, Mary Ellyn Witt.
    Summary: "Advances in technology, research, and evidence-based practice have led to improvements in the care of patients receiving radiation therapy. The knowledge and expertise required by nurses must focus on the needs of patients who come into their care at any point across the trajectory of the cancer journey. Nurses may work with patients at varying stages of the radiation therapy process and in a wide range of settings. Regardless, however, the need to be knowledgeable about the symptoms and side effects associated with this treatment is essential for nurses caring for this patient population. The Oncology Nursing Society has published the fifth edition of Manual for Radiation Oncology Nursing Practice and Education to support nurses who care for patients who will receive, are receiving, or have received radiation therapy. The fifth edition features significant updates and changes to the content to reflect advances in technology, treatment options, and symptom manage¬ment. New sections have been added based on input from radiation oncology nurses or as a result of changes in treatment options, the needs of specific patient populations, and observations from clinical practice. New topics include patients with cognitive changes and dementia; general distress and coping; patients with mental illness; special populations, such as women who are pregnant, ado-lescents, and young adults; special needs related to late effects of treatment and cardiac toxicities; and treatment modalities, includ¬ing cobalt therapy and immunotherapy. This manual serves as an essential resource for individual nurses new to working in a radiation therapy set¬ting as well as to nurses wanting to advance their knowledge in radiation biology and protection, diverse radiation therapy modalities, combination treatments, site- or disease-specific concerns, symptom management, special populations, and care during transition points. Additionally, this manual can be a resource to advanced practice clinicians, educators, and administrators, with a focus on support for nursing staff seeking the education and skills required to care for patients receiving radiation therapy and their families"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Scope of practice for the registered nurse
    Practice of radiation oncology
    Radiation protection and safety
    Symptom management
    Site-specific management
    Disease-specific management
    Oncologic emergencies : spinal cord compression and superior vena cava syndrome
    Modality-specific management
    Special populations
    Chemical modifiers of treatment
    General radiation oncology issues
    Patient, caregiver, and family education.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Eduardo Casas Rojo, Covadonga Fernandez-Golfin, José Luis Zamorano, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Benjamin D. Nicholson, Michael J. Vitto, Harinder S. Dhindsa, editors.
    Summary: Ultrasound has rapidly become integral to the practice of emergency medicine. Over the past few years, with improvements in device size and cost, there has been increasing interest in exploring the utility of ultrasound in the prehospital environment. Much of the available literature on ultrasound in the emergency setting focuses on care delivered in emergency departments and intensive care units within the developed world. As a result, most resources are inappropriate and inadequate for doctors and non-physicians practicing in out-of-hospital environments that, by definition, are resource limited. This manual fills that gap by focusing on simplified discussions of ultrasound studies, ultrasound physics, and research that impacts out-of-hospital care in order to meet the needs of prehospital and austere providers. The manual discusses the use of ultrasound for diagnosis in out-of-hospital care, advanced noninvasive monitoring of patients, and safety in performing procedures common to the prehospital and austere environment. As is the approach for prehospital education, the chapters are complaint based and not diagnosis based where applicable. Chapters cover ultrasound image interpretation and basic physics; common image adjustments to improve image quality; unique challenges found in urban prehospital environments, austere/wilderness environments, tactical environments, and military special operations environments; and initial training, quality improvement/assurance programs, and credentialing. It also includes a section on procedures such as pericardiocentesis, vascular access, cricothyroidotomy, and others specific to austere providers. The Manual of Austere and Prehospital Ultrasound is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, and medical students in emergency medicine, civilian and military EMS providers, and critical care flight paramedics and nurses.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction and Background
    Chapter 1: Physics and Knobs
    Part 2: Considerations for Specific Environments
    Chapter 2: Ground EMS
    Chapter 3: Helicopter Emergency Medical Services
    Chapter 4: Military Special Operations and Prolonged Field Care
    Chapter 5: Considerations for Ultrasound in the Urban Search and Rescue (USAR) Environment
    Part 3: Diagnosis
    Chapter 6: Shortness of Breath
    Chapter 7: Chest Pain
    Chapter 8: Trauma
    Chapter 9: Undifferentiated Hypotension
    Chapter 10: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Abdominal Pain
    Chapter 11: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Ocular
    Chapter 12: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Obstetric
    Chapter 13: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Skin and soft tissue
    Chapter 14: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Skeletal Trauma
    Part 4: Monitoring
    Chapter 15: Ultrasound Guidance of Resuscitation in Shock
    Chapter 16: Endotracheal tube placement
    Chapter 17: Intracranial Pressure Evaluation
    Chapter 18: Bladder Volume and Assessment of Hydronephrosis
    Part 5: Procedures
    Chapter 19: Vascular Access
    Chapter 20: Pericardiocentesis
    Chapter 21: Surgical cricothyroidotomy
    Chapter 22: Advanced Procedure Topic for Austere Providers: Thoracentesis
    Chapter 23: Advanced Procedure Topic for Austere Providers: Upper extremity nerve blocks
    Chapter 24: Advanced Procedure Topic for Austere Providers: Lower extremity nerve blocks
    Part 6: Training
    Chapter 25: Initial Training, Credentialing, and Quality Assurance/Quality Improvement Processes
    Chapter 26: Care of Equipment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David L. Brown, David Warriner.
    Contents:
    Cardiac Physical Examination in the Cardiac Intensive Care Unit
    Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Acute Myocardial Infarction: Adjunctive Pharmacologic Therapies
    Right Ventricular Myocardial Infarction
    Mechanical Complications of Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Cardiogenic Shock
    Acute Heart Failure and Pulmonary Edema
    Acute Fulminant Myocarditis
    Stress (Takotsubo) Cardiomyopathy
    Cardiorenal Syndrome Type 1
    Sudden Cardiac Death
    Ventricular Tachycardia
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Unstable Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Acute Presentations of Valvular Heart Disease
    Hypertensive Emergencies
    Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Inotropic and Vasoactive Agents
    Intensive Diuresis and Ultrafiltration
    Antidysrhythmic Electrophysiology and Pharmacotherapy
    Central Venous and Arterial Access Procedures
    Temporary Cardiac Pacing
    Pericardial Tamponade
    Invasive Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Temporary Mechanical Circulatory Support Devices
    Ventricular Assist Device Therapy in Advanced Heart Failure.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital/Print
    Bradley J. Harlan, Albert Starr, Fredric M. Hawrin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    RD598 .H32
    2
  • Digital
    Chiara Lestuzzi, Stefano Oliva, Francesco Ferraù, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Introductory aspects
    II. Cardiac problems as a consequence of cancer
    III. Oncologic treatments and cardiotoxicity
    IV. Cardiac tumors
    Improving the cooperation between oncologists, cardiologists, and general practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Brian P. Griffin, Venu Menon ; guest editors, Joseph M. Bumgarner, Chetan P. Huded, Newton B. Wiggins.
    Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. An ideal reference for residents, fellows, practitioners, and nurse practitioners, Manual of Cardiovascular Medicine, 5th Edition is a concise, up-to-date overview of key topics in cardiology. Using a practical, outline format, this best-selling title presents evidence-based approaches to cardiovascular diagnosis, diseases, and treatment - perfect for daily practice or exam preparation. A new, larger format and content that is thoroughly up to date; organized by disease and treatment so you can find what you're looking for quickly. With a focus on guidelines and the evidence basis for cardiovascular disease management, coverage includes approaches to common clinical syndromes and investigations, including drug therapy. Updated content with the latest innovations in cardiovascular medicine- including percutaneous approaches to valve disease, device management of cardiogenic shock, and the heart in the athlete. Clear diagrams, high-quality ECGs, and helpful summary tables provide excellent visual reinforcement to the text. Authoritative perspectives from the experienced staff and fellows at the Cleveland Clinic provide practical guidance in performance of common cardiovascular procedures and integration of devices.Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"-- Provided by publisher. "The 5th edition of the Manual of Cardiovascular Medicine has been extensively updated and revised"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section VIII: Preventive cardiology. Dyslipidemia / Mohamed B. Elshazly, Leslie Cho
    Nonlipd cardiovascular risk factors / Donald Clark III
    Diabetes and the heart / Khendi White Solaru, Haitham Ahmed, Venu Menon. Section IX: Noninvasive assessment. Exercise electrocardiographic testing / Rayji S. Tsutsui
    Nuclear cardiac imaging / Brett W. Sperry, Wael A. Jaber
    Stress echocardiography / Jimmy L. Kerrigan
    Testing for myocardial viability / Terence Hill, Patrick Collier
    Cardiovascular computed tomography including calcium storing / Bo Xu, Christine Jellis
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging / Serge C. Harb. Section X: Electrophysiologic procedures. Electrophysiologic studies / Newton B. Wiggins, Thomas D. Callahan
    Cardiac resynchronization therapy / Mohamed B. Elshazly, John Rickard
    Cardiac pacing / Joseph M. Bumgarner
    Antitachycardia devices / Joseph M. Bumgarner
    Cather Ablation / Corey M. Coleman, Thomas D. Callahan. Section XI: Common cardiology procedures. Common ECG patterns / Salim H. Ahmed ... [et al.]
    Temporary cardiac pacing / Erich L. Kiel, Bryan J. Baranowski
    Electrical cardioversion / Corey M. Coleman
    Right heart catherization / Grant W. Reed, Venugopal Menon
    Endomyocardial biopsy / Antonio L. Perez, W. H. Wilson Tang
    Short-term mechanical circulatory support device / Grant W. Reed ... [et al.]
    Left heart catheterization / Samuel E. Horr, Amar Krisshnaswamy
    Percutaneous coronary intervention / Daniel M. Shivapour, Amar Krishnaswamy, Samir R. Kapadia
    Percutaneous structural heart disease procedures / Michael J. Johnson, Amar Krishnaswamy
    Transthoracic echocardiography / Albree Tower-Rader
    Transesophageal echocardiogarphy / Jorge Betancor, Maran Thamiliarasan
    Pericardiocentesis / Carlos L. Alviar, Brian P. Griffin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Emergency)
    LWW Health Library (Cardiology)
  • Digital
    Giulio Agnetti, Merry L. Lindsey, D. Brian Foster, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: why proteomic is important to you and the broad scientific community
    State-of-the-Art in Cardiac Proteomics
    Pitfalls to be avoided in experimental design
    Proteomic workflow: one size does not fit all
    Bottom-up Proteomics
    Top-Down Proteomics
    Targeted Proteomics
    Data Analysis and Data Mining
    Post-translational Modifications in the Cardiac Proteome
    Taylored Approaches to Study Post-translational Modifications
    Concluding Remarks: Proteomics AD 2025.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P496.P2 N2 1950
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Mike Sharland [and twenty-seven others].
    Summary: This manual gives information on the causative organisms, epidemiology and clinical features of all important childhood infections. It includes guidance on the clinical management of the infections and on steps to be taken to prevent future cases.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Larry F. Chu, Andrea J. Traynor, and Viji Kurup.
    Contents:
    Section I. Practice of anesthesiology
    section II. Monitoring
    section III. Equipment and procedures
    section IV. Pharmacology
    section V. Intraoperative fluid management and blood component therapy
    section VI. Neuraxial and regional anesthesia
    section VII. Anesthesia and comorbid diseases
    section VIII. Pediatric anesthesia
    section IX. Cardiac anesthesia
    section X. Obstetric anesthesia
    Section XI. Anesthetic concerns in other subspecialty anesthesia
    section XII. Postoperative concerns in anesthesia
    section XIII. Crisis management algorithms in anesthesia
    section XIV. Atlas of clincial procedures
    section XV. Atlas of preipheral nerve block procedures
    section XVI. Atlas of echocardiography.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    researched and approved by Chicago Dietetic Association and South Suburban Dietetic Association of Cook and Will Counties.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM216 .M29 1981
    1
  • Digital
    editors in chief, James H. Jorgensen, Emeritus, Department of Pathology, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, Texas, Michael A. Pfaller, T2 Biosystems, Lexington, Massachusetts, and Professor Emeritus, University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa ; volume editors, Karen C. Carroll, Department of Pathology, Division of Microbiology, The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland [and 4 others].
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital/Print
    editors-in-chief, Karen C. Carroll, Division of Medical Microbiology, Department of Pathology, The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland, Michael A. Pfaller, Departments of Pathology and Epidemiology (emeritus), University of Iowa, Iowa City, and JMI Laboratories, North Liberty, Iowa ; volume editors, Marie Louise Landry, Laboratory Medicine and Internal Medicine, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, Alexander J. McAdam, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Robin Patel, Infectious Diseases Research Laboratory, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Sandra S. Richter, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, David W. Warnock, Atlanta, Georgia.
    Contents:
    V. 1: Sect. I: Diagnostic strategies and general topics
    Sect. II: Bacteriology
    Sect. III: Antibacterial agents and susceptibility test methods
    V. 2: Sect. IV: Virology
    Sect. V: Antiviral agents and susceptibility test methods
    Sect. VI: Mycology
    Sect. VII: Antifungal agents and susceptibility test methods
    Sect. VIII: Parasitology
    Sect. IX: Antiparastitic agents and susceptibility test methods.
    Digital Access Wiley 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR46 .M43 2019
    2
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Bartosz Chmielowski, Mary Territo.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC263 .M263 2017
    1
  • Print
    editors, Timothy A. Morris, Andrew L. Ries, Richard A. Bordow.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC756 .M26 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Lais R. Costa, Mary Rose Paradis.
    Contents:
    Part I: General clinical examinations and routine procedures. Principles of horse handling for veterinarians: horse handling versus horse restraint
    Physical restraint of the horse for clinical procedures
    History and physical examination of the horse
    Venous blood collection
    Arterial blood collection
    Injection techniques
    Other routes of medication administration
    Placement and care of intravenous catheters
    Chemical restraint
    Aseptic technique
    Part II: Clinical procedures by body systems: digestive system. Oral and dental examination
    Perineural anesthesia for dental procedures
    Common dental procedures
    Nasogastric intubation
    Abdominocentesis
    Rectal examination
    Percutaneous cecal trocharization
    Gastroscopy and esophagoscopy
    Part III: Clinical procedures by body systems: respiratory system. Endoscopic examination of the upper respiratory tract
    Tracheostomy
    Nasopharyngeal sampling
    Nasotracheal intubation
    Endoscopy and catheterization of the guttural pouch for sampling and lavage
    Local bronchoalveolar lavage of adults and foals
    Transtracheal aspiration of adults and foals
    Part IV: Clinical procedures by body systems: locomotor system. Lameness examination.
    Perineural anesthesia of the limbs
    Arthrocentesis and intraarticular analgesia/anesthesia
    Intravenous regional limb perfusion in adult horses
    Collection of muscle biopsy in horses
    Examination of foot conformation and balance
    Limb bandages and splints
    Cast application
    Part V: Clinical procedures by body systems: reproductive system. Reproductive evaluation of the stallion
    Reproductive evaluation of the mare
    Artificial insemination
    Placement of Caslick's suture
    Evaluation and monitoring of the pregnant mare
    Impending parturition and delivery
    Evaluation and monitoring of the post-parturient mare
    Part VI: Clinical procedures in neonatal medicine. Restraining the neonatal foal
    Physical examination of the neonatal foal
    Electrocardiography in the neonatal foal
    Arterial blood pressure measurement in the neonatal foal
    Measurement of central venous pressure in the neonatal foal
    Pulse oximetry in the neonatal foal
    Cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation of the neonatal foal
    Arterial blood sampling in the neonatal foal
    Venous blood sampling in the neonatal foal
    Urinary catheter placement in the neonatal foal
    Cerebral spinal fluid collection in the neonatal foal
    Intravenous catheter placement in the neonatal foal
    Intraosseus needle placement in the neonatal foal
    Placement of a nasal insufflation tube in the neonatal foal
    Placement of a nasogastric tube in the neonatal foal
    Administration of enema in the neonatal foal
    Arthrocentesis and joint lavage in the neonatal foal
    Regional limb perfusion in the neonatal foal
    Part VII: Clinical Procedures by Body Systems: Urinary System. Urinary catheterization of adult male horses
    Urinary catheterization of mares
    Part VIII: Clinical procedures by body systems: ocular procedures. Equine ocular examination
    Ophthalmic nerve blocks
    Ophthalmic diagnostic procedures
    Ophthalmic therapeutic procedures
    Part IX: Clinical procedures by body systems: dermatological procedures. Brushing/grooming
    Cellophane tape preparation
    Skin scraping
    Dermatophilus preparation
    Fungal culture of superficial skin lesions
    Skin biopsy
    Onchocerca preparation
    Intradermal sweat testing
    Part X: Clinical procedures by body systems: neurologic procedures. Neurologic examination
    Epidural anesthesia and analgesia
    Equine field anesthesia
    Part XI: Clinical procedures by body systems: miscellaneous procedures. Bone marrow aspiration
    Saddle evaluation and fitting
    Pre-purchase examination
    Euthanasia.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Allan L. Truant, editor-in-chief.
    Contents:
    Role of the U.S Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in the regulation of clinical microbiology devices / Kathleen B. Whitaker, Sally A. Hojvat, and Estelle Russek-Cohen
    Commercial blood culture systems and methods / Micheal L. Wilson, Melvin P. Weinstein, and L. Barth Reller
    Rapid devices and instruments for the identification of aerobic bacteria / Laura J. Chandler, P. Rocco LaSala, and Susan Whittier
    Rapid devices and instruments for the identification of anaerobic bacteria / Christopher L. Emery, Maria D. Appleman, Jean A. Siders, Thomas E. Davis (and Stephen D. Allen, deceased)
    Rapid antigen devices and instruments for the detection and identification of viruses / Wallace H. Greene, Marilyn A. Menegus, and Allan L. Truant
    Molecular tests for the identification of viruses / Scott Duong and Christine C. Ginocchio
    Viral hepatitis / Emily Cartwright and Yun F. (Wayne) Wang
    Human papillomaviruses / N. Esther Babdy
    Human immunodeficiency virus / Richard L. Hodinka
    Chlamydia / Claudiu I. Bandea, Robert C. Jerris, and Carolyn M. Black
    Mycoplasma / Ken B. Waites and Cecile Bbar
    Commercial methods for identification and susceptibility testing of fungi / Stephen A. Moser and Jason Wicker
    Mycobacteria / Xiang Yang Han
    Diagnostic medical parasitology / Lynne S. Garcia and Gary W. Procop
    Molecular microbiology / Raghava Potula and Yi-Wei Tang
    Automated immunoassay analyzers / Richard L. Hodinka and Matthew J. Binnicker
    Molecular typing instruments and methods / Ruth Ann Luna
    Commercial methods in clinical veterinary microbiology / Thomas J. Inzana, Xiang-Jin Meng, Tanja Opriessing, and Lora Ballweber
    Microbiology laborry information systems / Raymond D. Aller and Vincent Salazar
    Emerging infectious diseases / Brett Laurence, Julie Collins, Carolyn Fernandes, Rafik Samuel, and Byungse Suh
    Automated and manual systems for antimicrobial susceptibility testing of bacteria / Alan T. Evangelista and James A. Karlowsky
    Bioterrorism / James W. Snyder and Michael A. Pentella
    Clinical microbiology : looking ahead / Natalie N. Whitfield, Raquel M. Martinez, and Donna M. Wolk.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Emmanouil Brilakis.
    Summary: "Manual of Coronary Chronic Total Occlusion Interventions: A Step-by-Step Approach, Second Edition, is an easy to read reference for coronary chronic total occlusion interventions (CTO). Written by recognized national and international experts in the field, this reference compiles the steps necessary to preform, what pitfalls to watch out for, and troubleshooting tactics necessary for coronary chronic total occlusion interventions (CTO). This second edition is updated with new developments in the field. The 2nd edition covers techniques like the Carlino technique, "scratch and go", "BASE", double-blind stick and swap, and subintimal crush, along with tips about how to use the latest complex PCI equipment. It also covers recently published trials, CTO scores and hybrid series"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    When to perform chronic total occlusion interventions
    Equipment
    The basics : timing, dual injection, studying the lesion, access, anticoagulation, guide support, trapping, pressure and electrocardiogram monitoring
    Antegrade wire escalation : the foundation of chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
    Antegrade dissection/reentry
    The retrograde approach
    Putting it all together : the hybrid approach
    “balloon-uncrossable” and “balloon-undilatable” chronic total occlusions
    Complex lesion subsets
    Radiation management during chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
    Stenting of chronic total occlusion lesions
    Complications
    How to build a successful coronary chronic total occlusion program
    Equipment commonly utilized in CTO interventions
    Commonly used acronyms in CTO interventions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Mohan Thomas, James D'Silva.
    Summary: The most comprehensive cosmetic plastic surgery manual on body contouring surgeries explains in detail how to undertake body contouring procedures to remove excess fat deposits and sagging skin so as to improve the shape as well as the tone of the abdomen, back, thighs and other areas of the body, resulting in a body with smoother contours and providing an appropriate shape. It also describes the latest procedures including high definition and fine definition liposuction with the use of various technologies and body contouring after massive weight loss. It also contains chapters on important procedures of fat grafting along with live stem cells, and how they can only be harvested from the fat during liposuction. This surgical manual discusses all possible body contouring procedures in a step by step How To manner so as to help the novice Cosmetic Surgeons as well as seasoned and experienced Surgeons alike. The risks, complications along with pearls are discussed along with individual procedures with a series of step-by-step photographs and pre and post images and short video clips. This Manual in Cosmetic Surgery and Medicine sets the standard for doctors entering the field of aesthetic surgery and medicine. It is a reference book for people who are in practice as well as a step-by-step manual for students and young doctors wanting to pursue this field. The other volumes are on: Rhinoplastic procedures Intimate Genital procedures Non-Invasive Aesthetic procedures Breast reshaping Cosmetic procedures of the Face.

    Contents:
    The Art and Science of Body Sculpting - Sculptor's Perspective
    Surgical Anatomy of Different Areas of The Body
    Preoperative Consultation and Evaluation of a Liposuction Patient
    Liposuction- Principles and Techniques
    Upper Limb Lipo-contouring
    Lipocontouring of Lower- Limbs
    Back Rolls and their Treatment Options
    Lipocontouring of the Back and Buttocks
    Contouring of the Male Breast
    Large Volume Liposuction
    Complications in Body Contouring
    Hi- Def Liposuction
    Hi-Def Liposuction in Males and Females
    Hi-Def Liposuction
    Ultrasound Assisted Liposuction
    Radio Frequency Assisted Liposuction
    Lasers as an Adjunct to Body Contouring
    Use of J Plasma as an Adjunct
    Abdominoplasty Principles
    Lipo-abdominoplasty Techniques
    Lipo-abdominoplasty
    Tulua Abdominoplasty
    Secondary Abdominoplasty- Classification of Deformities and Treatment
    Abdominoplasty Procedure in Combination with Breast Surgery
    Neo-Umbilicus
    Banana Fold and its Treatment
    Thigh Lift
    Classification of Contour Deformities After Massive Weight Loss: Utilization for Proper Treatment Planning
    Upper Body Lifts
    Brachioplasty (Arm Reduction)
    Circumferential Body Lift with Breast Procedures
    Complications of Fat Transfer
    Spiral Lift
    Liposuction Body Lift in a Patient with Massive Weight Loss
    Modern Concepts and Safety in BBL
    Buttock Augmentation Using Autologous Flaps
    Body Reshaping Using Implants
    Gluteoplasty- Submuscular Implant.-Hand Rejuvenation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Marianne Saunorus Baird.
    Summary: It's the ideal go-to reference for the clinical setting! Compact and easy to use, Manual of Critical Care Nursing, 6th Edition presents essential information on approximately 80 disorders and conditions, as well as concepts relevant to caring for all critically ill patients and functioning in the critical care environment. Award-winning clinical nurse specialists Marianne Baird and Sue Bethel separate the content first by body system and then by disorder, with each disorder including a brief description of pathophysiology, assessment, diagnostic testing, collaborative management, nursing diagnoses, desired outcomes, nursing interventions, and patient teaching and rehabilitation. A concise format presents the material in a way that reflects a practicing nurse's thought processes. - Publisher.

    Contents:
    General concepts in caring for the critically ill
    Managing the critical care environment
    Trauma
    Respiratory disorders
    Cardiac and vascular disorders
    Kidney injury
    Neurologic disorders
    Endocrinologic disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Hematologic/immunologic disorders
    Complex special situations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Kenneth A. Arndt, Jeffrey T.S. Hsu, Murad Alam, Ashish C. Bhatia, Suneel Chilukuri.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL74 .A75 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Daniel Simmen, Professor and Lecturer in Rhinology, University of Zurich, ENT Center, the Hirslanden Clinic, Zurich, Switzerland, Nick Jones, Professor, Department of Otorrhinolaryngology, Head and Neck Surgery, Queen's Medical Centre, University Hospital, Nottingham, UK ; with contributions by Karthik Balakrishnan, Hans Rudolf Briner, Leonardo Lopes Balsalobre Filho, Kris S. Moe, Robert Reisch, Bernhard Schuknecht, Aldo Cassol Stamm.
    Summary: "Highlighted by thousands of outstanding photographs and schematic illustrations, this step-by-step guide to endoscopic sinus and skull base surgery is ideal for all specialists who need to stay current in the field. In this expanded second edition, practitioners will not only find basic and advanced procedures in endoscopic sinus surgery (including key criteria for patient selection), but also four entirely new chapters on anterior skull base surgery that reflect important recent developments. Special features of the second edition: 30% larger, with nearly 1500 endoscopic images and corresponding line drawings that make every procedure easy to visualize. Provides a practical management approach that leads to optimal outcomes: Who are the best candidates for specific procedures? When should medical treatment or surgery be used? Why should surgery be undertaken? How are the operative procedures performed? Covers the latest techniques for removal of skull base tumors and repair of skull base defects. Includes new chapters on pathophysiology of rhinosinusitis, sense of smell, applied anatomy, the endoscopically assisted bimanual operating technique (developed by the author), transorbital surgery, interdisciplinary teamwork, and more. Offers online access to 18 videos of endoscopically guided surgical procedures and patient interviews, for an excellent review and refresher. From diagnosis and preoperative counseling to evidence-based procedures, complication avoidance, and postoperative management, this book covers the gamut of topics clinicians face in everyday practice. All otolaryngologists, neurosurgeons, and maxillofacial surgeons will find it essential when making diagnostic and treatment decisions involving the skull base and paranasal sinuses"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Shikha Jain, Dattaprasad B. Inamdar, editors.
    Summary: This book is an illustrated yet comprehensive compilation by experts in the field of fertility enhancing endoscopic surgery and assisted reproduction. This book catalogues full spectrum of diagnostic and operative hysteroscopy in the infertile population. The authors describe different techniques in various clinical conditions and review the recent evidence based literature supporting them. All procedures are explained in clear and precise text supplemented with high quality color pictures.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and general principles of hysteroscopy
    2. Anaesthesia for hyteroscopy
    3. Indications and contraindications of hysteroscopy
    4. Hysteroscopy and fertility
    5. Polyps: Hysteroscopic diagnosis & management
    6. Hysteroscopic myomectomy
    7. Hysteroscopy in mullerian anomalies
    8. Asherman syndrome and hysteroscopy
    9. Role of hysteroscopy in ART
    10. Hysteroscopy in tubal disease
    11. Hysteroscopy in endometrial tuberculosis
    12. Complications of hysteroscopy
    13. Newer developments and future applications of hysteroscopy in infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stefan Rammelt, Michael Swords, Mandeep S. Dhillon, Andrew K. Sands.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    Angela H.E.M. Maas, C. Noel Bairey Merz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a much-needed, internationally oriented text, focusing on specific aspects of heart disease in women. Despite the large amount of information available, there is still considerable confusion regarding female patients. As such, the book highlights the health events that occur during aging in women and that may influence the future CVD risk. For instance, pregnancy-related disorders are important predictors for CVD risk in women, and inflammatory diseases like rheumatic, thyroid disorders etc, which also interfere with CVD risk, are also more common in women. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, including gynecology and endocrinology, it offers separate chapters on female-specific manifestations of ischemic heart disease, such as Tako Tsubo CMP and spontaneous coronary artery dissections. The book also discusses the effects and side effects of important medications. The chapters are clearly formatted, making it easy for readers to find subjects of interest.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology cardiovascular disease in women
    Gender differences in traditional risk factors
    Female-specific risk factors
    Stable coronary artery disease
    Microvascular coronary artery disease
    Acute coronary syndromes
    Cardiovascular critical ill female patient
    Heart failure in women
    The female ECG and rhythm disorders
    Aortic diseases and peripheral arterial disease in women
    Stroke and cognition disorders in women
    Inflammatory disorders and CVD in women
    Gynecardiology in clinical practice
    Communication, coping with stress and psychosocial factors and CVD in women
    Pharmacotherapy in women.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Prashant Raghavan, Sugoto Mukherjee, Mark J. Jameson, Max Wintermark.
    Summary: This book is designed as an easily readable manual that will be of great practical value for radiology and otolaryngology residents during their clinical rotations. Key facts on head and neck imaging are presented in short chapters written in an easily readable style. Line drawings are used to illustrate key concepts, and tables, checklists, and algorithms will enable the readers to arrive at a quick diagnosis. In addition, emphasis is placed on clinical pearls that will assist them in preparing suitable reports. The Manual of Head and Neck Imaging is sized to allow residents to read it completely within a matter of days, and it will also serve as an ideal quick reference guide as different clinical situations arise.

    Contents:
    Spaces of the Neck
    Cervical Lymphadenopathy
    Nasopharynx
    Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
    Larynx and Hypopharynx
    Salivary Glands
    Orbits
    Temporal Bone and Skull Base
    Sinonasal Cavities
    Head and Neck Trauma
    Maxilla and Mandible
    Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
    Pediatric Head and Neck Lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Boban M Erovic, Piero Lercher.
    Summary: Ablative tumor surgery of the head and neck region often results in severe cosmetic and functional deformities. In these cases, microvascular free-tissue transfer enables three-dimensional reconstruction of head and neck defects. The selection of adequate donor tissue and a profound knowledge of the human anatomy and the various harvesting techniques are paramount in ensuring successful reconstruction. Reflecting current surgical approaches, this book presents the most frequently used flaps in head and neck surgery, including detailed overviews as well as their respective pearls and pitfalls. Moreover, each section contains a synopsis and pre-operative checklist. The overlay-technique merges high-quality-photographs with drawings and precisely illustrates the step-to-step descriptions of the different flap harvesting techniques, making this manual in pocket size an unique and accessible reference for both doctors in training and specialists in the field of otolaryngology, head and neck, plastic, maxillofacial and skull base surgery.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    1. History of microvascular surgery
    2. Selection of flaps
    3. Classification of flaps
    4. Preoperative considerations
    5. Intraoperative considerations
    6. Arterial anastomosis
    7. Venous anastomosis
    8. Postoperative care
    9. Timetable of homeostasis
    10. Flap surveillance protocol
    11. No patency and flap salvage options
    12. Skin graft harvest
    13. Full-thickness skin graft
    14. Harvesting vein grafts
    15. Sural nerve grafts
    16. Harvest of rib cartilage
    Part II: Regional Flaps
    17. Paramedian flap
    18. Buccal flap
    19. Palatal island flap
    20. Facial artery musculomucosal flap
    21. Sternocleidomastoid flap
    22. Supraclavicular artery flap
    23. Deltopectoral flap
    24. Pectoralis major flap
    Part III: Free flaps
    25. Tempoparietal fascia free flap
    26. Scapula/parascapula free flap
    27. Latissimus dorsi free flap
    28. Radial forearm free flap
    29. Tensor fascia lata free flap
    30. Anterolateral thigh flap
    31. Fibula free flap.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Donald N. Lombardi, Anthony D. Slonim.
    Contents:
    Making the transition to healthcare and physician leadership
    The PACT system for strategic leadership communication
    A healthcare leader's guide to people management
    Dealing with politics, problems, and process
    Practical strategy for planning
    Motivation, communication, and negotiation
    Maximizing team action and individual performance
    Encouraging creativity and innovation
    Education and development strategies
    Applying the C-formula: strategies for staff engagement.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Qaiser Bashir, Elizabeth J. Shpall, Richard E. Champlin.
    Summary: Led by authors from MD Anderson’s Stem Cell Transplantation and Cellular Therapy Department, the world’s largest and highly respected program at the forefront of rapidly advancing treatments in the field, Manual of Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation and Cellular Therapies is a comprehensive, focused reference covering the latest clinical developments and applications of stem cell transplant and cellular therapies for hematologic malignancies and solid tumors. This cutting-edge title, with a majority contribution from the MD Anderson Cancer Center and leading faculty from other academic institutions, covers breakthrough cell-based therapies for various diseases including lymphoma, multiple myeloma, leukemia, and select solid tumor and autoimmune diseases. This unique, definitive resource is essential for hematologists, fellows in hematology and immunotherapy, mid-level providers, pharmacists, and oncologists who refer patients for cell-based therapies. Addresses hematologic conditions including leukemia, lymphoma, and myeloma.

    Contents:
    Hematopoietic Transplantation: Past, Present, and Future
    Role of the Human Leukocyte Antigen System in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Hematopoietic Cell Collection
    Bayesian Statistical Methods in Stem Cell Transplantation and Cellular Therapy
    Patient and Donor Assessments in Preparation for Transplant
    Transfusion Support During Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
    Haploidentical Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
    Umbilical Cord Blood Transplantation
    Process and General Management of Patients Undergoing Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapies
    Preparative Regimens Used in Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation and Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapies
    Pharmacology of Drugs Used in Hematopoietic Cell Transplant and Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapies
    Radiobiologic Principles and the Role of Radiotherapy in Hematopoietic Cell Transplant and Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Adult With Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy in Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Allogeneic Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Patients With Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation and Other Cellular Therapies for Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
    Allogeneic Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Myelodysplastic Syndrome Patients
    Allogeneic Cell Transplantation for Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Aplastic Anemia
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Multiple Myeloma
    Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy in Multiple Myeloma
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Light Chain Amyloidosis
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy in Lymphoma
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Rare Hematologic Malignancies
    Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Germ-Cell Tumors and Other Adult Solid Tumors
    Natural Killer Cells: A Promising Cellular Therapy Platform to Conquer Cancer
    Infection Control, Prophylaxis, and Vaccinations in Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation Recipients
    Management of Infections in Stem Cell Transplant Recipients
    Graft Failure After Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
    Graft-Versus-Host Disease
    Miscellaneous Complications of Hematopoietic Cellular Transplantation
    Cytokine Release Syndrome Following CD19 Directed Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy
    Neurologic Complications of Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy
    Miscellaneous Complications of Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy
    Symptom Management and Palliative Care in Hematologic Malignancies
    Survivorship.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Ajay Garg, Anil Dewan.
    Summary: This book is a one-stop resource on all the critical aspects of planning and designing hospitals, one of the most complex healthcare projects to undertake. A well-planned and designed hospital should control infection rate, provide safety to patients, caregivers and visitors, help improve patients' recovery and have scope for future expansion and change. Reinforcing these basic principles, guidance on such effective planning and designing is the key focus. Readers are offered insights into eliminating shortcomings at every stage of setting up a hospital which may not be feasible to rectify later on through alterations. Chapters from 1 to 12 of the book provide exhaustive notes on initial planning, such as detailed project reports, feasibility studies, and area calculation. Chapters 13 to 27 include designing and layout of all the essential departments/units such as OPD, emergency, intermediate care, diagnostics, operating rooms, and intensive care units. Chapters 28 to 37 cover designing support services like sterilization department, pharmacy, medical gas pipeline, kitchen, laundry, medical record, and mortuary. Chapters 38 to 48 take the readers through planning other services like air-conditioning and ventilation, fire safety, extra low voltage, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing services. Chapter 49 is for the planning of medical equipment. A particular chapter on "Green" hospital designing is included. This book is a single essential tabletop reference for hospital consultants, medical and hospital administrators, hospital designers, architecture students, and hospital promoters.

    Contents:
    Section one - Hospital planning: phases of hospital planning and designing
    Inception of the idea
    Factors assessing feasibility of the hospital planning
    Preparation of detailed project report (dpr) and techno-commercial feasibility report (tcfr) for hospital
    Site selection for hospital
    General issues to be considered while designing hospital building
    Area requirement & planning
    Section two - Schematic design of hospital: schematic design
    Effects of covid-19 on the design of the hospital
    Site plan
    Detailed engineering drawings
    Section three - Construction documents
    Preparation of construction documents
    Section four - Design & development
    Designing details of department or spaces of the hospital
    Design of the main entrance gate to the hospital
    Entrance lobby of the hospital
    Emergency services
    Outpatient department
    Intensive care units
    Operation theatre suite
    Delivery room / labor room
    Intermediate care area (patient rooms)
    Radiology
    Clinical laboratories
    Blood bank
    Other investigation & procedures
    Radiation therapy
    Rehabilitation & allied health therapies
    Pharmacy unit
    Central sterilization supply department
    Piped medical gas supply system (mgps)
    Hospital kitchen
    Laundry
    Medical record department (mrd)
    Mortuary
    Administration area
    Stores in the hospital
    Engineering & maintenance unit
    Section five - Mep planning & designing
    Hvac (air-conditioning) system
    Electrical services
    Elv, ict and ibms services
    Information technology & computerization
    Water supply & drainage system
    Vertical transportation system
    Pneumatic tube systems (pts)
    Signage system
    Bio-medical waste management
    Fire safety
    Green hospitals
    Section six - Equipment planning.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1970-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I445 .U56 1970
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1914-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I192 .M29 1916
    1
  • Digital
    Douglas M. Coldwell.
    Contents:
    Essentials of medical oncology / Vivek R. Sharma
    Essentials of surgical oncology / Robert C.G. Martin II
    Essentials of radiation oncology / Andrew S. Kennedy
    Interventional radiology in the treatment of the cancer patient / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Chemotherapeutic agents / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Colorectal cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Cancer of the pancreas / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Carcinoid tumor (neuroendocrine tumors of the gastrointestinal tract) / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Hepatocellular carcinoma / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Cholangiocarcinoma / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Lung cancer (non-small cell) / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Head and neck cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Renal cell carcinoma / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Urothelial cancer and transitional cell cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Prostate cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Breast cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Gynecologic tumors / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Clinical trials of interventional oncology / Douglas M. Coldwell
    Building an interventional oncology practice / Douglas M. Coldwell.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frances Talaska Fischbach, RN, BSN, MSN, Associate Clinical Professor of Nursing, School of Nursing, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Associate Professor of Nursing (Ret), School of Nursing, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Marshall Barnett Dunning III, BS, MS, PhD, Professor of Medicine & Physiology, Department of Medicine, Division of Pulmanary/Critical Care Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic testing
    Blood studies : hematology and coagulation
    Urine studies
    Stool studies
    Cerebrospinal fluid studies
    Chemistry studies
    Microbiologic studies
    Immunodiagnostic studies
    Nuclear medicine studies
    X-ray studies
    Cytologic, histologic, and genetic studies
    Endoscopic studies
    Ultrasound studies
    Pulmonary function, arterial blood gases (abgs), and electrolyte studies
    Prenatal diagnosis and tests of fetal well-being
    Special diagnostic, special specimen collection, and postmortem studies.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Dr Paromita Mazumdar, Dr Deepshikha Chowdhury.
    Summary: "Dental postgraduate trainees often face the difficulty of formulating a study design due to lack of knowledge of instrument and experiment availability as well as the type of equipment that will be appropriate for conducting experiments and tests related to dental materials. This manual will be an accessible reference, providing an insight into the materials used in restorative dentistry, the properties studied, the methods used to study the properties and their respective advantages and disadvantages. Since there are many products available, it becomes difficult for dentists to select appropriate materials which are used in the oral cavity for various purposes -- restorations, endodontic treatments, orthodontic applications, surgical and prosthodontic treatments. Even though material testing has not reached the level of clinical simulation, they represent an important parameter of analyses. The knowledge of the principle laboratory tests is of high importance for proper screening of different dental restorative materials available. The book will be a helpful addition to any institute library or personal collection and will cater to the needs of postgraduate dental students, researchers and academics in the fields of dentistry and material sciences"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Assessment of Mechanical Properties of Dental Restorative Materials
    Assessment of Physical Properties of Dental Restorative Materials
    Isolation and Identification of Oral Microflora
    Assessment of Biocompatibility of Dental Materials
    Assessment of Optical Properties
    Simulation of Oral Environment
    Extra Mile : Biofilm Models and Assessment of Biofilms in Restorative Dentistry.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital/Print
    ed. by W.H. Allchin ...
    Digital Access Google Books 1900-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .A416
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Barbara Detrick, John L. Schmitz, Robert G. Hamilton.
    Summary: Features detailed descriptions of general and specific methodologies; special focus on the interpretation of laboratory findings. Covers the immunology of infectious diseases, including specific pathogens, and the full range of autoimmune and immunodeficiency diseases, cancer, and transplantation.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Steven M. Donn, Sunil K. Sinha, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I. Lung development and maldevelopment
    Section II. Principles of mechanical ventilation
    Section III. Procedures and techniques
    Section IV. Monitoring the ventilated patient
    Section V. Noninvasive ventilatory techniques
    Section VI. Ventilatory modes and modalities
    Section VII. High-frequency ventilation
    Section VIII. Commonly used neonatal ventilators
    Section IX. Adjunctive therapies
    Section X. Management of common neonatal respiratory diseases
    Section XI. Bronchopulmonary dyplasia
    Section XII. Complications associated with mechanical ventilation
    Section XIII. Other considerations
    Section XIV. Ethical and legal considerations
    Section XV. Research, quality, and the literature
    Section XVI. Ventilatory case studies
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Steven M. Donn, Mark C. Mammel, Anton H. L. C. van Kaam, editors.
    Summary: Respiratory care is the largest overall component of neonatal intensive care, and the fifth edition of the Manual of Neonatal Respiratory Care is the leading bedside guide for all aspects of respiratory care in the neonatal intensive care unit. Its easy-to-read outline format is simple yet comprehensive and covers all aspects of lung disease in the newborn. The latest edition includes fully revised and updated information, coverage on new equipment and devices, and an expanded authorship to enhance its international appeal. The new edition also features two new co-editors, Dr. Mark Mammel and Dr. Anton Van Kaam, who bring a fresh and global perspective to the book. The text also features over 300 high-yield radiographic images, figures, tables, and algorithms covering the full spectrum of neonatal respiratory care.

    Contents:
    Development of the Respiratory System
    Malformations, Deformations, and Disorders of the Neonatal Airway
    Developmental Lung Anomalies
    Spontaneous Breathing
    Pulmonary Gas Exchange
    Oxygen Therapy
    Oxygen Toxicity
    Pulmonary Mechanics
    Basic Principles of Mechanical Ventilation
    Classification of Mechanical Ventilation Devices
    Ventilator Parameters
    Respiratory Gas Conditioning and Humidification
    Cardio-Respiratory Examination
    Neonatal Resuscitation
    Laryngoscopy and Endotracheal Intubation
    Vascular Access
    Tracheostomy
    Continuous Monitoring Techniques
    Clinical Controversies in Pulse Oximetry
    Interpretation of Neonatal Blood Gases
    Volumetric Capnography
    Neonatal Pulmonary Graphics
    Radiography
    Transillumination
    Echocardiography
    Bronchoscopy
    Nasal Interfaces for Noninvasive Ventilation
    Humidified High-Flow Nasal Cannula Therapy
    Continuous Distending Pressure
    Sustained Inflation
    Noninvasive Ventilation
    Nasal Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation
    Vapotherm High-Flow Support
    Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation
    Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilaton
    Assist/Control Ventilation
    Pressure Support Ventilation
    Volume-Targeted Ventilation
    Volume Guarantee Ventilation
    Pressure Control Ventilation
    High-Frequency Ventilation: General Concepts
    High-Frequency Jet Ventilation
    High-Frequency Oscillatory Ventilation
    Ventilator Mode Classification
    VIP BIRD Gold Ventilator
    AVEA Ventilator
    Twinstream Ventilator
    Puritan Bennett 840 and 980 Ventilators
    Draeger VN500 Ventilator
    Servo-i Ventilator/NAVA
    SLE 5000 and SLE 4000 Infant Ventilators
    STEPHANIE and SOPHIE Ventilators
    Leoni Plus Infant Ventilator
    Bunnell Life-Pulse High-Frequency Jet Ventilator
    High-Frequency Oscillatory Ventilators
    Hemodynamic Support
    Nutritional Support of Ventilated Infants
    Surfactant Replacement Therapy
    Pharmacologic Agents
    Automatic Control of Oxygen Delivery
    Aerosolization and Nebulization
    Sedation and Analgesia
    Inhaled Nitric Oxide Therapy
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
    Liquid Ventilation for Neonatal Respiratory Failure
    Mechanisms of Respiratory Failure
    Tissue Hypoxia
    Indications for Mechanical Ventilation
    Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Pneumonia
    Meconium Aspiration Syndrome
    Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn
    Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Pulmonary Hypoplasia/Agenesis
    Chylothorax
    Apnea, Bradycardia, and Desaturation
    Optimizing Lung Volume
    Weaning and Extubation
    Etiology and Pathogenesis
    Management
    Long-Term Outcome of Newborns with Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Thoracic Air Leaks
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Neonatal Pulmonary Hemorrhage
    Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Neurologic Complications of Mechanical Ventilation
    Nursing Care of the Ventilated Infant
    Transport of Ventilated Babies
    Role of the Respiratory Therapist in the NICU
    Long Term Ventilator Dependency in Infants without Lung Disease
    Home Ventilation
    Discharge Planning and Follow-Up of the NICU Graduate
    Initiation of Life Support at the Border of Viability
    Withdrawal of Ventilatory Support
    Medical Liability, Documentation, and Risk Management
    Interpreting Medical Literature
    Data Collection and Assessment of Respiratory Outcomes
    Practical Quality Improvement in the NICU
    Contemporary Classics in Neonatal Respiratory Care
    Ventilatory Cases. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Robert W. Schrier.
    Contents:
    The edematous patient : cardiac failure, cirrhosis, and nephrotic syndrome / Robert W. Schrier and David H. Ellison
    The patient with hyponatremia or hypernatremia / Robert W. Schrier and Tomas Berl
    The patient with hypokalemia or hyperkalemia / Jie Tang and Stuart L. Linas
    The patient with an acid-base disorder / William D. Kaehny
    The patient with disorders of serum calcium and phosphorus / Jeffrey G. Penfield and Robert F. Reilly
    The patient with kidney stones / Robert F. Reilly
    The patient with urinary tract infection / Jessica B. Kendrick, L. Barth Reller, and Marilyn E. Levi
    The patient with hematuria, proteinuria, or both, and abnormal findings on urinary microscopy / Godela Brosnahan
    The patient with glomerular disease or vasculitis / Sarah E. Panzer and Joshua M. Thurman
    The patient with acute kidney injury / Sarah Faubel and Charles L. Edelstein
    The patient with chronic kidney disease / Michel Chonchol and Jessica B. Kendrick
    The patient receiving chronic renal replacement with dialysis / Seth Ferguson and Isaac Teitelbaum
    The patient with a kidney transplant / James Cooper, Lawrence Chan, and Alexander Wiseman
    The patient with kidney disease and hypertension in pregnancy / Phyllis August, Diana I. Jalal, and Judy Blaine
    The patient with hypertension / Seth Ferguson, Charles R. Nolan, and Robert W. Schrier
    Practical guidelines for drug dosing in patients with impaired kidney function / Ali Olyaei and William Bennett.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC902 .M992 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Andy S. Jagoda, Christopher A. Lewandowski
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    John G. Morris and Padraic J. Grattan-Smith.
    Contents:
    1. Higher functions
    2. Movement disorders
    3. Eyes/eye movements
    4. Head and neck
    5. Epilepsy
    6. Reflexes
    7. Gait
    8. Cerebellar disorders
    9. Upper motor neuron disorders
    10. Lower motor neuron/muscle disorders
    11. Faces
    12. Psychogenic disorders
    13. Skin disorders
    14. Miscellaneous signs.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Thomas Ginat.
    Summary: This text is a comprehensive reference guide for normative measurements of anatomic structures in the head and neck, including lymph nodes, temporal bone, skull base, craniocervical junction, orbit, tonsillar tissues, thyroid, and salivary glands. The aim is to assist in the accurate interpretation of imaging studies of this region, where the size of different structures is of high importance for the differentiation of normal and abnormal anatomy, taking into account patient age and gender. The book includes illustrated examples of the proper measurement techniques. Furthermore, examples of pathology with abnormal measurements are included for comparison. The Manual of Normative Measurements in Head and Neck Imaging will serve as a valuable asset for radiologists and clinicians who are involved in the evaluation of patients with head and neck disorders.

    Contents:
    Basic Quantitative Imaging Approaches
    Normative Measurements of the Orbital Walls and Contents
    Normative Measurements of Temporal Bone Structures on Imaging
    Normative Measurements of the Skull Base on Imaging
    Normative Measurements of the Craniocervical Junction on Imaging
    Normative Measurements of Head and Neck Lymph Nodes on Imaging
    Normative Measurements of the Thyroid, Salivary Glands, and Tonsils on Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    David H. Alpers, Beth E. Taylor, Dennis M. Bier, Samuel Klein.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM217.2 .A47 2015
    1